<<

OWNER' S MANUAL Operation Maintenance Specifications

All information in this Owner’s Manual is current at the time of publication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make changes at any time so that our policy of continual product im- provement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle. CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your HYUN- DAI and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the Department of Transportation and other government agencies in your country.

7:2ǘ:$<5$',225&(//8/$5 TELEPHONE INSTALLATION Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electron- ic components. It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two- way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio man- ufacturer’s instructions or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precaution- ary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.

F3 Introduction

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAU- TION and NOTICE. These titles indicate the following:

DANGER DANGER indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

WARNING WARNING indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

CAUTION CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.

NOTICE NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not avoided, could result in vehicle damage.

F4 FOREWORD

Thank you for choosing HYUNDAI Vehicle. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who drive HYUNDAI Vehicle. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each HYUNDAI Vehicle we build is something of which we’re very proud.

Your Owner’s Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI Vehicle. It is suggested that you read it carefully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new .

HYUNDAI Motor India Limited also recommends that service and maintenance on your vehicle be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

HYUNDAI MOTOR INDIA LIMITED

Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this HYUNDAI Vehicle, please leave the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.

CAUTION Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet HYUNDAI Vehicle specifica- tions. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 8-5 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner’s Manual.

Copyright 2020 HYUNDAI Motor India Limited. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmit- ted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUN- DAI Motor Company.

F5 Introduction

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL We want to help you get the greatest Throughout this manual DANGER, possible driving pleasure from your WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can as- the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will be sist you in many ways. We strongly used. recommend that you read the entire This is the safety alert symbol. It manual. In order to minimize the is used to alert you to potential chance of death or injury, you must physical injury hazards. Obey read the DANGER, WARNING and all safety messages that follow CAUTION sections in the manual. this symbol to avoid possible in- Illustrations complement the words in jury or death. The safety alert this manual to best explain how to en- symbol precedes the signal joy your vehicle. By reading your words DANGER, WARNING manual, you will learn about features, and CAUTION. important safety information, and driv- ing tips under various road conditions. DANGER The general layout of the manual is provided in the Table of Contents. DANGER indicates a hazardous Use the index when looking for a spe- situation which, if not avoided, will cific area or subject; it has an alpha- result in death or serious injury. betical listing of all information in your manual.

Sections: This manual has eight WARNING chapters plus an index. Each section WARNING indicates a hazardous begins with a brief list of contents so situation which, if not avoided, you can tell at a glance if that section could result in death or serious in- has the information you want. jury. Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. This Owner’s Manu- al provides you with many safety pre- CAUTION cautions and operating procedures. This information alerts you to poten- CAUTION indicates a hazardous tial hazards that may hurt you or oth- situation which, if not avoided, ers, as well as damage to your vehi- could result in minor or moderate cle. injury. Safety messages found on vehicle la- bels and in this manual describe these hazards and what to do to avoid or NOTICE reduce the risks. NOTICE indicates a situation Warnings and instructions contained which, if not avoided, could result in this manual are for your safety. in vehicle damage. Failure to follow safety warnings and instructions can lead to serious injury or death.

F6 FUEL REQUIREMENTS 2GVTQN engine Leaded (if equipped) Unleaded For some countries, your vehicle Your new vehicle is designed to use is designed to use leaded 0ETROL. only unleaded fuel having an Octane When you are going to use Rating of RON (Research Octane leaded 0ETROL, we recommend that Number) 91 / AKI (Anti-Knock Index) you ask an authorized HYUNDAI 87 or higher. (Do not use methanol dealer whether leaded 0ETROL in blended fuels) your vehi-cle is available or not. Octane Rating of leaded 0ETROL is Your new vehicle is designed to ob- same with unleaded one. tain maximum performance with UN- LEADED FUEL, as well as minimize 2GVTQN containing alcohol and exhaust emissions and spark plug methanol fouling. Gasohol, a mixture of 0ETROL and ethanol (also known as grain CAUTION alcohol), and 0ETROL or gasohol containing methanol (also known as NEVER USE LEADED FUEL. The wood alco-hol) are being marketed use of leaded fuel is detrimental to along with or instead of leaded or the catalytic converter and will unleaded gaso-line. damage the engine control sys- Do not use gasohol containing tem’s oxygen sensor and affect more than 10% ethanol, and do emission control. not use 0ETROL or gasohol Never add any fuel system clean- containing any methanol. Either of ing agents to the fuel tank other these fuels may cause drivability than what has been specified (We problems and dam-age to the fuel recommend that you consult an system, engine control system and authorized HYUNDAI dealer for de- Discontinueemission control using system. gasohol of any kind tails.) if drivability problems occur. Vehicle damage or driveability prob- WARNING lems may not be covered by the man- ufacturer’s warranty if they result from • Do not “top off” after the nozzle the use of: automatically shuts off when re- 1. Gasohol containing more than 10% fueling. ethanol. • Always check that the fuel cap is 2. 0ETROL or gasohol containing installed securely to prevent fuel methanol. spillage in the event of an acci- dent. 3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

F7 Introduction

CAUTION Use of MTBE HYUNDAI recommends avoiding fu- Never use gasohol which contains els containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary methanol. Discontinue use of any Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen gasohol product which impairs Content 2.7% weight) in your vehicle. drivability. Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) Other fuels may reduce vehicle performance and Using fuels such as; produce vapor lock or hard starting. - Silicone (Si) contained fuel, - MMT (Manganese, Mn) contained CAUTION fuel, Your New Vehicle Limited Warran- - Ferrocene (Fe) contained fuel, and ty may not cover damage to the - Other metallic additives contained fuel system and any performance fuels, problems that are caused by the may cause vehicle and engine dam- use of fuels containing methanol age or cause plugging, misfiring, or fuels containing MTBE (Methyl poor acceleration, engine stalling, Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% catalyst melting, abnormal corrosion, vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.) life cycle reduction, etc. Also, the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Do not use methanol (MIL) may illuminate. Fuels containing methanol (wood al- cohol) should not be used in your ve- hicle. This type of fuel can reduce ve- NOTICE hicle performance and damage Damage to the fuel system or per- components of the fuel system, en- formance problem caused by the gine control system and emission use of these fuels may not be cov- control system. ered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

F8 Fuel Additives Diesel engine HYUNDAI recommends that you Diesel fuel use unleaded 0ETROL which has an Diesel engine must be operated only Oc-tane Rating of RON (Research on commercially available diesel fuel Oc-tane Number) 91 / AKI (Anti- that complies with EN 590 or compa- Knock Index) 87 or higher. rable standard. (EN stands for “Euro- For customers who do not use good pean Norm”). Do not use marine die- quality gasolines including fuel addi- sel fuel, heating oils, or non-approved tives regularly, and have problems fuel additives, as this will increase starting or the engine does not run wear and cause damage to the en- smoothly, one bottle of additives add- gine and fuel system. The use of ed to the fuel tank at every 10,000 km. non-approved fuels and / or fuel addi- Additives are available from your au- tives will result in a limitation of your thorized HYUNDAI dealer along with warranty rights. information on how to use them. Do Diesel fuel of above cetane 51 is used not mix other additives. in your vehicle. If two types of diesel fuel are available, use summer or win- ter fuel properly according to the fol- Operation in foreign countries lowing temperature conditions. If you are going to drive your vehicle • Above - 5°C (23°F) ... Summer in another country, be sure to:  type diesel fuel. • Observe all regulations regarding • Below -5°C (23°F) ... Winter type registration and insurance. diesel fuel. • Determine that acceptable fuel is available. Watch the fuel level in the tank very carefully : If the engine stops through fuel failure, the circuits must be com- pletely purged to permit restarting.

NOTICE Do not let any 2GVTQN or water en- ter the tank. This would make it necessary to drain it out and to bleed the lines to avoid jamming the injection pump and damaging the engine.

F9 Introduction

9(+,&/(%5($.ǘ,1352ǘ NOTICE CESS -Diesel Fuel No special break-in period is needed. (if equipped with DPF) By following a few simple precautions It is recommended to use the regu- for the first 1,000 km (600 ) you lated automotive diesel fuel for may add to the performance, econo- diesel vehicle equipped with the my and life of your vehicle: DPF system. • Do not race the engine. If you use diesel fuel including • While driving, keep your engine high sulfur (more than 50 ppm sul- speed (rpm, or revolutions per min- fur) and unspecified additives, it ute) between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 can cause the DPF system to be rpm. damaged and white smoke can be • Do not maintain a single speed for emitted. long periods of time, either fast or slow. Biodiesel Varying engine speed is needed to Commercially supplied Diesel blends properly break-in the engine. of no more than 7% biodiesel, com- • Avoid hard stops, except in emer- monly known as “B7 Diesel” may be gencies, to allow the to seat used in your vehicle if Biodiesel properly. meets EN 14214 or equivalent speci- • Don’t tow a trailer during the first fications. (EN stands for “European 2,000 km (1,200 miles) of opera- Norm”). The use of biofuels exceed- tion. ing 7% made from rapeseed methyl ester (RME), fatty acid methyl ester (FAME), vegetable oil methyl ester (VME) etc. or mixing diesel exceed- ing 7% with biodiesel will cause in- creased wear or damage to the en- gine and fuel system. Repair or replacement of worn or damaged components due to the use of non approved fuels will not be covered by the manufactures warranty.

NOTICE • Never use any fuel, whether die- sel, B7 biodiesel or otherwise, that fails to meet the latest pe- troleum industry specification. • Never use any fuel additives or treatments that are not recom- mended or approved by the ve- hicle manufacturer.

F10 Table of contents

Maintenance record sheet 1

Hyundai warranty policy 2

Your vehicle at a glance 3

safety system of your vehicle 4

Convenient features of your vehicle 5

Multimedia system 6

Driving your vehicle 7

What to do in an emergency 8

Maintenance 9

Specifications & Consumer information 10 1. Maintenance Record Sheet

Maintenance Record Sheet...... 1-2 1 Maintenance Record Sheet

MAINTENANCE RECORD SHEET Tech. sign. Sign. Ser. Adv. Ser. vicing dealer Name of Ser- Details of Repair done gory Repair Cate- Kms Repair Date RO No. Repair category - Free Ser./Paid Serv./Running Repair/AC

1-2 01 MAINTENANCE RECORD SHEET Tech. sign. Sign. Ser. Adv. Ser. vicing dealer Name of Ser- Details of Repair done gory Repair Cate- Kms Repair Date RO No. Repair category - Free Ser./Paid Serv./Running Repair/AC

1-3

2. Hyundai Warranty Policy

Hyundai New Vehicle Warranty ...... 2-2

Replacement Parts Warranty ...... 2-3

2 Hyundai Warranty Policy

HYUNDAI NEW VEHICLE WARRANTY Hyundai Motor India Limited herein- 3. What is not covered after called “HMIL”, warrants that This warranty shall not apply to: each new Hyundai vehicle sold shall ▶ Normal maintenance services be free from any defects in material other than the three free ser- and workmanship, under normal use vices, including without limita- and maintenance, subject to the fol- tion, cleaning and polishing, mi- lowing terms and conditions. nor adjustments, engine tuning, oil/fluid changes, filters replen- ishment, fastener retightening, 1. Warranty Period wheel balancing, wheel align- ment and tyre rotation etc. This warranty shall exist for a period ▶ Replacement of parts as a result of 36 months from the date of of normal wear and tear such as delivery to the first purchaser spark plugs, belts, pads irrespective of the mileage. and linings, disc/facing, However, warranty for hyundai filters, wiper blades, bulbs, fuses, vehicle being used for commercial etc. purpose such as Taxi/Tourist operation is 36 months/100,000 Damage or failure resulting from : kilometers from the date of ▶ Negligence of proper mainte- delivery which soever is earlier. nance as required in this Owner’s This warranty is transferable to Manual and Service Booklet. subsequent owner for the ▶ Misuse, abuse, accident, theft,- remaining warranty period. This flooding or fire. warranty is applicable only in In-dia ▶ Use of improper or insufficientfu- and not transferable to any other el, fluids or lubricants. country. ▶ Use of parts other than Hyundai Genuine Parts. 2. What is covered ▶ Any device and/or accessories- not supplied by HMIL. Except as provided in paragraph ▶ Modifications, alterations, tam- 3 hereof, our Authorized Dealers pering or improper repair. shall either repair or replace, any ▶ Hyundai genuine part that is Parts used in applications of- acknowledged by HMIL to be which they were not designed or defective in material or not approved by HMIL. workmanship within the warranty ▶ Slight irregularities not rec- pe-riod stipulated above, at no ognised as affecting quality or- cost to the owner of the Hyundai function of the vehicle or parts,- vehicle for parts or labour. Such such as slight noise or defective parts which have been vibrations,or items considered- replaced will be-come the property characteristic of the vehicle. of HMIL ▶ Airborne “fallout”, Industrialfall out, acid rain, hail and wind- storms, or other Acts of God. 2-2 02

▶ Paint scratches, dents or similar- such as operation in extremely paint or body damage. dusty, rough, more repeated ▶ Action of road elements (sand,- short distance driving or heavy gravel, dust or road debris) which city traffic during hot weather, results in stone chipping of paint maintenance of vehicle should or glass. be done more frequently as men- ▶ tioned in this Owner’s Manual Incidental or consequential dam- and Service Booklet ages, including without limita- ▶ tion, loss of time, inconvenience, Retention of maintenance service loss of use of vehicle or commer- records. It may be necessary for cial loss. the customer to show that the re- Audio, Video Navigation System, quired maintenance has been Batteries, Tyres & Tubes and Audio performed, as specified in this Systems, originally equipped on Owner’s Manual and Service Hyundai vehicles are warranted di- Booklet. rectly by the respective manufactur- ▶ Delivery of the vehicle during reg- ers and not by HMIL. ular service business hours to any authorized Hyundai Dealer to ▶ This warranty is the entire war- obtain warranty service. ranty given by HMIL for Hyundai ▶ In order to maintain the validity of vehicles and no dealer or its or his this Basic Warranty, the vehicle agent or employee is authorized must be serviced by Hyundai Au- to extend or enlarge this warranty thorized workshop in accordance and no dealer or its or his agent to the Owner’s Manual and Ser- or employee is authorized to vice Booklet. make any oral warranty on HMIL’s behalf. ▶ HMIL reserves the right to make any change in design or make PARTS REPLACEMENT WARǢ any improvement on the vehicle RANTY at any time without any obliga- tion to make the same change on Hyundai Motor India Limited herein- vehicles previously sold. after called “HMIL”, warrants that ▶ each new Hyundai Genuine replace- HMIL reserves the right for the fi- ment part purchased from and in- nal decision in all warranty mat- stalled by Hyundai Authorized Dealer ters. shall be free from any defects in ma- terial or workmanship, unde normal Owner’s Responsibilities use and maintenance, subject to the ▶ Proper use, maintenance and care following terms and conditions of vehicle in accordance with the instructions contained in this 1. Warranty period Owner’s Manual and Service This warranty shall exist for a period Booklet. If the vehicle is subject to severe usage conditions, su- of 6 months or until the vehicle has

2-3 Hyundai Warranty Policy

been driven for a distance of 10,000 nance of vehicle. Kilometers from the date of installa- ඖ Any vehicle on which the odome- tion of replacement part by Hyundai ter reading has been altered so Authorized Dealer, whichever occurs that mileage cannot be accurate- ly determined. first. ඖ Incidental or consequential dam- ages, including without limita- 2. What is covered tion, loss of time, inconvenience, Our Authorized Dealers shall either loss of use of vehicle or commer- repair or replace, any Hyundai genu- cial loss. ine par listed in paragraph 3 hereof, This warranty is the entire warranty that is acknowledged by HMIL to be given by HMIL for Hyundai replace- defective in material or workmanship ment parts and no de aler or its or his within the warranty period stipulated agent or employee is authorized to above, after examinations carried extend or enlarge this warranty and out to confirm that none of the origi no dealer or its or his agent or em- al settings have been tampered with, ployee is authorized to make any oral at no cost to the owner of the Hyund- warranty on HMIL’s behalf. HMIL re- ai vehicle for parts or labour. Such serves the right for the final decision defective parts which have been re- in all warranty matters. placed will become the property of HMIL Owner’s Responsibility : ඖ Proper use, maintenance and re  What is not covered of the vehicle in accordancewith the instructions contained in the This warranty shall not apply to: Owner’s Manual and Service ඖ Normal maintenance services of Booklet. parts such as cleaning, adjust- ඖ Retention of maintenance ser- ment or replacement (i.e. spark vice records. It may be necessary plugs that are oil fouled, lead for the customer to show that the fouled, or which fail due to the required maintenance has been use of low grade fuel). performed, as specified in this ඖ Parts that fail due to abuse, mis- Owner’s Manual and Service use, neglect, alteration or acci- Booklet. dent or which have been improp- ඖ Retention of the customer’s copy erly lubricated or repaired of the original repair order and ඖ Parts used in applications for- its invoice/bill against which the which they were not designed or part was replaced. approved by HMIL. ඖ Delivery of the vehicle during ඖ Failure due to normal wear of- regular service business hours to parts. the same Hyundai Authorized ඖ Direct or indirect failures caused Dealer who had sold and installed by misuse and improper mainte- the replacement part ඖ In order to maintain the validity 2-4 02

of this Parts replacement War- ranty, the vehicle must be ser- viced by Hyundai Authorized workshop in accordance to the Owner’s Manual and Service Booklet.

HYUNDAI EXTENDED WARRANTY* HMIL offers optional paid extended warranty on selected models, in ad-dition to the basic new vehicle war-ranty. For more details on Hyundai Extended Warranty please call the nearest dealer or our toll free number 1-800-11-4645. *Conditions apply Hyundai Warranty Policy

ceding the test during which the failure is discovered, the test hav- ing been carried out either for obtaining a new certificate, or pursuant upon being directed by an officer as referred to in sub- rule (2) of Rule116 of the Central Motor Vehicles Rules.

2-8 3. Your vehicle at a glance

Exterior overview (I)...... 3-2 Exterior overview (II) ...... 3-3 Interior overview ...... 3-4 Instrument panel overview ...... 3-6 3 Engine compartment ...... 3-8 Your vehicle at a glance

(;7(5,2529(59,(:ǣ,Ǥ Front view ٻ„

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OQXI019001

1. Hood ...... 5-26 2. Headlight/Daytime running light* ...... 9-74 3. Turn signal light ...... 9-76 4. Fog light* ...... 9-77 5. Tires and wheels ...... 9-44, 10-4 6. Outside rearview mirror ...... 5-38 7. Front windshield wiper blades ...... 5-85 8. Windows ...... 5-21

* : if equipped

3-2 03 (;7(5,2529(59,(:ǣ,,Ǥ Rear view ٻ„

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OQXI019002

1. Antenna ...... 6-2 2. Doors ...... 5-13  (WGNſNNGTFQQT ...... 5-32 4. Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) System ...... 5-90 5. High mounted stop light ...... 9-80 6. Rear view monitor* ...... 5-88 7. Rear wiper blade*...... 9-39 8. Tailgate ...... 5-19 9. Rear lamps ...... 9-78

* : if equipped

3-3 Your vehicle at a glance

INTERIOR OVERVIEW

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OQXI019003

1. Door lock/unlock ...... 5-14 2. Outside rearview mirror folding switch* ...... 5-39 3. Outside rearview mirror control switch* ...... 5-38 4. Central door lock switch ...... 5-15 5. Power window switches ...... 5-22 6. Power window lock switch...... 5-24 7. Idle stop and go...... 7-42 8. Electronic Stability Control (ESC)* ...... 7-36 9. Instrument panel illumination control switch* ...... 5-41 10. Headlight leveling device ...... 5-81  (WGNſNNGTFQQTQRGPGT ...... 5-32 12. Fuse box...... 9-56

3-4 03

13. ...... 5-35 14. Clutch pedal...... 7-31 15. Brake pedal...... 7-32 16. Accelerator pedal...... 7  17. Hood release lever ...... 5-26 18. Engine Start/Stop button ...... 7-9 Key ignition switch ...... 7-5

* : if equipped

3-5 Your vehicle at a glance

INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW

Type B ٻ„ Type A ٻ„

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OQXI019004

1. Light control/Turn signals ...... 5-78 2. Steering wheel audio controls*...... 6-3 3. Instrument cluster ...... 5-40 4. Horn ...... 5-36 5. Driver's front air bag ...... 4-42 6. Wiper/Washer ...... 5-85 7. Cruise controls* / Trip mode switch* ...... 7-47, 5-69, 5-73 8.Manual transmission* ...... 7-18 Duel clutch transmission* ...... 7-21 9. Power outlet ...... 5-119 10. USB charger* ...... 5-121 11. Manual climate control system ...... 5-94

3-6 03

12. Infotainment system* ...... 6-2 13. Hazard switch ...... 8-2 14. Passenger's front air bag ...... 4-42 15. Glove box ...... 5-116

* KHGSWKRRGF

3-7 Your vehicle at a glance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT (0ETROL Engine (1.2 MPI ٻ„

(Petrol Engine (1.0 T-GDI ٻ„

The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OQXI079001/OQXI079100

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...... 9-30 2. Radiator cap ...... 9-29  $TCMGENWVEJƀWKFTGUGTXQKT ...... 9-31 4. Air cleaner ...... 9-35 5. Engine oil dipstick ...... 9-25  'PIKPGQKNſNNGTECR ...... 9-25  9KPFUJKGNFYCUJGTƀWKFTGUGTXQKT ...... 9-32 8. Engine room junction block ...... 9-57 9. Battery ...... 9-40

3-8 03

(Diesel Engine (1.4 WGT ٻ„

The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OQXI079002

1. Engine coolant reservoir ...... 9-30 2. Radiator cap ...... 9-29  $TCMGENWVEJƀWKFTGUGTXQKT ...... 9-31 4. Air cleaner ...... 9-35 5. Engine oil dipstick ...... 9-25  'PIKPGQKNſNNGTECR ...... 9-25  9KPFUJKGNFYCUJGTƀWKFTGUGTXQKT ...... 9-32 8. Engine room junction block ...... 9-57 9. Battery ...... 9-40

3-9 4. Safety system of your vehicle

Seats ...... 4-2 Front seats ...... 4-5 Rear seats ...... 4-9 Seat belts ...... 4-14 Pre-tensioner ...... 4-19 Additional seat belt safety precautions ...... 4-21 Care of seat belts ...... 4-23 4 Child restraint system ...... 4-24 Using a child restraint system ...... 4-26 Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ...... 4-27 Air bag - supplemental restraint system (SRS) ...... 4-34 How does the air bag system operate ...... 4-35 Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger’s seat...... 4-37 Air bag warning and indicator ...... 4-38 SRS components and functions ...... 4-39 Driver’s and passenger’s front air bag ...... 4-42 Side impact air bag ...... 4-44 Curtain air bag ...... 4-46 SRS Care ...... 4-52 Air bag warning ...... 4-54 Safety system of your vehicle

SEATS

¼ Passenger's Side ¼ Driver's Side

The actual feature in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OQXI039001

Front seats Rear seats 1. Forward and backward 5. Headrest 2. Seatback angle 6. Seatback folding 3. Seat cushion height* 7. * 4. Headrest * : if equipped

4-2 04

WARNING WARNING Loose objects Do not use a sitting cushion that Loose objects in the driver’s foot reduces friction between the seat area could interfere with the opera- and passenger. The passenger’s tion of the foot pedals, possibly hips may slide under the lap por- causing an accident. Do not place tion of the seat belt during an acci- anything under the front seats. dent or a sudden stop. Serious or fatal internal injuries could result because the seat belt can’t operate WARNING normally. Uprighting seat

When you return the seatback to WARNING its upright position, hold the seat- Driver’s seat back and return it slowly and be sure there are no other occupants • Never attempt to adjust seat around the seat. If the seatback is while the vehicle is moving. This returned without being held and could result in loss of control, controlled, the back of the seat and an accident causing death, could move forward or backward serious injury, or property dam- resulting in accidental injury to a age. person struck by the seatback. • Do not allow anything to inter- fere with the normal position of the seatback. Storing items WARNING against a seatback or in any oth- Driver responsibility for passen- er way interfering with proper gers locking of a seatback could re- sult in serious or fatal injury in a Riding in a vehicle with seatback sudden stop or collision. reclined could lead to serious or fa- tal injury in an accident. If a seat is • Always drive and ride with your reclined during an accident, the oc- seatback upright and the lap cupant’s hips may slide under the portion of the seat belt snug and lap portion of the seat belt applying low across the hips. This is the great force to the unprotected ab- best position to protect you in domen. The protection of your re- case of an accident. straint system (seat belt and air • In order to avoid unnecessary bags) is great ly reduced by reclin- and perhaps severe air bag inju- ing your seat. Serious or fatal inter- ries, always sit as far back as nal injuries could result. The driver possible from the steering wheel must advise the passenger to keep while maintaining comfortable the seatback in an upright position control of the vehicle. whenever the vehicle is in motion.

4-3 Safety system of your vehicle

WARNING WARNING Rear seatbacks After adjusting the seat, always • The rear seatback must be se- check that it is securely locked curely latched. If not, passen- into place by attempting to move gers and objects could be the seat forward or backward with- thrown forward resulting in seri- out using the lock release lever. ous injury or death in the event Sudden or unexpected movement of a sudden stop or collision. of the driver’s seat could cause you to lose control of the vehicle • Luggage and other cargo should resulting in an accident. be laid flat in the cargo area. If objects are large, heavy, or must be piled, they must be secured. WARNING Under no circumstances should cargo be piled higher than the • Do not adjust the seat while seatbacks. Failure to follow wearing seat belts. Moving the these warnings could result in seat cushion forward may cause serious injury or death in the strong pressure on the abdo- event of a sudden stop, collision men. or rollover. • Use extreme caution so that • No passenger should ride in the hands or other objects are not cargo area or sit or lie on folded caught in the seat mechanisms seatbacks while the vehicle is while the seat is moving. moving. All passengers must be • Do not put a cigarette lighter on properly seated in seats and re- the floor or seat. When you op- strained properly while riding. erate the seat, gas may gush out • When resetting the seatback to of the lighter and cause fire. the upright position, make sure • If there are occupants in the rear it is securely latched by pushing seats, be careful while adjusting it forward and backwards. the front seat position. • To avoid the possibility of burns, do not remove the carpet in the cargo area. Emission control de- vices beneath this floor gener- ate high temperatures.

4-4 04

Front seats

OQXI039003

OQXI039002 Seatback angle Forward and rearward To recline the seatback: To move the seat forward or rear- 1. Lean forward slightly and lift up on ward: the seatback recline lever. 1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever 2. Carefully lean back on the seat up and hold it. and adjust the seatback of the seat 2. Slide the seat to the position you to the position you desire. desire. 3. Release the lever and make sure 3. Release the lever and make sure the seatback is locked in place. (The the seat is locked in place. lever MUST return to its original po- sition for the seatback to lock.) Adjust the seat before driving, and make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and rear- ward without using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not locked properly.

OQXI039004 Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat, if equipped) To change the height of the seat cushion, move the lever upwards or downwards. • To lower the seat cushion, push the lever down several times. • To raise the seat cushion, pull the lever up several times.

4-5 Safety system of your vehicle

Headrest •

OLF034072N ODH033105L Adjust the headrests so the mid- The driver’s and front passenger’s dle of the headrests is at the seats are equipped with a headrest same height as the height of the for the occupant’s safety and comfort. top of the eyes. The headrest not only provides com- • NEVER adjust the headrest po- fort for the driver and front passen- sition of the driver’s seat when ger, but also helps to protect the head the vehicle is in motion. and neck in the event of a collision. • Adjust the headrest as close to the passenger’s head as possi- ble. Do not use a seat cushion WARNING that holds the body away from the seatback. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death in an accident, take the • Make sure the headrest locks following precautions when ad- into position after adjusting it. justing your headrests: • Always properly adjust the NOTICE headrests for all passengers To prevent damage, NEVER hit or BEFORE starting the vehicle. pull on the headrests. • NEVER let anyone ride in a seat with the headrests removed or reversed.

4-6 04

OLF034015 OQXI039005 NOTICE Adjusting the height up and down If you recline the seatback towards To raise the headrest, pull it up to the the front with the head restraint desired position (1). To lower the and seat cushion raised, the head headrest, push and hold the release restraint may come in contact with button (2) on the headrest support the sunvisor or other parts of the and lower the headrest to the desired vehicle. position (3).

OQXI039006 Removal/Reinstall To remove the headrest: 1. Recline the seatback (2) with the recline lever (1). 2. Raise headrest as far as it can go. 3. Press the headrest release button (3) while pulling the headrest up (4).

WARNING NEVER allow anyone to ride in a seat with the headrest removed.

4-7 Safety system of your vehicle

Seatback pocket

OQXI039007

To reinstall the headrest : OQXI039008 1. Put the headrest poles (2) into the holes while pressing the release

button (1). WARNING 2. Adjust the headrest to the appro- Seatback pockets priate height. Do not put heavy or sharp objects 3. Adjust the seatback (4) forward us- in the seatback pockets. In an acci- ing the recline lever (3). dent they could come loose from the pocket and injure vehicle occu- WARNING pants. Always make sure the headrest locks into position after reinstall- ing and adjusting it properly.

4-8 04

Rear seats • Headrest

OLF034072N Adjust the headrests so the mid-

OQXI039009 dle of the headrests is at the same height as the height of the The rear seats are equipped with top of the eyes. headrests in all the seating positions for the occupant’s safety and comfort. • NEVER adjust the headrest po- sition of the driver’s seat when The headrest not only provides com- the vehicle is in motion. fort for passengers, but also helps to protect the head and neck in the • Adjust the headrest as close to event of a collision. the passenger’s head as possi- ble. Do not use a seat cushion that holds the body away from WARNING the seatback. • Make sure the headrest locks To reduce the risk of serious injury into position after adjusting it. or death in an accident, take the following precautions when ad- justing your headrests: NOTICE • Always properly adjust the To prevent damage, NEVER hit or headrests for all passengers pull on the headrests. BEFORE starting the vehicle. • NEVER let anyone ride in a seat with the headrests removed.

4-9 Safety system of your vehicle

Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks (or cushions) may be folded to facilitate carrying long items or to increase the luggage capacity of the vehicle.

WARNING • Never allow passengers to sit on

OQXI039010 top of the folded down seatback while the vehicle is moving as Adjusting the height up and down this is not a proper seating posi- (if equipped) tion and no seat belts are avail- To raise the headrest, pull it up (1). able for use. This could result in To lower the headrest, push and hold serious injury or death in case the release button (2) on the headrest of an accident or sudden stop. support and lower the headrest (3). • Objects carried on the folded down seatback should not ex- tend higher than the top of the front seats. This could allow car- go to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops.

OQXI039011 Removal (if equipped) To remove the headrest, raise it as far as it can go then press the release button (1) while pulling upward (2). To reinstall the headrest, put the headrest poles (3) into the holes while pressing the release button (1). Then adjust it to the appropriate height.

WARNING Make sure the headrest locks in position after adjusting it to prop- erly protect the occupants.

4-10 04

Type A 1. Set the front seatback to the up- right position and if necessary, slide the front seat forward. 2. Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position (if equipped with adjustable headrests).

OQXI039013

OQXI039012

3. Insert the rear lap/shoulder belt OQXI039014 plate into the holder on the side trim. It will prevent the lap/shoulder 4. Pull up both sides of the seatback belt from interfering with the seat- lever and fold the seatback toward back when folding. the front of the vehicle. To use the rear seat, lift and push up the seatback backward. Push the seatback firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure the seatback is locked in place. When returning the rear seatbacks to the upright position, remember to re- turn the rear shoulder belts to their proper position.

4-11 Safety system of your vehicle

Type B 1. Set the front seatback to the up- right position and if necessary, slide the front seat forward. 2. Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position (if equipped with adjustable headrests).

OQXI039013

OQXI039015

3. Insert the rear lap/shoulder belt OQXI039047 plate into the holder on the side trim. It will prevent the lap/shoulder 4. Pull up both sides of the seatback belt from interfering with the seat- lever and fold the seatback toward back when folding. the front of the vehicle. To use the rear seat, lift and push up the seatback backward. Push the seatback firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure the seatback is locked in place. When returning the rear seatbacks to the upright position, remember to re- turn the rear shoulder belts to their proper position.

i Information If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor, firmly pull the belt out and release it. Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.

4-12 04

WARNING WARNING When you return the rear seatback Cargo loading to its upright position after being Make sure the engine is off, the folded down: dual clutch transmission is in P Be careful not to damage the seat (Park) or the Manual transmission belt webbing or buckle. Do not al- is in R (Reverse) or 1st, and the low the seat belt webbing or buck- is securely applied le to get caught or pinched in the whenever loading or unloading rear seat. Ensure that the seatback cargo. Failure to take these steps is completely locked into its up- may allow the vehicle to move if right position by pushing on the the shift lever is inadvertently top of the seatback. Otherwise, in moved to another position. an accident or sudden stop, the seat could fold down and allow cargo to enter the passenger com- Armrest (if equipped) partment, which could result in se- rious injury or death.

NOTICE • When returning the rear seat- backs to the upright position, remember to return the rear shoulder belts to their proper position. • Routing the seat belt webbing OQXI039016 through the rear seat belt guides The armrest is located in the center of will help keep the seat belts from the rear seat. Pull the armrest down being trapped behind or under from the seatback to use it. the seats.

WARNING Cargo Cargo should always be secured to prevent it from being thrown about the vehicle in a collision and causing injury to the vehicle occu- pants. Do not place objects in the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and may hit the front seat occupants in a collision.

4-13 Safety system of your vehicle

SEAT BELTS WARNING WARNING • For maximum restraint system • Seat belts are designed to bear protection, the seat belts must upon the bony structure of the always be used whenever the body, and should be worn low car is moving. across the front of the pelvis or • Seat belts are most effective the pelvis, chest and shoulders, when seatbacks are in the up- as applicable; wearing the lap right position. section of the belt across the ab- dominal area must be avoided. • Children age 12 and under must always be properly restrained in • Seat belts should be adjusted as the rear seat. Never allow chil- firmly as possible, consistent dren to ride in the front passen- with comfort, to provide the pro- ger seat. If a child over 12 must tection for which they have been be seated in the front seat, he/ designed. she must be properly belted and • A slack belt will greatly reduce the seat should be moved as far the protection afforded to the back as possible. wearer. • Never wear the shoulder belt un- • Care should be taken to avoid der your arm or behind your contamination of the webbing back. An improperly positioned with polishes, oils and chemi- shoulder belt can cause serious cals, and particularly battery injuries in a crash. The shoulder acid. Cleaning may safely be belt should be positioned mid- carried out using mild soap and way over your shoulder across water. The belt should be re- your collarbone. placed if webbing becomes • Never wear a seat belt over frag- frayed, contaminated or dam- ile objects. If there is a sudden aged. stop or impact, the seat belt can • It is essential to replace the en- damage it. tire assembly after it has been • Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. worn in a severe impact even if A twisted belt can’t do its job as damage to the assembly is not well. In a collision, it could even obvious. Belts should not be cut into you. Be sure the belt worn with straps twisted. Each webbing is straight and not belt assembly must only be used twisted. by one occupant; it is dangerous to put a belt around a child being • Be careful not to damage the carried on the occupant’s lap. belt webbing or hardware. If the belt webbing or hardware is damaged, replace it.

4-14 04

WARNING Seat belt warning • No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operating to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack. • When you fasten the seat belt, be careful not to latch the seat 1GQA2083 belt in buckles of other seat. It’s As a reminder to the driver or front very dangerous and you may passenger, the driver’s or front pas- not be protected by the seat belt senger’s seat belt warning lights will properly. illuminate for approximately 6 sec- • Do not unfasten the seat belt onds each time you turn the ignition and do not fasten and unfasten switch ON regardless of belt fasten- the seat belt repeatedly while ing. driving. This could result in loss If the driver’s or front passenger’s of control, and an accident caus- seat belt is not fastened when the ig- ing death, serious injury, or nition switch is turned ON or if it is property damage. disconnected after the ignition switch • When fastening the seat belt, is turned ON, the seat belt warning make sure that the seat belt light will illuminate until the belt is fas- does not pass over objects that tened. are hard or can break easily. If you continue not to fasten the seat • Make sure there is nothing in the belt and you drive over 9 km/h, the il- buckle. The seat belt may not be luminated warning light will start to fastened securely. blink until you drive under 6 km/h. If you continue not to fasten the seat belt and you drive over 20 km/h (12 mph) the seat belt warning chime will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning light will blink.

4-15 Safety system of your vehicle

Lap/shoulder belt

OHSS038100

OHSS038101 You should place the lap belt (1) por- tion across your hips and the shoul- To fasten your seat belt: der belt (2) portion across your chest. To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of The seat belt automatically adjusts to the retractor and insert the metal the proper length only after the lap (1) into the buckle (2). There will be belt portion is adjusted manually so an audible “click” when the tab locks that it fits snugly around your hips. If into the buckle. you lean forward in a slow, easy mo- tion, the belt will extend and let you move around. If there is a sudden stop or impact, however, the belt will lock into position. It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly.

i Information If you are not able to pull out the safety belt from the retractor, firmly pull the belt out and release it. After release, you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly.

4-16 04

WARNING Improperly positioned seat belts may increase the risk of serious in- jury in an accident.Take the follow- ing precautions when adjusting the seat belt: • Position the lap portion of the seat belt as low as possible across your hips, not on your waist, so that it fits snugly.This OHSS038103 allows your strong pelvic bones To release the seat belt: to absorb the force of the crash, The seat belt is released by pressing reducing the chance of internal the release button (1) in the locking injuries. buckle. When it is released, the belt • Position one arm under the should automatically draw back into shoulder belt and the other over the retractor. the belt, as shown in the illustra- If this does not happen, check the tion. belt to be sure it is not twisted, then • Always position the shoulder try again. belt anchor into the locked posi- tion at the appropriate height. • Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face.

4-17 Safety system of your vehicle

Lap belt

OQXI039017 OLMB033089 When using the rear center seat belt, To fasten your seat belt: the buckle with the “ENTER” mark To fasten a 2-point static type belt, in- must be used. sert the metal tab into the locking buckle. There will be an audible “click” when the tab locks into the buckle. Check to make sure the belt is prop- erly locked and that the belt is not twisted.

OLMB033036 To release the seat belt: When you want to release the seat belt, press the button (1) in the lock- ing buckle.

OLMB033090

With a 2-point static type seat belt, WARNING the length must be adjusted manually The center lap belt latching mech- so it fits snugly around your body. anism is different from those for Fasten the belt and pull on the loose the rear seat shoulder belts. When end to tighten. The belt should be fastening the rear seat shoulder placed as low as possible on your belts or the center lap belt, make hips, not on your waist. If the belt is sure they are inserted into the cor- too high, it could increase the possi- rect buckles to obtain maximum bility of your being injured in an acci- protection from the seat belt sys- dent. tem and assure proper operation.

4-18 04

Pre-tensioner seat belt WARNING (if equipped) • Always wear your seat belt and sit properly in your seat. • Do not use the seat belt if it is loose or twisted. A loose or twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident. • Do not place anything near the buckle. This may adversely af- fect the buckle and cause it to function improperly. OIB034039 • Always replace your pre-ten- Your vehicle is equipped with driver’s sioners after activation or an ac- and front passenger’s pre-tensioner cident. seat belts (retractor pre-tensioner). The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to • NEVER inspect, service, repair make sure the seat belts fit tightly or replace the pre-tensioners against the occupant’s body in cer- yourself.This must be done by tain frontal or side collision(s). The an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. pre-tensioner seat belts may be acti- Do not hit the seat belt assem- vated in crashes where the frontal or blies. side collision(s) is severe enough, to- gether with the air bags.When the ve- WARNING hicle stops suddenly, or if the occu- pant tries to lean forward too quickly, Do not touch the pre-tensioner seat the seat belt retractor will lock into belt assemblies for several minutes position. In certain frontal collisions, after they have been activated. the pre-tensioner will activate and When the pre-tensioner seat belt pull the seat belt into tighter contact mechanism deploys during a colli- against the occupant’s body. sion, the pre-tensioner can become hot and can burn you. WARNING CAUTION For your safety, be sure that the belt webbing is not loose or twisted and Body work on the front area of the always sit properly on your seat. vehicle may damage the pre-ten- sioner seat belt system. Therefore, we recommend the system to be When the vehicle stops suddenly, or serviced by an authorized HYUND- if the occupant tries to lean forward AI dealer. too quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock into position. In certain frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner will acti- vate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant’s body.

4-19 Safety system of your vehicle

i Information • Both the driver’s and front passen- ger’s pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in certain frontal or side collisions. • When the pre-tensioner seat belts are activated, a loud noise may be heard and fine dust, which may ap- pear to be smoke, may be visible in 8KMB3311/H the passenger compartment. These The seat belt pre-tensioner system are normal operating conditions consists mainly of the following com- and are not hazardous. ponents. Their locations are shown in • Although it is non-toxic, the fine the illustration: dust may cause skin irritation and (1) SRS air bag warning light should not be inhaled for prolonged (2) Retractor pre-tensioner assembly periods. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in (3) SRS control module which the pre-tensioner seat belts were activated. NOTICE The sensor that activates the SRS control module is connected with the pre–tensioner seat belts. The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument cluster will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, and then it should turn off. If the pre-tensioner is not working properly, the warning light will illuminate even if the SRS air bag is not malfunctioning. If the warning light does not illumi- nate,stays illuminated or illumi- nates when the vehicle is being driven, we recommend the pre-ten- sioner seat belts and/or SRS con- trol module be inspected by an au- thorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

4-20 04

Additional seat belt safety pre- Seat belt use and children cautions Infant and small children Seat belt use during pregnancy Most countries have Child Restraint The seat belt should always be used System laws which require children during pregnancy. The best way to to travel in approved Child Restraint protect your unborn child is to protect System devices, including booster yourself by always wearing the seat seats.The age at which seat belts can belt. Pregnant women should always be used instead of Child Restraint wear a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place System differs among countries, so the shoulder belt across your chest, you should be aware of the specific routed between your breasts and requirements in your country, and away from your neck. Place the lap where you are travelling. Infant and belt below your belly so that it fits Child Restraint System must be prop- SNUGLY across your hips and pelvic erly placed and installed in a rear bone, under the rounded part of the seat. For more details refer to the belly. “Child Restraint Systems”in this chapter. WARNING WARNING To reduce the risk of serious injury or death to an unborn child during ALWAYS properly restrain infants an accident, pregnant women and small children in a Child Re- should NEVER place the lap portion straint System appropriate for the of the seat belt above or over the child’s height and weight. To reduce area of the abdomen where the un- the risk of serious injury or death to born child is located. a child and other passengers,NEV- ER hold a child in your lap or arms when the vehicle is moving.The vio- lent forces created during an acci- dent will tear the child from your arms and throw the child against the interior of the vehicle.

4-21 Safety system of your vehicle

Small children are best protected Larger children from injury in an accident when prop- Children under age 13 and who are erly restrained in the rear seat by a too large for a booster seat should al- Child Restraint System that meets ways occupy the rear seat and use the requirements of the Safety Stan- the available lap/shoulder belts. A dards of your country. Before buying seat belt should lie across the upper any Child Restraint System, make thighs and be snug across the shoul- sure that it has a label certifying that it der and chest to restrain the child meets Safety Standard of your coun- safely. Check belt fit periodically. A try. The Child Restraint System must child’s squirming could put the belt be appropriate for your child’s height out of position.In the event of an acci- and weight. Check the label on the dent, children are afforded the best Child Restraint System for this infor- safety restrained by a proper Child mation. Refer to “Child Restraint Sys- Restraint System in the rear seats. If tems” in this chapter. a larger child over age 13 must be seated in the front seat, the child must be securely restrained by the available lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be placed in the rearmost position. If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child’s neck or face, try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle.If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck, they need to be returned to an appro- priate booster seat in the rear seat.

WARNING • Always make sure larger chil- dren’s seat belts are worn and properly adjusted. • NEVER allow the shoulder belt to contact the child’s neck or face. • Do not allow more than one child to use a single seat belt.

4-22 04

Seat belt use and injured people Care of seat belts A seat belt should be used when an Seat belt systems should never be injured person is being transported. disassembled or modified. In addi- Consult a physician for specific rec- tion, care should be taken to assure ommendations. that seat belts and belt hardware are not damaged by seat hinges, doors or other abuse. One person per belt Two people (including children) should never attempt to use a single Periodic inspection seat belt. This could increase the se- All seat belts should be inspected pe- verity of injuries in case of an acci- riodically for wear or damage of any dent. kind. Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible. Do not lie down Sitting in a reclined position when the Keep belts clean and dry vehicle is in motion can be danger- Seat belts should be kept clean and ous. Even when buckled up, the pro- dry. If belts become dirty, they can be tections of your restraint system (seat cleaned by using a mild soap solution belts and/or air bags) is greatly re- and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong duced by reclining your seatback. detergents or abrasives should not Seat belts must be snug against your be used because they may damage hips and chest to work properly. and weaken the fabric. During an accident, you could be thrown into the seat belt, causing neck or other injuries. When to replace seat belts The more the seat back is reclined, The entire seat belt assembly or as- the greater the chance for the pas- semblies should be replaced if the senger’s hips to slide under the lap vehicle has been involved in an acci- belt or the passenger’s neck to strike dent. This should be done even if no the shoulder belt. damage is visible.We recommend that you consult an authorized HYUN- DAI dealer. WARNING • NEVER ride with a reclined seat- back when the vehicle is mov- ing. • Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of seri- ous or fatal injuries in the event of a collision or sudden stop. • Driver and passengers should always sit well back in their seats,properly belted,and with the seatbacks upright. 4-23 Safety system of your vehicle

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM Children riding in the car should sit in WARNING the rear seat and must always be properly restrained to minimize the • A child restraint system must be risk of injury in an accident, sudden placed in the rear seat. Never in- stop or sudden maneuver. According stall a child or infant seat on the to accident statistics, children are saf- front passenger’s seat. Should er when properly restrained in the an accident occur and cause the rear seats than in the front seat. Larg- passenger-side air bag to de- er children not in a child restraint ploy, it could severely injure or should use one of the seat belts pro- kill an infant or child seated in an vided. infant or child seat. Thus only You should be aware of the specific use a child restraint in the rear requirements in your country. Child seat of your vehicle. and/or infant safety seats must be • A seat belt or child restraint sys- properly placed and installed in the tem can become very hot if it is rear seat. You must use a commer- left in a closed vehicle on a sun- cially available child restraint system ny day, even if the outside tem- that meets the requirements of the perature does not feel hot. Be Safety Standards of your country. sure to check the seat cover and Child restraint systems are designed buckles before placing a child to be secured in vehicle seats by the there. lap belt portion of a lap/shoulder belt. • When the child restraint system Children could be injured or killed in a is not in use, store it in the lug- crash if their restraints are not proper- gage area or fasten it with a seat ly secured. For small children and ba- belt so that it will not be thrown bies, a child seat or infant seat must forward in the case of a sudden be used. stop or an accident. Before buying a particular child re- • Children may be seriously in- straint system, make sure it fits your jured or killed by an inflating air and seat belts, and fits your bag. All children, even those too child. Follow all the instructions pro- large for child restraints, must vided by the manufacturer when in- ride in the rear seat. stalling the child restraint system.

4-24 04

WARNING • Children often squirm and repo- sition themselves improperly. To reduce the chance of serious Never let a child ride with the or fatal injuries: shoulder belt under their arm or • Children of all ages are safer behind their back. Always prop- when restrained in the rear seat. erly position and secure chil- A child riding in the front pas- dren in rear seat. senger seat can be forcefully • Never allow a child to stand-up struck by an inflating air bag re- or kneel on the seat or floor- sulting in serious or fatal inju- board of a moving vehicle. ries. During a collision or sudden • Always follow the instructions stop, the child can be violently for installation and use of the thrown against the vehicles inte- child restraint maker. rior, resulting in serious injury. • Always make sure the child seat • Never use an infant carrier or a is secured properly in the car that “hooks” and your child is securely re- over a seatback, it may not pro- strained in the child seat. vide adequate security in an ac- cident. • Never hold a child in your arms or lap when riding in a vehicle. • Seat belts can become very hot, The violent forces created especially when the car is during a crash will tear the child parked in direct sunlight. Al- from your arms and throw the ways check seat belt buckles child against the car’s interior. before fastening them over a child. • Never put a seat belt over your- self and a child. During a crash, • After an accident, we recom- the belt could press deep into mend that the system be the child causing serious inter- checked by an authorized nal injuries. HYUNDAI dealer. • Never leave children unattended • If there is not enough space to in a vehicle - not even for a short place the child restraint system time. The car can heat up very because of the driver’s seat, in- quickly, resulting in serious in- stall the child restraint system in juries to children inside. Even the rear right seat. very young children may inad- vertently cause the vehicle to move, entangle themselves in the windows, or lock themselves or others inside the vehicle. • Never allow two children, or any two persons, to use the same seat belt.

4-25 Safety system of your vehicle

Using a child restraint system WARNING Rearward-facing child restraint system „ Child seat installation • A child can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint is not properly an- chored to the car and the child is not properly restrained in the child restraint. Before installing the child restraint system, read the instructions supplied by the CRS09 child restraint system manufac- „ Forward-facing child restraint system turer. • If the seat belt does not operate as described in this section, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Failure to observe this manual’s instructions regarding child re- straint system and the instruc- tions provided with the child re- OIB034017 straint system could increase For small children and babies, the the risk and/or severity of injury use of a child seat or infant seat is in an accident. required. This child seat or infant seat should be of appropriate size for the child and should be installed in accor- dance with the manufacturer’s in- structions. For safety reasons, we recommend that the child restraint system is used in the rear seats.

WARNING Never place a rear-facing child re- straint in the front passenger seat, because of the danger that an in- flating passenger-side air bag could impact the rear-facing child restraint and kill the child.

4-26 04

Installing a Child Restraint After selecting a proper Child Re- System (CRS) straint System and checking that the Child Restraint System fits properly in the rear of this vehicle, you are ready

WARNING to install the Child Restraint System Before installing your Child Re- according to the manufacturer’s in- straint System always: struction. There are three general steps in installing the Child Restraint • Read and follow the instructions System properly: provided by the manufacturer of • Properly secure the Child Re- the Child Restraint System. straint System to the vehicle. All • Failure to follow all warnings Child Restraint Systems must be and instructions could increase secured to the vehicle with the lap the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY belt or lap part of a lap/shoulder or DEATH if an accident occurs. belt or with the top-tether and/or ISOFIX anchorage. WARNING • Make sure the Child Restraint System is firmly secured. After If the vehicle headrest prevents installing a Child Restraint System proper installation of a Child Re- to the vehicle, push and pull the straint System (as described in the Child Restraint System forward Child Restraint System manual), and from side-to-side to verify that the headrest of the respective it is securely attached to the vehi- seating position shall be readjust- cle seat. A Child Restraint System ed or entirely removed. secured with a seat belt should be installed as firmly as possible. However, some side-to- side movement can be expected. When installing a Child Restraint System, adjust the vehicle seat (up and down, forward and rearward) so that your child fits in the Child Restraint System in a comfortable manner.

4-27 Safety system of your vehicle

• Secure the child in the Child Re- ISOFIX anchorage and top-tether straint System. Make sure the anchorage (ISOFIX system) for child is properly strapped in the children (if equipped) Child Restraint System according The ISOFIX system holds a Child Re- to the Child Restraint System man- straint System during driving and in ufacturer’s instructions. an accident. This system is designed to make installation of the Child Re- straint System easier and reduce the WARNING possibility of improperly installing A Child Restraint System in a your Child Restraint System. The closed vehicle can become very ISOFIX system uses anchors in the hot. To prevent burns, check the vehicle and attachments on the Child seating surface and buckles be- Restraint System. The ISOFIX sys- fore placing your child in the Child tem eliminates the need to use seat Restraint System. belts to secure the Child Restraint System to the rear seats. ISOFIX anchors are metal bars built into the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for each ISOFIX seating po- sition that will accommodate a Child Restraint System with lower attach- ments. To use the ISOFIX system in your ve- hicle, you must have a Child Restraint System with ISOFIX attachments. (An ISOFIX-Child Restraint System may only be installed if it has vehi- cle-specific or universal approval in accordance with the requirements of ECE-R 44 or ECE-R 129.) The Child Restraint System manufac- turer will provide you with instructions on how to use the Child Restraint System with its attachments for the lower anchorages.

4-28 04

OLM039035 OQXI039018 ISOFIX anchorages have been pro- The ISOFIX anchorages symbols are vided in the left and right outboard located on the left and right rear seat rear seating positions. Their locations cushions to identify the position of the are shown in the illustration. There ISOFIX anchorages in your vehicle are no ISOFIX anchorages provided (see arrows in illustration). for the center rear seating position.

WARNING Do not attempt to install a Child Restraint System using ISOFIX an- chorages in the rear center seating position. There are no ISOFIX an- chorages provided for this seat. Using the outboard seat anchorag- es, for the CRS installation on the rear center seating position, can OQXI039019 damage the anchorages which Both rear outboard seats are may break or fail in a collision re- equipped with a pair of ISOFIX an- sulting in serious injury or death. chorages as well as a corresponding top-tether anchorage on the back side of the rear seats. (Child Restraint Systems with univer- sal approval according to ECE-R44 or ECE-R129 need to be fixed addi- tionally with a top-tether connected to the corresponding top-tether anchor- age point on the back side of the rear seats.) ISOFIX anchorages are located be- tween the seatback and the seat cushion of the rear seat left and right outboard seating positions.

4-29 Safety system of your vehicle

Securing a Child Restraint Sys- WARNING tem with the “ISOFIX system” To install a ISOFIX-compatible Child Take the following precautions Restraint System in either of the rear when using the ISOFIX system: outboard seating positions: • Read and follow all installation 1. Move the seat belt buckle away instructions provided with your from the ISOFIX anchorages. Child Restraint System. 2. Move any other objects away from • To prevent the child from reach- the anchors that could prevent a ing and taking hold of unretract- secure connection between the ed seat belts, buckle all unused Child Restraint System and the rear seat belts and retract the ISOFIX anchorages. seat belt webbing behind the 3. Place the Child Restraint System child. Children can be strangled on the vehicle seat, then attach the if a shoulder belt becomes seat to the ISOFIX anchorages ac- wrapped around their neck and cording to the instructions provided the seat belt tightens. by the Child Restraint System • NEVER attach more than one manufacturer. Child Restraint System to a sin- 4. Follow the instructions of the Child gle anchorage. This could cause Restraint System’s manufacturer the anchor or attachment to for proper installation and connec- come loose or break. tion of the ISOFIX attachments on • Always have the ISOFIX system the Child Restraint System to the inspected by your dealer after ISOFIX anchorages. an accident. An accident can damage the ISOFIX system and may not properly secure the Child Restraint System.

4-30 04

Securing a Child Restraint Sys- WARNING tem with “Top-tether anchorage” system (if equipped) Take the following precautions when installing the top-tether: • Read and follow all installation instructions provided with your Child Restraint System. • NEVER attach more than one Child Restraint System to a sin- gle top-tether anchorage. This could cause the anchorage or attachment to come loose or break. OQXI039020 • Do not attach the top-tether to First secure the Child Restraint Sys- anything other than the correct tem with the ISOFIX anchorages or top-tether anchorage. It may not the seat belt. If the Child Restraint work properly if attached to System manufacturer recommends something else. the top-tether to be attached, attach and tighten the top-tether to the • Child Restraint System anchor- top-tether anchorage. Top-tether an- ages are designed to withstand chorages are located on the back of only those loads imposed by the rear seats. correctly fitted Child Restraint Systems. Under no circum- stances are they to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses or for attaching other items or equipment to the vehicle.

4-31 Safety system of your vehicle

Installing a child restraint sys- tem by lap/shoulder belt

OQXI039021 To install the top-tether : E2MS103005 1. Route the Child Restraint System top-tether over the Child Restraint To install a child restraint system on System seatback. Route the the outboard or center rear seats, do top-tether under the headrest and the following: between the headrest posts, or 1. Place the child restraint system in route the top-tether over the top of the seat and route the lap/shoulder the vehicle seatback. Make sure belt around or through the restraint, the strap is not twisted. following the restraint manufactur- 2. Connect the top-tether to the er’s instructions. Be sure the seat top-tether anchorage, then tighten belt webbing is not twisted. the top-tether according to the in- structions of your Child Restraint System’s manufacturer to firmly at- tach the Child Restraint System to the seat. 3. Check that the Child Restraint Sys- tem is securely attached to the seat by pushing and pulling the seat forward and from side-to-side.

E2BLD310 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the dis- tinct “Click” sound. Position the release button so that it is easy to access in case of an emer- gency.

4-32 04

MMSA3030 3. Buckle the seat belt and allow the seat belt to take up any slack. After installation of the child restraint system, try to move it in all direc- tions to be sure the child restraint system is securely installed.

If you need to tighten the belt, pull more webbing toward the retractor. When you unbuckle the seat belt and allow it to retract, the retractor will au- tomatically revert back to its normal seated passenger emergency locking usage condition.

4-33 Safety system of your vehicle

$,5%$*ǘ6833/(0(17$/5(675$,176<67(0ǣ656Ǥ

The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OIB037032R

1. Driver’s front air bag 2. Passenger’s front air bag 3. Side impact air bag* 4. Curtain air bag*

* : if equipped

4-34 04

WARNING How does the air bag system operate • Even in vehicles with air bags, • Air bags are activated (able to in- you and your passengers must flate if necessary) only when the always wear the safety belts ignition switch is placed to the ON provided in order to minimize or START position. the risk and severity of injury in • Air bags inflate instantly in the the event of a collision or roll- event of serious frontal or side col- over. lision in order to help protect the • SRS and pretensioners contain occupants from serious physical explosive chemicals. injury. If scraping a vehicle without re- • There is no single speed at which moving SRS and pretensioners the air bags will inflate. from a vehicle, it may cause fire. Generally, air bags are designed to Before scraping a vehicle, we inflate based upon the severity of a recommend that you contact an collision and its direction. These authorized Hyundai dealer. two factors determine whether the • Keep the SRS parts and wirings sensors produce an electronic de- away from water or any liquid. If ployment/ inflation signal. the SRS components are inoper- • Air bag deployment depends on a ative due to exposure to water number of factors including vehicle or liquids, it may cause fire or speed, angles of impact and the severe injury. density and stiffness of the vehi- cles or objects which your vehicle hits in the collision. The determin- ing, factors are not limited to those mentioned above. • The front air bags will completely inflate and deflate in an instant. It is virtually impossible for you to see the air bags inflate during an accident. It is much more likely that you will simply see the deflated air bags hanging out of their storage com- partments after the collision.

4-35 Safety system of your vehicle

• In order to help provide protection WARNING in a severe collision, the air bags must inflate rapidly. The speed of • To avoid severe personal injury air bag inflation is a consequence or death caused by deploying of extremely short time in which a air bags in a collision, the driver collision occurs and the need to should sit as far back from the get the air bag between the occu- steering wheel air bag as possi- pant and the vehicle structures be- ble. The front passenger should fore the occupant impacts those always move their seat as far structures. This speed of inflation back as possible and sit back in reduces the risk of serious or their seat. life-threatening injuries in a severe • Air bag inflates instantly in an collision and is thus a necessary event of a collision, passengers part of air bag design. may be injured by the air bag ex- However, air bag inflation can also pansion force if they are not in a cause injuries which can include proper position. facial abrasions, bruises and bro- • Air bag inflation may cause inju- ken bones because the inflation ries including facial or bodily speed also causes the air bags to abrasions, injuries from broken expand with a great deal of force. glasses or burns. • There are even circumstances under which contact with the steering wheel air bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned exces- sively close to the steering wheel.

4-36 04

Noise and smoke Do not install a child restraint When the air bags inflate, they make on the front passenger’s seat. a loud noise and they leave smoke (if equipped) and powder in the air inside of the ve- hicle. This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator. Af- ter the air bag inflates, you may feel substantial discomfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest with both the seat belt and the air bag, as well as from breathing the smoke and powder. Open your doors and/or windows as soon as possible after impact in order to reduce discom- OYDESA2042 fort and prevent prolonged expo- Never place a rear-facing child re- sure to the smoke and powder. straint in the front passenger’s seat. If Though smoke and powder are the air bag deploys, it would impact non-toxic, it may cause irritation to the rear-facing child restraint, caus- the skin (eyes, nose and throat, etc.). ing serious or fatal injury. If this is the case, wash and rinse with In addition, do not place front-facing cold water immediately and consult child restraints in the front passen- with the doctor if the symptom per- ger’s seat either. If the front passen- sists. ger air bag inflates, it would cause serious or fatal injuries to the child. WARNING When the air bags deploy, the air bag related parts in the steering wheel and/or instrument panel and/or in both sides of the roof rails above the front and rear doors are very hot. To prevent injury, do not touch the air bag storage areas internal components immediately after an air bag has inflated.

4-37 Safety system of your vehicle

WARNING Air bag warning and indicator Air bag warning light • NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protect- ed by an ACTIVE AIR BAG in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur. • Never put a child restraint in the HTQPV RCUUGPIGT  UGCV +H VJG front passenger air bag inflates, it would cause serious or fatal injuries. • When children are seated in the W7-147 rear outboard seats of vehicle The purpose of the air bag warning equipped with curtain air bags, light in your instrument panel is to be sure to install the child re- alert you of a potential problem with straint system as far away from your air bag - Supplemental Restraint the door side as possible, and System (SRS). securely lock the child restraint When the ignition switch is turned system in position. ON, the warning light should illumi- Inflation of curtain air bags nate for approximately 6 seconds, could cause serious injury or then go off. death to an infant or child. Have the system checked if: • The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON. • The light stays on after illuminating for approximately 6 seconds. • The light comes on while the vehi- cle is in motion. • The light blinks when the ignition switch is in ON position.

4-38 04

SRS components and func- WARNING tions If any of the following conditions occurs, this indicates a malfunc- tion of the SRS. We recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • The light does not turn on briefly when you turn the ignition ON. • The light stays on after illumi- nating for approximately 6 sec- onds. OQXI039038 • The light comes on while the ve- The SRS consists of the following hicle is in motion. components: • The light blinks when the igni- (1) Driver’s front air bag module tion switch is in ON position. (2) Passenger’s front air bag module (3) Pre-tensioner seatbelt system* (4) Air bag warning light (5) SRS control module (SRSCM) (6) Front impact sensor (7) Side impact air bag modules* (8) Curtain air bag modules * (9) Side impact sensors * * : if equipped

The SRSCM continuously monitors all SRS components while the igni- tion switch is ON to determine if a crash impact is severe enough to re- quire air bag deployment or pre-ten- sioner seat belt deployment.

The SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position, after which the air bag warning light should go out.

4-39 Safety system of your vehicle

„ Driver's front air bag (1) „ Driver's front air bag (3)

B240B01L B240B03L The air bag modules are located both A fully inflated air bag, in combination in the center of the steering wheel with a properly worn seat belt, slows and in the front passenger’s panel the driver’s or the passenger’s for- above the glove box. When the ward motion, reducing the risk of SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe head and chest injury. impact to the front of the vehicle, it will automatically deploy the front air After complete inflation, the air bag bags. immediately starts deflating, enabling the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate oth- „ Driver's front air bag (2) er controls.

B240B02L Upon deployment, tear seams mold- ed directly into the pad covers will separate under pressure from the ex- pansion of the air bags. Further open- ing of the covers then allows full infla- tion of the air bags.

4-40 04

„ Driver's front air bag (3) WARNING • If an air bag deploys, there may be a loud noise followed by a fine dust released in the vehicle. These conditions are normal and are not hazardous - the air bags are packed in this fine powder. The dust generated during air bag deployment may B240B03L cause skin or eye irritation as well as aggravate asthma for some persons. Always wash all WARNING exposed skin areas thoroughly with cold water and a mild soap • Do not install or place any ac- after an accident in which the air cessories (drink holder, cas- bags were deployed. sette holder, sticker, etc.) on the front passenger’s panel above • The SRS can function only when the glove box in a vehicle with a the ignition switch is in the ON passenger’s air bag. Such ob- position. jects may become dangerous • Before you replace a fuse or dis- projectiles and cause injury if connect a battery terminal, turn the passenger’s air bag inflates. the ignition switch to the LOCK • When installing a container of position and remove the ignition liquid air freshener inside the key. Never remove or replace vehicle, do not place it near the the air bag related fuse(s) when instrument cluster nor on the in- the ignition switch is in the ON strument panel surface. position. Failure to heed this warning will cause the SRS air It may become a dangerous pro- bag warning light to illuminate. jectile and cause injury if the passenger’s air bag inflates.

4-41 Safety system of your vehicle

Driver’s and passenger’s front The indications of the system’s pres- air bag ence are the letters “AIR BAG” en- graved on the air bag pad cover in the „ Driver’s front air bag • Type A steering wheel and the passenger’s side front panel pad above the glove box. The SRS consists of air bags installed under the pad covers in the center of the steering wheel and the passen- ger’s side front panel above the glove box. The purpose of the SRS is to provide OQXI039022 the vehicle’s driver and/or the front • Type B passenger with additional protection than that offered by the seat belt sys- tem alone in case of a frontal impact of sufficient severity.

WARNING Always use seat belts and child re- straints – every trip, every time, ev- eryone! Air bags inflate with con- OQXI030050 siderable force and in the blink of „ Passenger’s front air bag an eye. Seat belts help keep occu- pants in proper position to obtain maximum benefit from the air bag. Even with air bags, improperly and unbelted occupants can be se- verely injured when the air bag in- flates. Always follow the precau- tions about seat belts, air bags and occupant safety contained in this manual. OQXI039023 • To reduce the chance of serious Your vehicle is equipped with a Sup- or fatal injuries and receive the plemental Restraint (Air Bag) System maximum safety benefit from and lap/shoulder belts at both the your restraint system: driver and passenger seating posi- • Never place a child in any child tions. or booster seat in the front seat.

4-42 04

• ABC – Always Buckle Children • Do not tamper with or discon- in the back seat. It is the safest nect SRS wiring or other compo- place for children of any age to nents of the SRS system. Doing ride. so could result in injury, due to • Front and side impact air bags accidental deployment of the air can injure occupants improperly bags or by rendering the SRS in- positioned in the front seats. operative. • Move your seat as far back as • If the SRS air bag warning light practical from the front air bags, remains illuminated while the while still maintaining control of vehicle is being driven, we rec- the vehicle. ommend that the system be in- spected by an authorized HYUN- • You and your passengers DAI dealer. should never sit or lean unnec- essarily close to the air bags. • Air bags can only be used once Improperly positioned drivers – we recommend that the sys- and passengers can be severely tem be replaced by an autho- injured by inflating air bags. rized HYUNDAI dealer. • Never lean against the door or • The SRS is designed to deploy center console – always sit in an the front air bags only when an upright position. impact is sufficiently severe and when the impact angle is less • No objects (such as crash pad than 30° from the forward longi- cover, cellular phone holder, tudinal axis of the vehicle. Addi- , perfume or stickers) tionally, the air bags will only should be placed over or near deploy once. Seat belts must be the air bag modules on the steer- worn at all times. ing wheel, instrument panel, windshield glass, and the front • Front air bags are not intended passenger’s panel above the to deploy in side-impact, rear-im- glove box. Such objects could pact or rollover crashes. In addi- cause harm if the vehicle is in a tion, front air bags will not de- crash severe enough to cause ploy in frontal crashes below the the air bags to deploy. deployment threshold. • Do not attach any objects on the • A child restraint system must front windshield and inside mir- never be placed in the front seat. ror. The infant or child could be se- verely injured or killed by an air bag deployment in case of an accident.

4-43 Safety system of your vehicle

• Children age 12 and under must Side impact air bag always be properly restrained in (if equipped) the rear seat. Never allow chil- dren to ride in the front passen- ger seat. If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible. • For maximum safety protection in all types of crashes, all occu- pants including the driver

should always wear their seat OIB034021 belts whether or not an air bag is also provided at their seating position to minimize the risk of severe injury or death in the event of a crash. Do not sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bag while the vehicle is in motion. • Sitting improperly or out of posi- tion can result in serious or fatal injury in a crash. All occupants OJK032063 should sit upright with the seat The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the back in an upright position, cen- illustration. tered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfort- ably extended and their feet on Your vehicle is equipped with a side the floor until the vehicle is impact air bag in each front seat. parked and the ignition key is re- The purpose of the air bag is to pro- moved. vide the vehicle’s driver and/or the • The SRS air bag system must front passenger with additional pro- deploy very rapidly to provide tection than that offered by the seat protection in a crash. If an occu- belt alone. pant is out of position because The side impact air bags are de- of not wearing a seat belt, the air signed to deploy only during certain bag may forcefully contact the side-impact collisions, depending on occupant causing serious or fa- the crash severity, angle, speed and tal injuries. point of impact. The side impact air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact situations.

4-44 04

WARNING • Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air Do not allow the passengers to lean bag and yourself. Also, do not their heads or bodies onto doors, put attach any objects around the their arms on the doors, stretch their area the air bag inflates such as arms out of the window, or place ob- the door, side door glass, front jects between the doors and passen- and rear pillar. gers when they are seated on seats • Do not place any objects be- equipped with side and/or curtain air tween the door and the seat. bags. They may become dangerous projectiles if the side air bag in- flates. WARNING • Do not put any objects between • The side impact air bag is sup- the side air bag label and seat plemental to the driver’s and the cushion. It could cause harm if passenger’s seat belt systems the vehicle is in a crash severe and is not a substitute for them. enough to cause the air bags to Therefore your seat belts must deploy. be worn at all times while the ve- • To prevent unexpected deploy- hicle is in motion. The air bags ment of the side impact air bag deploy only in certain side im- that may result in personal inju- pact conditions severe enough ry, avoid impact to the side im- to cause significant injury to the pact sensor when the ignition vehicle occupants. switch is on. • For best protection from the • If the seat or seat cover is dam- side impact air bag system and aged, we recommend that the to avoid being injured by the de- system be serviced by an autho- ploying side impact air bag, both rized HYUNDAI dealer. front seat occupants should sit in an upright position with the • Inform the dealer that your vehi- seat belt properly fastened. The cle is equipped with side impact driver’s hands should be placed air bags. on the steering wheel at the 9:00 and 3:00 positions. The passen- ger’s arms and hands should be placed on their laps. • Do not use any accessory seat covers. • Use of seat covers could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system. • Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side im- pact air bag.

4-45 Safety system of your vehicle

Curtain air bag (if equipped) WARNING • In order for side impact and cur- tain air bags to provide the best protection, both front seat occu- pants and both outboard rear occupants should sit in an up- right position with the seat belts properly fastened. Importantly, children should sit in a proper child restraint sys- OQXI039024 tem in the rear seat. • When children are seated in the rear outboard seats, they must be seated in the proper child re- straint system. Make sure to put the child restraint system as far away from the door side as pos- sible, and secure the child re- straint system in a locked posi- tion. • Do not place any objects over OQXI039025 the air bag. Also, do not attach The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the any objects around the area the illustration. air bag inflates such as the door, side door glass, front and rear pillar, roof side rail. Curtain air bags are located along both sides of the roof rails above the • Do not hang other objects ex- front and rear doors. cept clothes, especially hard or breakable objects. In an acci- They are designed to help protect the dent, it may cause vehicle dam- heads of the front seat occupants and age or personal injury. the rear outboard seat occupants in certain side impact collisions. The curtain air bags are designed to deploy only during certain side im- pact collisions, depending on the crash severity, angle, speed and im- pact. The curtain air bags are not de- signed to deploy in all side impact situations, collisions from the front or rear of the vehicle or in most rollover situations.

4-46 04

• Do not allow the passengers to Why didn’t my air bag go off in a lean their heads or bodies onto collision? (Inflation and non-infla- doors, put their arms on the tion conditions of the air bag) doors, stretch their arms out of There are many types of accidents the window, or place objects be- in which the air bag would not be tween the doors and passengers expected to provide additional when they are seated on seats protection. equipped with side and/or cur- tain air bags. These include rear impacts, sec- ond or third collisions in multiple • Do not open or repair the side impact accidents, as well as low curtain air bags. speed impacts. • Never try to open or repair any components of the side curtain air bag system. We recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Failure to follow the above men- tioned instructions can result in injury or death to the vehicle occu- pants in an accident.

4-47 Safety system of your vehicle

Air bag inflation conditions

OQXI039026/OQXI039027/OQXI039028/OQXI039029

(1) SRS control module (2) Front impact sensor (3) Side impact sensor*

* : if equipped

4-48 04

WARNING Air bag inflation conditions • Do not hit or allow any objects to impact the locations where air bags or sensors are installed. This may cause unexpected air bag deployment, which could result in serious personal injury or death. • If the installation location or an- gle of the sensors is altered in any way, the air bags may de- OQXI039030 ploy when they should not or Front air bags they may not deploy when they Front air bags are designed to inflate should, causing severe injury or in certain frontal collision depending death. on the crash severity, speed or an- Therefore, do not try to perform gles of impact of the front collision. maintenance on or around the air bag sensors. We recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Problems may arise if the sen- sor installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper, body or B pillar where side collision sen- sors are installed. We recom- mend that the system be ser- viced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Your vehicle has been designed to absorb impact and deploy the air bag(s) in certain collisions. Installing aftermarket bumper guards or replacing a bumper with non-genuine parts may ad- versely affect your vehicles col- lision and air bag deployment performance.

4-49 Safety system of your vehicle

Side air bags (if equipped) Air bag non-inflation conditions Side air bags (side impact and/or cur- tain air bags) are designed to inflate when an impact is detected by side collision sensors depending on the crash severity, speed or angles of im- pact resulting from a side impact col- lision. Although the front air bags (driver’s and front passenger’s air bags) are designed to inflate only in frontal col- lisions, they also may inflate in other OQXI039031 types of collisions if the front impact • In certain low-speed collisions the sensor detect a sufficient impact. air bags may not deploy. The air Side air bags (side impact and/or bags are designed not to deploy in curtain air bags) are designed to in- such cases because they may not flate only in side impact collisions, but provide benefits beyond the pro- they may inflate in other collisions if tection of the seat belts in such col- the side impact sensors detect a suf- lisions. ficient impact. If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads or sidewalks, air bags may de- ploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment.

OQXI039032 • Front air bags are not designed to inflate in rear collisions, because occupants are moved backward by the force of the impact. In this case, inflated air bags would not be able to provide any additional benefit.

4-50 04

OQXI039033 OQXI039034 • Front air bags may not inflate in • Just before impact, drivers often side impact collisions, because oc- brake heavily. Such heavy braking cupants move to the direction of lowers the front portion of the vehi- the collision, and thus in side im- cle causing it to “ride” under a vehi- pacts, frontal air bag deployment cle with a higher ground clearance. would not provide additional occu- Air bags may not inflate in this “un- pant protection. der-ride” situation because decel- However, side impact or curtain air eration forces that are detected by bags may inflate depending on the sensor may be significantly re- intensity, vehicle speed and angles duced by such “under-ride” colli- of impact. sions.

OBH038060 OQXI039035 • In a slant or angled collision, the • Air bags do not inflate in rollover force of impact may direct the oc- accidents because vehicle can not cupants in a direction where the air detect rollover accident. bags would not be able to provide However, side and/or curtain air any additional benefit, and thus the bags may inflate when the vehicle sensors may not deploy any air is rolled over after side impact col- bags. lision.

4-51 Safety system of your vehicle

SRS Care The SRS is virtually maintenance-free and so there are no parts you can safely service by yourself. If the SRS air bag warning light does not illumi- nate, or continuously remains on, we recommend that the system be in- spected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OQXI039036 We recommend that the any work on • Air bags may not inflate if the vehi- the SRS system, such as removing, cle collides with objects such as installing, repairing, or any work on utility poles or trees, where the the steering wheel, the front passen- point of impact is concentrated and ger’s panel, front seats and roof rails the collision energy is absorbed by be performed by an authorized the vehicle structure. HYUNDAI dealer. Improper handling of the SRS system may result in seri- ous personal injury.

WARNING • Modification to SRS compo- nents or wiring, including the addition of any kind of badges to the pad covers or modifica- tions to the body structure, can adversely affect SRS perfor- mance and lead to possible inju- ry. • For cleaning the air bag pad covers, use only a soft, dry cloth or one which has been moist- ened with plain water. Solvents or cleaners could adversely af- fect the air bag covers and prop- er deployment of the system.

4-52 04

• No objects should be placed Additional safety precautions over or near the air bag modules • Never let passengers ride in the on the steering wheel, instru- cargo area or on top of a fold- ment panel, and the front pas- ed-down back seat. All occupants senger’s panel above the glove should sit upright, fully back in their box, because any such object seats with their seat belts on and could cause harm if the vehicle their feet on the floor. is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to inflate. • Passengers should not move out of or change seats while the • If the air bags inflate, we recom- vehicle is moving. A passenger mend that the system be re- who is not wearing a seat belt placed by an authorized HYUN- during a crash or emergency stop DAI dealer. can be thrown against the inside of • Do not tamper with or discon- the vehicle, against other occu- nect SRS wiring, or other com- pants, or out of the vehicle. ponents of the SRS system. Do- • Each seat belt is designed to re- ing so could result in injury, due strain one occupant. If more than to accidental inflation of the air one person uses the same seat bags or by rendering the SRS in- belt, they could be seriously in- operative. jured or killed in a collision. • If components of the air bag • Do not use any accessories on system must be discarded, or if seat belts. Devices claiming to im- the vehicle must be scrapped, prove occupant comfort or reposi- certain safety precautions must tion the seat belt can reduce the be observed. An authorized protection provided by the seat belt HYUNDAI dealer knows these and increase the chance of serious precautions and can give you injury in a crash. the necessary information. Fail- ure to follow these precautions • Passengers should not place and procedures could increase hard or sharp objects between the risk of personal injury. themselves and the air bags. Carrying hard or sharp objects on • If your car was flooded and has your lap or in your mouth can result soaked carpeting or water on in injuries if an air bag inflates. the flooring, you shouldn’t try to start the engine; we recommend • Keep occupants away from the that you contact an authorized air bag covers. All occupants HYUNDAI dealer. should sit upright, fully back in their seats with their seat belts on and their feet on the floor. If occupants are too close to the air bag covers, they could be injured if the air bags inflate.

4-53 Safety system of your vehicle

• Do not attach or place objects Adding equipment to or modify- on or near the air bag covers. ing your air bag-equipped vehi- Any object attached to or placed cle on the front or side impact air bag If you modify your vehicle by chang- covers could interfere with the ing your vehicle’s , bumper sys- proper operation of the air bags. tem, front end or side sheet metal or • Do not modify the front seats. ride height, this may affect the opera- Modification of the front seats tion of your vehicle’s air bag system. could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint sys- tem sensing components or side Air bag warning label impact air bags. • Do not place items under the front seats. Placing items under the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing compo- nents and wiring harnesses. • Never hold an infant or child on your lap. The infant or child could

be seriously injured or killed in the OQXI039037 event of a crash. All infants and children should be properly re- Air bag warning labels are attached strained in appropriate child safety to alert the driver and passengers of seats or seat belts in the rear seat. potential risks of the air bag system. Be sure to read all of the information about the air bags that are installed

WARNING on your vehicle in this Owner’s Manu- al. • Sitting improperly or out of posi- tion can cause occupants to be shifted too close to a deploying air bag, strike the interior struc- ture or be thrown from the vehi- cle resulting in serious injury or death. • Always sit upright with the seat- back in an upright position, cen- tered on the seat cushion with your seat belt on, legs comfort- ably extended and your feet on the floor.

4-54 5. Convenient features of your vehicle

Accessing your vehicle ...... 5-4 Remote key ...... 5-4 Remote key precautions ...... 5-6 ...... 5-7 Smart key precautions ...... 5-11 Immobilizer system ...... 5-12 Door lock/unlock sound ...... 5-12 Door locks ...... 5-13 Operating door locks from outside the vehicle ...... 5-13 Operating door locks from inside the vehicle ...... 5-14 Auto door lock/unlock features ...... 5-16 5 Child-protector rear door locks ...... 5-17 Theft-alarm system ...... 5-18 Tailgate ...... 5-19 Opening the tailgate ...... 5-19 Closing the tailgate ...... 5-19 Emergency tailgate safety release ...... 5-20 Windows ...... 5-21 Power windows ...... 5-21 Manual windows ...... 5-25 Hood ...... 5-26 Opening the hood ...... 5-26 Sunroof ...... 5-28 Sunroof opening and closing ...... 5-28 Sliding the sunroof ...... 5-28 Resetting the sunroof ...... 5-30 Fuel filler door ...... 5-32 Opening the fuel filler door ...... 5-32 Closing the fuel filler door ...... 5-32 Steering wheel ...... 5-35 Electric (EPS) ...... 5-35 Horn ...... 5-36 Mirrors ...... 5-37 Inside rearview mirror ...... 5-37 Outside rearview mirror ...... 5-38 Instrument cluster ...... 5-40 Instrument Cluster Control ...... 5-41 Gauges ...... 5-42 Transmission Shift Indicator ...... 5-45 Warning and indicator lights ...... 5-47 LCD display messages ...... 5-57 LCD display (Cluster Type B) ...... 5-63 LCD display control ...... 5-63 5 LCD modes ...... 5-64 mode ...... 5-65 Information mode ...... 5-66 User settings mode (Cluster Type B) ...... 5-67 Trip computer ...... 5-69 Cluster Type A ...... 5-69 Cluster Type B ...... 5-73 Light ...... 5-77 Exterior lights ...... 5-77 Interior lights ...... 5-82 Wipers and washers ...... 5-85 Windshield wipers ...... 5-86 Windshield washers ...... 5-86 Rear window wiper and washer switch ...... 5-87 Driver assist system ...... 5-88 Rear view monitor ...... 5-88 Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) System ...... 5-90 Climate Control System ...... 5-93 Defroster ...... 5-93 Manual climate control system ...... 5-94 Automatic climate control system ...... 5-102 Windshield defrosting and defogging ...... 5-112 5. Convenient features of your vehicle

Clean air ...... 5-114 Storage compartment ...... 5-115 Center console storage ...... 5-115 Sliding armrest ...... 5-115 Cool box ...... 5-116 Luggage box ...... 5-117 Interior features ...... 5-118 Clock ...... 5-118 Cup holder ...... 5-118 Sunvisor ...... 5-119 5 Power outlet ...... 5-119 USB charger ...... 5-121 Floor mat anchor(s) ...... 5-121 Coat hook ...... 5-121 Cargo area cover ...... 5-123 Exterior features ...... 5-124 Roof rack ...... 5-124 Convenient features of your vehicle

ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE Remote key (if equipped) Unlocking To unlock: 1. Press the Door Unlock button (2) on the remote key. 2. The doors will unlock. The hazard warning lights will blink two times.

i Information After unlocking the doors, the doors will lock automatically after 30 sec- OIB034040 onds unless a door is opened. Your HYUNDAI uses a remote key, which you can use to lock or unlock a Tailgate unlocking door (and tailgate) and even start the To unlock: engine. 1. Press the Tailgate Unlock button 1. Door Lock (3) on the remote key for more 2. Door Unlock than one second. 3. Tailgate Unlock 2. The hazard warning lights will blink two times. Once the tailgate is Locking opened and then closed, the tail- gate will lock automatically. To lock : 1. Close all doors, engine hood and tailgate. i Information 2. Press the Door Lock button (1) on • After unlocking the tailgate, the the remote key. tailgate will lock automatically. 3. The doors will lock. The hazard • The word “HOLD” is written on the warning lights will blink once. button to inform you that you must 4. Make sure the doors are locked by press and hold the button for more checking the position of the door than one second. lock button inside the vehicle.

WARNING Do not leave the keys in your vehi- cle with unsupervised children. Unattended children could place the key in the ignition switch and may operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle move, which could result in serious injury or death.

5-4 05

Start-up Mechanical key

For detailed information refer to “Key „ Type A Ignition Switch” in chapter 5.

NOTICE To prevent damaging the remote key: • Keep the remote key away from water or any liquid and fire. If the inside of the remote key gets damp (due to drinks or mois- OYDECO2231 ture), or is heated, internal cir- „ Type B cuit may malfunction, excluding the car from the warranty. • Avoid dropping or throwing the remote key. • Protect the remote key from ex- treme temperatures.

OIB044178 If the remote key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the door by using the mechanical key.

Type B To unfold the key, press the release button then the key will unfold auto- matically. To fold the key, fold the key manually while pressing the release button.

NOTICE Do not fold the key without press- ing the release button. This may damage the key.

5-5 Convenient features of your vehicle

Remote key precautions i Information The remote key will not work if any of the following occur: Changes or modifications not express- • The key is in the ignition switch. ly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s • You exceed the operating distance authority to operate the equipment. If limit (about 30 m [90 feet]). the keyless entry system is inoperative • The remote key battery is weak. due to changes or modifications not ex- • Other vehicles or objects may be pressly approved by the party respon- blocking the signal. sible for compliance, it will not be cov- ered by your manufacturer’s vehicle • The weather is extremely cold. warranty. • The remote key is close to a radio transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere NOTICE with normal operation of the re- Keep the remote key away from mote key. electromagnetic materials that When the remote key does not work blocks electromagnetic waves to correctly, open and close the door the key surface. with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the remote key, it is recommended that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. If the remote key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile phones normal operational signals. This is especially important when the phone is active such as making and receiv- ing calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. Avoid plac- ing the remote key and your mobile phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and always try to maintain an adequate distance between the two devices.

5-6 05

Battery replacement Smart key (if equipped)

If the remote key is not working prop- „ Type A erly, try replacing the battery with a new one.

OIB044179 „ Type B

OIB044180 Battery Type: CR2032 To replace the battery: 1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gently pry open the cover. 2. Remove the old battery and insert the new battery. Make sure the battery position is correct. OQXI049001 3. Reinstall the rear cover of the re- Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key, mote key. which you can use to lock or unlock a door (and tailgate) and even start the engine. If you suspect your remote key might have sustained some damage, or you 1. Door Lock feel your remote key is not working 2. Door Unlock correctly, it is recommended that you 3. Tailgate Unlock contact an authorized HYUNDAI 4. Panic dealer.

i Information An inappropriately dis- posed battery can be harm- ful to the environment and human health. Dispose the battery according to your local law(s) and regulation.

5-7 Convenient features of your vehicle

Locking Even though you press the outside door handle button, the doors will not lock and the chime will sound for three seconds if any of the following occur: • The Smart Key is in the vehicle. • The Engine Start/Stop button is in ACC or ON position. • Any door except the tailgate is open.

OQXI049002 To lock : WARNING 1. Close all doors, engine hood and Do not leave the Smart Key in your tailgate. vehicle with unsupervised chil- 2. Either press the door handle but- dren. Unattended children could ton or press the Door Lock button press the Engine Start/ Stop but- (1) on the smart key. ton and may operate power win- 3. The hazard warning lights will blink dows or other controls, or even once. make the vehicle move, which 4. Make sure the doors are locked by could result in serious injury or checking the position of the door death. lock button inside the vehicle.

i Information The door handle button will only oper- ate when the smart key is within 0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outside door handle.

5-8 05

Unlocking Tailgate unlocking To unlock: 1. Carry the smart key. 2. Either press the tailgate handle button or press the Tailgate Unlock button (3) on the smart key for more than one second. 3. The hazard warning lights will blink two times. Once the tailgate is opened and then OQXI049002 closed, the tailgate will lock automati- To unlock: cally. 1. Carry the Smart Key. 2. Either press the door handle but- i Information ton or press the Door Unlock but- ton (2) on the smart key. After unlocking the tailgate, the tail- gate will lock automatically after 30 3. The doors will unlock. The hazard seconds unless the tailgate is opened. warning lights will blink two times.

Panic button (if equipped)

i Information Press and hold the Panic button (4) • The door handle button will only for more than one second. The horn operate when the smart key is with- sounds and hazard warning lights in 1 m (40 in.) from the outside door flash for about 30 seconds. handle. Other people can also open To cancel the panic mode, press any the doors without the smart key in button on the remote key. possession. • After unlocking the doors, the doors Start-up will lock automatically after 30 sec- onds unless a door is opened. You can start the engine without in- serting the key. For detailed informa- tion refer to the Engine Start/Stop button in chapter 5.

5-9 Convenient features of your vehicle

To reinstall the mechanical key, put NOTICE the key into the hole and push it until To prevent damaging the smart a click sound is heard. key: • Keep the smart key away from Loss of a smart key water or any liquid and fire. If the inside of the smart key gets A maximum of two smart keys can be damp (due to drinks or mois- registered to a single vehicle. If you ture), or is heated, internal cir- happen to lose your smart key, it is cuit may malfunction, excluding recommended that you should imme- the car from the warranty. diately take the vehicle and remain- ing key to your authorized HYUNDAI • Avoid dropping or throwing the dealer or tow the vehicle, if neces- smart key. sary. • Protect the smart key from ex- treme temperatures. Smart key precautions The smart key will not work if any of NOTICE the following occur: Always have the smart key with • The smart key is close to a radio you when leaving the vehicle. If the transmitter such as a radio station smart key is left near the vehicle, or an airport which can interfere the vehicle battery may be dis- with normal operation of the trans- charged. mitter. • The smart key is near a mobile two Mechanical key way radio system or a cellular If the Smart Key does not operate phone. normally, you can lock or unlock the • Another vehicle’s smart key is be- door by using the mechanical key. ing operated close to your vehicle. When the smart key does not work correctly, open and close the door with the mechanical key. If you have a problem with the smart key, it is rec- ommended that you contact an au- thorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OIB044175 Press and hold the release button (1) and remove the mechanical key (2). Insert the mechanical key into the key hole on the door.

5-10 05

If the smart key is in close proximity Battery replacement to your mobile phone, the signal could be blocked by your mobile phones normal operational signals. This is especially important when the phone is active such as making and receiv- ing calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. Avoid plac- ing the smart key and your mobile phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and always try to maintain an adequate distance between the two devices. OLF044008 If the Smart Key is not working prop- Information erly, try replacing the battery with a i new one. Changes or modifications not express- Battery Type: CR2032 ly approved by the party responsible To replace the battery: for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. If 1. Pry open the rear cover of the the keyless entry system is inoperative smart key. due to changes or modifications not ex- 2. Remove the old battery and insert pressly approved by the party respon- the new battery. Make sure the sible for compliance, it will not be cov- battery position is correct. ered by your manufacturer’s vehicle 3. Reinstall the rear cover of the warranty. smart key. If you suspect your smart key might NOTICE have sustained some damage, or you feel your smart key is not working Keep the smart key away from correctly, it is recommended that you electromagnetic materials that contact an authorized HYUNDAI blocks electromagnetic waves to dealer. the key surface. i Information An inappropriately dis- posed battery can be harm- ful to the environment and human health. Dispose the battery according to your local law(s) and regulation.

5-11 Convenient features of your vehicle

Immobilizer system NOTICE The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from theft. If an improperly The transponder in your key is an coded key (or other device) is used, important part of the immobiliz- the engine’s fuel system is disabled. er system. It is designed to give years of trouble-free service, how- When the ignition switch is placed in ever you should avoid exposure the ON position, the immobilizer sys- to moisture, static electricity and tem indicator should come on briefly, rough handling. Immobilizer sys- then go off. If the indicator starts to tem malfunction could occur. blink, the system does not recognize the coding of the key. Place the ignition switch to the LOCK/ Door lock/unlock sound OFF position, then place the ignition When a user steps out of the car, switch to the ON position again. all doors are closed and then the The system may not recognize your user tries to lock or unlock the ’s coding if another immobilizer with the remote key or smart key, key or other metal object (i.e., key sound occurs along with flashing. chain) is near the key. The engine • Door Lock beep sound : 1time may not start because the metal may • Door Unlock beep sound : 2times interrupt the transponder signal from transmitting normally. If the system repeatedly does not rec- Lock/Unlock Sound Function ognize the coding of the key, it is rec- Disable / Enable: ommended that you contact your The user can disable or enable the HYUNDAI dealer. lock/unlock sound using the remote Do not attempt to alter this system or key or smart key. add other devices to it. Electrical • Default condition : Sound is En- problems could result that may make abled (ON) your vehicle inoperable. - Sound Disable : User must press both lock and unlock buttons in WARNING the remote key or smart key to- gether for at least 4seconds to de- In order to prevent theft of your activate the sound (from “ON o vehicle, do not leave spare keys OFF”). anywhere in your vehicle. Your immobilizer password is a custom- - Sound Enable : User must press er unique password and should be both lock and unlock buttons in kept confidential. the remote key or smart key to- gether for at least 4seconds to activate Sound (from “ OFF o ON”). • For a successful Activation/De-ac- tivation of Sound, Hazard warning lights will blink 4 times.

5-12 05 DOOR LOCKS Operating door locks from out- Remote key side the vehicle Mechanical key

OQXI049004 To lock the doors, press the Door OQXI049003 Lock button (1) on the remote key. Turn the key toward the rear of the To unlock the doors, press the Door vehicle to unlock and toward the front Unlock button (2) on the remote key. of the vehicle to lock. Once the doors are unlocked, they If you lock/unlock the driver’s door may be opened by pulling the door with a key, all vehicle doors will lock/ handle. unlock automatically. When closing the door, push the door (If equipped with the central door lock by hand. Make sure that doors are system) closed securely. Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door Information handle. i When closing the door, push the door • In cold and wet climates, door lock by hand. Make sure that doors are and door mechanisms may not work closed securely. properly due to freezing conditions. • If the door is locked/unlocked multi- ple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch, the system may stop operat- ing temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components.

5-13 Convenient features of your vehicle

Smart key i Information • In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions. • If the door is locked/unlocked multi- ple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch, the system may stop operat- ing temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to OQXI049004 system components.

Operating door locks from inside the vehicle With the door lock button

OQXI049005 1. Door lock 2. Door unlock

To lock the doors, press the button on OQXI049006 the outside door handle while carry- • To unlock a door, push the door ing the smart key with you or press lock button (1) to the “Unlock” posi- the door lock button on the smart key. tion. To unlock the doors, press the button • To lock a door, push the door lock on the outside door handle while car- button (1) to the “Lock” position. rying the smart key with you or press • To open a door, pull the door han- the door unlock button on the smart dle (2) outward. key. Once the doors are unlocked, they may be opened by pulling the door handle. When closing the door, push the door by hand. Make sure that doors are closed securely.

5-14 05

• If the inner door handle of the driv- With the central door lock/un- er’s door is pulled when the door lock switch lock button is in the lock position, the button is unlocked and door opens. • Front doors cannot be locked if the key is in the ignition switch and any front door is open. • Doors cannot be locked if the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is open.

OQXI049007 i Information When pressing the ( ) portion (1) of If a power door lock ever fails to func- the switch, all vehicle doors will lock. tion while you are in the vehicle try one • If the key is in the ignition switch or more of the following techniques to and any door is opened, the doors exit: will not lock even though the lock Operate the door unlock feature re- button (1) of the central door lock peatedly (both electronic and manual) switch is pressed. while simultaneously pulling on the • If the smart key is in the vehicle door handle. and any door is opened, the doors Operate the other door locks and han- will not lock even though the lock dles, front and rear. button (1) of the central door lock Lower a front window and use the me- switch is pressed. chanical key to unlock the door from When pressing the ( ) portion (2) of outside. the switch, all vehicle doors will un- lock.

WARNING • The doors should always be ful- ly closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion. If the doors are unlocked, the risk of being thrown from the vehicle in a crash is increased. • Do not pull the inner door han- dle of the driver’s or passen- ger’s door while the vehicle is moving.

5-15 Convenient features of your vehicle

WARNING WARNING Do not leave children or animals Opening a door when something is unattended in your vehicle. An en- approaching may cause damage closed vehicle can become ex- or injury. Be careful when opening tremely hot, causing death or seri- doors and watch for vehicles, mo- ous injury to unattended children torcycles, bicycles or pedestrians or animals who cannot escape the approaching the vehicle in the vehicle. Children might operate path of the door. features of the vehicle that could injure them, or they could encoun- ter other harm, possibly from WARNING someone gaining entry to the vehi- If you stay in the vehicle for a long cle. time while the weather is very hot or cold, there are risks of injuries WARNING or danger to life. Do not lock the vehicle from the outside when Always secure your vehicle someone is in the vehicle. Leaving your vehicle unlocked in- creases the potential risk to you or Auto door lock/unlock features others from someone hiding in your vehicle. Impact sensing door unlock sys- tem To secure your vehicle, while de- pressing the brake, move the shift All doors will be automatically un- lever to the P (Park) position (for locked when an impact causes the air Dual clutch transmission vehicle) bags to deploy. or first gear or R (Reverse) posi- tion (for Manual transmission vehi- Speed sensing door lock system cle), engage the parking brake, All doors will be automatically locked and place the ignition switch in the when vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h LOCK/OFF position, close all win- (9 mph). dows, lock all doors, and always take the key with you.

5-16 05

Child-protector rear door locks

OQXI049008 The is provided to help prevent children seated in the rear from accidentally opening the rear doors. The rear door safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle. The child safety lock is located on the edge of each rear door. When the child safety lock is in the lock position ( ), the rear door will not open if the inner door handle is pulled. To lock the child safety lock, insert a key (or screwdriver) into the hole (1) and turn it to the lock ( ) position. To allow a rear door to be opened from inside the vehicle, unlock the child safety lock.

WARNING If children accidently open the rear doors while the vehicle is in mo- tion, they could fall out of the vehi- cle. The rear door safety locks should always be used whenever children are in the vehicle.

5-17 Convenient features of your vehicle

7+()7ǘ$/$506<67(0ǣ,)(48,33('Ǥ This system helps to protect your ve- Information hicle and valuables. The horn will i sound and the hazard warning lights • Do not lock the doors until all pas- will blink continuously if any of the fol- sengers have left the vehicle. If the lowing occurs: remaining passenger leaves the ve- - A door is opened without using the hicle when the system is armed, the remote key or smart key. alarm will be activated. - The tailgate is opened without us- • If the vehicle is not disarmed with ing the remote key or smart key. the remote key or smart key, open - The engine hood is opened. the doors by using the mechanical key and place the ignition switch in The alarm continues for 30 seconds, the ON position (for remote key) or then the system resets. To turn off start the engine (for smart key) and the alarm, unlock the doors with the wait for 30 seconds. remote key or smart key. • When the system is disarmed but a The Theft Alarm System automatical- door or tailgate is not opened within ly sets 30 seconds after you lock the 30 seconds, the system will be re- doors and the tailgate. For the sys- armed. tem to activate, you must lock the doors and the tailgate from outside the vehicle with the remote key or smart key or by pressing the button on the outside of the door handles with the smart key in your posses- sion. The hazard warning lights will blink and the chime will sound once to indi- cate the system is armed. Once the security system is set, opening any door, the tailgate, or the hood without using the remote key or smart key will cause the alarm to acti- vate. The Theft Alarm System will not set if the hood, the tailgate, or any door is not fully closed. If the system will not set, check the hood, the tailgate, or the doors are fully closed. Do not attempt to alter this system or add other devices to it.

5-18 05 TAILGATE Opening the tailgate Closing the tailgate To close the tailgate, lower and push down the tailgate firmly. Make sure that the tailgate is securely latched.

WARNING Always keep the tailgate lid com- pletely closed while the vehicle is in motion. If it is left open or ajar, poisonous exhaust gases contain- OQXI049009 ing carbon monoxide (CO) may en- ter the vehicle and serious illness • The tailgate is locked or unlocked or death may result. when all doors are locked or un- locked with the key, remote key, smart key or central door lock/ un- WARNING lock switch. Rear cargo area • If unlocked, the tailgate can be opened by pressing the handle Occupants should never ride in and pulling it up. the rear cargo area where no re- straints are available. To avoid in- jury in the event of an accident or i Information sudden stops, occupants should always be properly restrained. In cold and wet climates, door lock and door mechanisms may not work prop- erly due to freezing conditions. WARNING

NOTICE Make certain that you close the tailgate before driving your vehi- cle. Possible damage may occur to the tailgate lift cylinders and at- taching hardware if the tailgate is not closed prior to driving.

OQXI049011 Do not hold the part (gas lifter) that supports the tailgate. Be aware that the deformation of the part may cause vehicle damage and a risk of safety accident.

5-19 Convenient features of your vehicle

Emergency tailgate safety WARNING release • For emergencies, be fully aware of the location of the emergency tailgate safety release lever in the vehicle and how to open the tailgate if you are accidentally locked in the luggage compart- ment. • No one should be allowed to oc- cupy the luggage compartment of the vehicle at any time. The OQXI049010 luggage compartment is a very Your vehicle is equipped with the dangerous location in the event emergency tailgate safety release le- of a crash. ver located on the bottom of the tail- • Use the release lever for emer- gate. When someone is inadvertently gencies only. Use with extreme locked in the luggage compartment, caution, especially while the ve- the tailgate can be opened by doing hicle is in motion. as follows: 1. Input the mechanical key into the hole. 2. Push the mechanical key to the right. 3. Push up the tailgate.

5-20 05 WINDOWS Power windows (if equipped)

OQXI049012 (1) Driver’s door power window switch (2) Front passenger’s door power window switch (3) Rear door power window switch (Right)* (4) Rear door power window switch (Left)* (5) Window opening and closing (6) Automatic power window* (7) Power window lock switch*

* : if equipped

5-21 Convenient features of your vehicle

The ignition switch must be in the ON Window opening and closing position to be able to raise or lower the windows. Each door has a Power Window switch to control that door’s window. The driver has a Power Win- dow Lock switch which can block the operation of rear windows. The pow- er windows will operate for approxi- mately 30 seconds after the ignition switch is placed in the ACC or LOCK/ OFF position. However, if the front

doors are opened, the Power Win- OOS047018 dows cannot be operated even within To open or close a window, press the 30 second period. down or pull up the front portion of the corresponding switch to the first de- i Information tent position (5). • In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly Auto up/down window due to freezing conditions. (if equipped) • While driving with the rear win- Pressing or pulling up the power win- dows down, your vehicle may dow switch momentarily to the sec- demonstrate a wind buffeting or ond detent position (6) completely pulsation noise. This noise is normal lowers or lifts the window even when and can be reduced or eliminated by the switch is released. To stop the taking the following actions. If the window at the desired position while noise occurs with one or both of the the window is in operation, pull up or rear windows down, partially lower press down and release the switch. both front windows approximately 2.5 cm (1 inch).

5-22 05

To reset the power windows Automatic reverse (if equipped) If the power windows do not operate normally, the automatic power win- dow system must be reset as follows: 1. Place the ignition switch to the ON position. 2. Close the window and continue pulling up on the power window switch for at least 1 second. If the power windows do not operate properly after resetting, it is recom- OIB024001 mended that the system be checked If a window senses any obstacle by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. while it is closing automatically, it will stop and lower approximately 30 cm WARNING (12 in.) to allow the object to be cleared. The automatic reverse feature If the window detects the resistance doesn’t activate while resetting while the power window switch is power window system. Make sure pulled up continuously, the window body parts or other objects are will stop upward movement then low- safely out of the way before clos- er approximately 2.5 cm (1 in.). ing the windows to avoid injuries or vehicle damage. If the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 sec- onds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reverse fea- ture, the automatic window reverse will not operate.

i Information The automatic reverse feature is only active when the “auto up” feature is used by fully pulling up the switch to the second detent.

5-23 Convenient features of your vehicle

WARNING When the power window lock switch is pressed: Make sure heads, other body parts • The driver’s master control can op- or other objects are safely out of erate all the power windows. the way before closing the win- • The front passenger’s control can dows to avoid injuries or vehicle operate the front passenger’s pow- damage. Objects less than 4 mm er window. (0.16 in.) in diameter caught be- tween the window glass and the • The rear passenger’s control can- upper window channel may not be not operate the rear passengers’ detected by the automatic reverse power window. window and the window will not stop and reverse direction. NOTICE • To prevent possible damage to NOTICE the power window system, do Do not install any accessories on not open or close two windows the windows. The automatic re- or more at the same time. This verse feature may not operate. will also ensure the longevity of the fuse. • Never try to operate the main Power window lock switch switch on the driver’s door and (if equipped) the individual door window switch in opposite directions at the same time. If this is done, the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed.

OQXI049013 The driver can disable the power win- dow switches on the rear passengers’ doors by pressing the power window lock switch.

5-24 05

WARNING Manual windows (if equipped) • NEVER leave the keys in your vehicle with unsupervised chil- dren, when the engine is run- ning. • NEVER leave any child unat- tended in the vehicle. Even very young children may inadvertent- ly cause the vehicle to move, en- tangle themselves in the win- dows, or otherwise injure OYC046423 themselves or others. To raise or lower the window, turn the • Always double check to make window regulator handle clockwise or sure all arms, hands, head and counterclockwise in right side. And other obstructions are safely left side is opposite direction. out of the way before closing a window. WARNING • Do not allow children to play with the power windows. Keep When opening or closing the win- the driver’s door power window dows, make sure your passenger’s lock switch in the LOCK posi- arms, hands and body are safely tion (pressed). Serious injury out of the way. can result from unintentional window operation by the child. • Do not extend your head, arms or body outside the win

5-25 Convenient features of your vehicle

HOOD Opening the hood

OQXI049016

OQXI049014 4. Pull out the support rod. 1. Make sure the shift lever is in P 5. Hold the hood opened with the (Park, for Dual clutch transmission support rod. vehicle) or first gear or R (Reverse, for Manual transmission vehicle) and set the parking brake. WARNING 2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the The support rod must be inserted hood. The hood should pop open completely into the hole provided slightly. whenever you inspect the engine compartment. This will prevent the hood from falling and possibly in- juring you.

Closing the hood 1. Before closing the hood, check the following: • All filler caps in engine compart- ment must be correctly installed. • Gloves, rags or any other com-

OQXI049015 bustible material must be re- 3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise moved from the engine compart- the hood slightly, push the second- ment. ary latch up (1) inside of the hood 2. Return the support rod to its clip to center and lift the hood (2). prevent it from rattling. 3. Lower the hood halfway (lifted ap- proximately 30cm from the closed position) and push down to secure- ly lock in place. Then double check to be sure the hood is secure.

5-26 05

WARNING Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched be- fore driving away. Check there is no hood open warning light or message displayed on the instru- ment cluster. Driving with the hood opened may cause a total loss of visibility, which might result in an accident.

WARNING • Before closing the hood, ensure that all obstructions are re- moved from the hood opening. Closing the hood with an ob- struction present in the hood opening may result in property damage or severe personal inju- ry. • Do not leave gloves, rags or any other combustible material in the engine compartment. Doing so may cause a heat-induced fire. • Do not move the vehicle with the hood raised. The view will be blocked and the hood could fall or be damaged.

5-27 Convenient features of your vehicle

681522)ǣ,)(48,33('Ǥ Sliding the sunroof Pressing the sunroof control lever backward or forward momentarily to the second detent position complete- ly opens or closes the sunroof even when the switch is released. To stop the sunroof at the desired position while the sunroof is in operation, press the sunroof control lever back- ward or forward and release the OQXI049017 switch. If your vehicle is equipped with a sun- roof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control switch locat- i Information ed on the overhead console. To reduce wind noise while driving, it The sunroof can only be opened, is recommended that you drive with closed, or tilted when the ignition the sunroof slightly closed (stop the switch is in the ON position. sunroof about 5 cm before the maxi- mum slide open position). Sunroof opening and closing NOTICE To prevent damage to the sunroof and the motor, do not continue to press the sunroof control lever af- ter the sunroof is in the fully open, closed or tilt position(s).

OQXI049018 To open: Press the sunroof control lever back- ward to the first detent position. Re- lease the switch when you want the sunroof to stop. To close: Press the sunroof control lever for- ward to the first detent position. Re- lease the switch when you want the sunroof to stop.

5-28 05

Tilting the sunroof WARNING • Make sure heads, other body parts or other objects are safely out of the way before closing the sunroof to avoid injuries or vehi- cle damage. • Never adjust the sunroof or sun- shade while driving. This may cause loss of vehicle control re- sulting in an accident. OQXI049019 • To avoid serious injury or death, Tilt the sunroof open: do not extend your head, arms Push the sunroof control lever up- or body outside the sunroof ward until the sunroof moves to the while driving. desired position.

To close the sunroof: Press the sunroof lever forward until the sunroof moves to the desired po- sition.

5-29 Convenient features of your vehicle

NOTICE Resetting the sunroof • Periodically remove any dirt that Sunroof needs to be reset if (in the may accumulate on the sunroof followings) guide rail or between the sun- - Battery is discharged or discon- roof and roof panel, which can nected or the related fuse has make a noise. been replaced or disconnected • Do not try to open the sunroof - The one-touch sliding function of when the temperature is below the sunroof does not normally op- freezing or when the sunroof is erate covered with snow or ice, the motor could be damaged. In 1. Place the ignition switch to the ON cold and wet climates, the sun- position or start the engine. It is roof may not work properly. recommended to reset the sunroof while the engine is running. 2. Push the control lever forward. The i Information sunroof will close completely or tilt depending on the condition of the After washing the vehicle or after a sunroof. rain, be sure to wipe off the water on the sunroof before operating the sun- 3. Release the control lever until the roof. sunroof does not move. 4. Push the control lever forward about 10 seconds. Sunshade - When the sunroof is in the close position : The glass will tilt and slightly move up and down. - When the sunroof is in the tilt po- sition: The glass will slightly move up and down.

OAD045037 The sunshade will open automatically with the sunroof when the glass panel moves. If you want it closed, move the sunshade manually.

NOTICE The sunroof is made to slide to- gether with the sunshade. Do not leave the sunshade closed while the sunroof is open.

5-30 05

Do not release the lever until the op- eration is completed. If you release the lever during opera- tion, try again from step 2.

5. Within 3 seconds, push the control lever forward until the sunroof op- erates as follows:

Tilt down o Slide Open o Slide Close.

Do not release the lever until the op- eration is completed. If you release the lever during opera- tion, try again from step 2.

6. Release the sunroof control lever after all operation has completed. (The sunroof system has been re- set.)

i Information • If the sunroof does not reset when the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged, or related fuse is blown, the sunroof may not operate normally. • For more detailed information, we recommend that you contact an au- thorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If your vehicle is equipped with a sun- roof, you can slide or tilt your sunroof with the sunroof control switch locat- ed on the overhead console. The sunroof can only be opened, closed, or tilted when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

5-31 Convenient features of your vehicle

FUEL FILLER DOOR Opening the fuel filler door i Information If the fuel filler door does not open be- cause ice has formed around it, tap lightly or push on the door to break the ice and release the door. Do not pry on the door. If necessary, spray around the door with an approved de-icer fluid (do not use radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt.

OQXI049020 The fuel filler door must be opened Closing the fuel filler door from inside the vehicle by pulling up 1. To install the fuel tank cap (2), turn the fuel filler door opener. it clockwise until it “clicks” once. 1. Stop the engine. This indicates that the cap is se- 2. Pull the fuel filler door opener up. curely tightened. 2. Close the fuel filler door (1) and push it lightly and make sure that it is securely closed.

WARNING Petrol is highly flammable and ex- plosive. Failure to follow these guidelines may result in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH: OQXI049021 • Read and follow all warnings 3. Pull the fuel filler door out (1) to ful- posted at the gas station. ly open. • Before refueling, note the loca- 4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2), tion of the Emergency Petrol turn it counterclockwise. You may Shut-Off, if available, at the gas hear a hissing noise as the pres- station. sure inside the tank equalizes. • Before touching the fuel nozzle, 5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door. you should eliminate the poten- tial build-up of static electricity by touching a metal part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler neck, nozzle, or other gas source, with your bare hand.

5-32 05

• Do not use cellular phones while • When refueling, always move refueling. Electric current and/or the shift lever to the P (Park) po- electronic interference from cel- sition (for dual clutch transmis- lular phones can potentially ig- sion vehicle) or first gear or R nite fuel vapors and cause a fire. (Reverse) position (for manual • Do not get back into a vehicle transmission vehicle), set the once you have begun refueling. parking brake, and place the ig- You can generate a build-up of nition switch to the LOCK/OFF static electricity by touching, position. Sparks produced by rubbing or sliding against any electrical components related to item or fabric capable of produc- the engine can ignite fuel vapors ing static electricity. Static elec- causing a fire. tricity discharge can ignite fuel • Do not use matches or a lighter vapors causing a fire. and do not smoke or leave a lit If you must re-enter the vehicle, cigarette in your vehicle while at you should once again eliminate a gas station, especially during potentially dangerous static refueling. electricity discharge by touch- • Do not over-fill or top-off your ing a metal part of the vehicle, vehicle tank, which can cause away from the fuel filler neck, petrol spillage. nozzle or other petrol source, • If a fire breaks out during refuel- with your bare hand. ing, leave the vicinity of the ve- • When using an approved porta- hicle, and immediately contact ble fuel container, be sure to the manager of the gas station place the container on the and then contact the local fire ground prior to refueling. Static department. Follow any safety electricity discharge from the instructions they provide. container can ignite fuel vapors • If pressurized fuel sprays out, it causing a fire. Once refueling can cover your clothes or skin has begun, contact between and thus subject you to the risk your bare hand and the vehicle of fire and burns. Always re- should be maintained until the move the fuel cap carefully and filling is complete. slowly. If the cap is venting fuel • Use only approved portable or if you hear a hissing sound, plastic fuel containers designed wait until the condition stops to carry and store petrol. before completely removing the cap. • Always check that the fuel cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of an accident.

5-33 Convenient features of your vehicle

i Information • Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the “Fuel Require- ments” suggested in the fore- word chapter. • Do not spill fuel on the exterior surfaces of the vehicle. Any type of fuel spilled on painted surfac- es may damage the paint.

NOTICE If the fuel filler cap requires re- placement, use only a genuine HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent specified for your vehicle. An in- correct fuel filler cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control sys- tem.

5-34 05 STEERING WHEEL Electric power steering (EPS) i Information The system assists you with steering the vehicle. If the engine is off or if the The following symptoms may occur power steering system becomes in- during normal vehicle operation: operative, the vehicle may still be • The steering effort may be high im- steered, but it will require increased mediately after placing the ignition steering effort. switch in the ON position. Also, the steering effort becomes This happens as the system per- heavier as the vehicle’s speed in- forms the EPS system diagnostics. creases and becomes lighter as the When the diagnostics is completed, vehicle’s speed decreases for better the steering wheel will return to its control of the steering wheel. normal condition. Should you notice any change in the • When the battery voltage is low, you effort required to steer during normal might have to put more steering ef- vehicle operation, we recommend fort. However, it is a temporary con- that the system be checked by an au- dition so that it will return to nor- thorized HYUNDAI dealer. mal condition after charging the battery. NOTICE • A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is If the Electric Power Steering Sys- placed to the ON or LOCK/OFF po- tem does not operate normally, the sition. warning light ( ) will illuminate on the instru- ment cluster. The • Motor noise may be heard when the steering wheel may become diffi- vehicle is at stop or at a low driving cult to control or operate. Take speed. your vehicle to an authorized • When you operate the steering HYUNDAI dealer and have the sys- wheel in low temperature, abnor- tem checked as soon as possible. mal noise may occur. If temperature rises, the noise will disappear. This is a normal condition.

WARNING Never adjust the steering wheel while driving. You may lose steer- ing control and cause severe per- sonal injury, death or accidents.

5-35 Convenient features of your vehicle

Horn

„ Type A

OQXI040330

Pull down the lock-release lever (1) OQXI049023 on the steering wheel column and ad- „ Type B just the steering wheel angle (2). Move the steering wheel, so it points toward your chest, not toward your face. Make sure you can see the in- strument panel warning lights and gauges. After adjusting, pull up the lock-re- lease lever (3) to lock the steering wheel in place. Push the steering wheel both up and down to be certain OSU2I059004 it is locked in position. Always adjust To sound the horn, press the area in- the position of the steering wheel be- dicated by the horn symbol on your fore driving. steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will operate only when this area is pressed.

NOTICE Do not strike the horn severely to operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do not press on the horn with a sharp-pointed object.

5-36 05 0,55256 Inside rearview mirror Make this adjustment before you start Before you start driving, adjust the driving and while the day/night lever rearview mirror to the center on the is in the day position. view through the rear window. Pull the day/night lever toward you to reduce glare from the headlights of the vehicles behind you during night WARNING driving. Make sure your line of sight is not Remember that you lose some rear- obstructed. Do not place objects in view clarity in the night position. the rear seat, cargo area, or behind the rear headrests which could in- Blue Link® center (if equipped) terfere with your vision through the rear window.

WARNING To prevent serious injury during an accident or deployment of the air bag, do not modify the rearview mirror and do not install a wide mirror.

OQXI049073 WARNING For details, refer to the Blue Link® Owner’s Guide, infotainment system NEVER adjust the mirror while manual. driving. This may cause loss of ve- (1) SOS : Emergency assistance hicle control resulting in an acci- dent. (2) RSA (Road Side Assistance) - Flat tire - Vehicle break down Day/night rearview mirror - Vehicle towing - Emergency fuel (3) BlueLink - Push maps by call center - General assistance

OQXI049024 „ [A] : Day, [B] :Night

5-37 Convenient features of your vehicle

Outside rearview mirror Your vehicle is equipped with both left-hand and right-hand outside rear- view mirrors.

WARNING Rearview mirrors • Both right and left outside rear view mirror are convex. OIB034041 Objects seen in the mirror are Manual type (if equipped) closer than they appear. To adjust an outside mirror, move the • Use your interior rearview mir- control lever. ror or turn your head and look to determine the actual distance of following vehicles when chang- ing lanes.

WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outside rearview mirrors while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss of control, and an accident which OQXI049025 could cause death, serious injury Electric type (if equipped) or property damage. Adjusting the rearview mirrors: Move the lever (1) to the L (Left) or R NOTICE (Right) to select the rearview mirror • Do not scrape ice off the mirror you would like to adjust. face; this may damage the sur- Use the mirror adjustment control to face of the glass. position the selected mirror up, down, • If the mirror is jammed with ice, left or right. do not adjust the mirror by force. Use an approved spray de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) spray, or a sponge or soft cloth with very warm water, or move the vehicle to a warm place and al- low the ice to melt.

5-38 05

NOTICE • The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjust- ing angles, but the motor contin- ues to operate while the switch is pressed. Do not press the switch longer than necessary, the motor may be damaged. • Do not attempt to adjust the out- side rearview mirror by hand or OQXI049027 the motor may be damaged. Electric type (if equipped) To fold the outside rearview mirror, Folding the outside rearview press the button. mirror To unfold outside rearview mirror, press the button again. If the button is pressed, the mirror will fold or unfold automatically.

NOTICE The electric type outside rearview mirror operates even though the ignition switch is in the ACC posi- tion. However, to prevent unneces- OQXI049026 sary battery discharge, do not ad- Manual type just the mirrors longer than To fold the outside rearview mirror, necessary while the engine is not grasp the housing of the mirror and running. then fold it toward the rear of the ve- hicle. NOTICE Do not fold the electric type out- side rearview mirror by hand. It could cause motor failure.

5-39 Convenient features of your vehicle

,167580(17&/867(5

„ Type A

„ Type B

OQXI049100/OQXI049101 1. 6. Trip mode/reset button 2. 7. /Trip computer 3. 8. LCD display (including trip comput- 4. Engine coolant temperature gauge er) 5. Warning and indicator lights 6JGCEVWCNENWUVGTKPVJGXGJKENGOC[ differ from the illustration. For more details, refer to the “Gauges” in this chapter.

5-40 05

Instrument Cluster Control „ Type A

WARNING Never adjust the instrument clus- ter while driving. This could result in loss of control and lead to an ac- cident that may cause death, seri- ous injury, or property damage.

OIB044112 Adjusting Instrument Cluster Il- „ Type B lumination (if equipped)

OHCR046110 If the brightness reaches to the maxi- OQXI049028 mum or minimum level, an alarm will The brightness of the instrument pan- sound (if equipped). el illumination changes by pressing the upper or lower part of the switch when the ignition switch is in the ON position and when the parking lights are turned on.

5-41 Convenient features of your vehicle

Gauges Tachometer Speedometer „ Type A „ Type A

OQXI049104 „ Type B OQXI049102

„ Type B

OQXI049105

OQXI049103 The tachometer indicates the approx- The speedometer indicates the speed imate number of engine revolutions of the vehicle and is calibrated in kilo- per minute (rpm). meters per hour (km/h) Use the tachometer to select the cor- rect shift points and to prevent lug- ging and/or over-revving the engine.

NOTICE Do not operate the engine within the tachometer’s RED ZONE. This may cause severe engine damage.

5-42 05

Engine Coolant Temperature WARNING Gauge „ Type A Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. The engine coolant is under pressure and could cause severe burns. Wait until the engine is cool before add- ing coolant to the reservoir.

Fuel Gauge

„ Type A OQXI049106 „ Type B

OQXI049108 „ Type B OQXI049107 This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

NOTICE If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the “H” position, it indicates overheat- OQXI049109 ing that may damage the engine. This gauge indicates the approximate Do not continue driving with an amount of fuel remaining in the fuel overheated engine. If your vehicle tank. overheats, refer to “If the Engine Overheats” in chapter 6.

5-43 Convenient features of your vehicle

i Information Odometer „ Type A • The fuel tank capacity is given in chapter 8. • The fuel gauge is supplemented by a low fuel warning light, which will illuminate when the fuel tank is nearly empty. • On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual due to the movement of OQXI049110 fuel in the tank. „ Type B

WARNING Fuel Gauge Running out of fuel can expose ve- hicle occupants to danger. You must stop and obtain addi- tional fuel as soon as possible af- ter the warning light comes on or OIB044115 when the gauge indicator comes The odometer indicates the total dis- close to the “E (Empty)” level. tance that the vehicle has been driv- en and should be used to determine when periodic maintenance should NOTICE be performed. Avoid driving with a very low fuel - Odometer range : 0 ~ 1599999 kilo- level. Running out of fuel could meters or 999999 miles. cause the engine to misfire dam- aging the catalytic converter. i Information It is forbidden to alter the odometer of all vehicles with the intent to change the mileage registered on the odome- ter. The alteration may void your war- ranty coverage.

5-44 05

Outside Temperature Gauge Transmission Shift Indicator „ Type A Duel clutcansmission shifter in- dicator „ Type A

OQXI049111 „ Type B OQXI049112

„ Type B

OIB044155 This gauge indicates the current out- side air temperatures by 1°C (1°F). OHCR046128 - Temperature range : - 40°C ~ 85°C This indicator displays which duel (-40°F ~ 211°F) clutch transmission shift lever is se- The outside temperature on the dis- lected. play may not change immediately like • Park : P a general thermometer to prevent the • Reverse : R driver from being inattentive. • Neutral : N The temperature unit (from °C to °F or from °F to °C) can be changed as • Drive : D below procedures (if equipped). • Sports Mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 - User Settings Mode in the Cluster : You can change the temperature unit in the “Other Features - Tem- perature unit”.

5-45 Convenient features of your vehicle

Manual transmission Shift Indi- For example cator (if equipped) : Indicates that shifting up to the „ Type A 3rd gear is desired (currently the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear). : Indicates that shifting down to the 3rd gear is desired (currently the shift lever is in the 4th, 5th, or 6th gear). When the system is not working prop- erly, the indicator is not displayed.

OQXI049113 „ Type B Gear position Pop-up (if equipped)

„ Type B

OHCR046129 This indicator informs which gear is desired while driving to save fuel. OTL045134 • Shifting up : S2, S3, S4, S5, S6 The pop-up that indicates the current • Shifting down : T1, T2, T3, T4, gear position is displayed in the clus- T5 ter for about 2 seconds when shifting into other positions (P/R/N/D).

5-46 05

Warning and indicator lights Seat Belt Warning Light i Information - Warnaning light Make sure that all warning lights are This warning light informs the driver OFF after starting the engine. If any or front passenger that the seat belt is light is still ON, this indicates a situa- not fastened. tion that needs attention. For more details, refer to the “Seat Air bag Warning Light Belts” in chapter 2.

Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warning Light This warning light illuminates: • Once you set the ignition switch or Engine Start/Stop button to the ON position. This warning light illuminates: • Once you set the ignition switch or - It illuminates for approximately 6 Engine Start/Stop button to the ON seconds and then goes off. position. • When there is a malfunction with - It illuminates for approximately 3 the SRS. seconds In this case, we recommend that - It remains on if the parking brake you have the vehicle inspected by is applied. an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • When the parking brake is applied. • When the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low. - If the warning light illuminates with the parking brake released, it indicates the brake fluid level is low.

5-47 Convenient features of your vehicle

If the brake fluid level in the reser- WARNING voir is low: 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe Parking Brake & Brake Fluid Warn- location and stop your vehicle. ing Light 2. With the engine stopped, check the Driving the vehicle with a warning brake fluid level immediately and light ON is dangerous. If the Park- add fluid as required (For more de- ing Brake & Brake Fluid Warning tails, refer to “Brake Fluid” in chap- Light illuminates with the parking ter 7). Then check all brake com- brake released, it indicates that the ponents for fluid leaks. If any leak brake fluid level is low. on brake system is still found, the In this case, we recommend that warning light remains on, or the you have the vehicle inspected by brakes do not operate properly, do an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. not drive the vehicle. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle towed to an Anti-lock Brake Sys- authorized HYUNDAI dealer and tem (ABS) Warning inspected. Light

Dual-diagonal braking system This warning light illuminates: Your vehicle is equipped with dual-di- • Once you set the ignition switch or agonal braking systems. This means Engine Start/Stop button to the ON you still have braking on two wheels position. even if one of the dual systems should - It illuminates for approximately 3 fail. seconds and then goes off. With only one of the dual systems • When there is a malfunction with working, more than normal pedal the ABS (The normal braking sys- travel and greater pedal pressure are tem will still be operational without required to stop the vehicle. the assistance of the anti-lock Also, the vehicle will not stop in as brake system). short a distance with only a portion of In this case, we recommend that the brake system working. you have the vehicle inspected by If the brakes fail while you are driving, an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. shift to a lower gear for additional en- gine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.

5-48 05

Electric Power Steer- NOTICE ing (EPS) Warning - Petrol Engine Light If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) illuminates, potential catalyt- This warning light illuminates: ic converter damage is possible • Once you set the ignition switch or which could result in loss of en- Engine Start/Stop button to the ON gine power. position. In this case, we recommend that - It illuminates for approximately 3 you have the vehicle inspected by seconds and then goes off. an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible. • When there is a malfunction with the EPS. In this case, we recommend that NOTICE you have the vehicle inspected by - Diesel Engine with DPF an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. (if equipped) When the Malfunction Indicator Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) blinks, it may stop Lamp (MIL) blinking after driving the vehicle: - at more than 60km/h (37 mph), or - at more than 2nd gear with 1500 ~ This warning light illuminates: 2000 engine rpm for a certain • Once you set the ignition switch or time (for about 25 minutes). Engine Start/Stop button to the ON If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp position. (MIL) continues to blink in spite of - It illuminates for approximately 3 the procedure, we recommend that seconds and then goes off. you have the DPF system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • When there is a malfunction with the emission control system. If you continue to drive with the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) In this case, we recommend that blinking for a long time, the DPF you have the vehicle inspected by system can be damaged and fuel an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. consumption can worsen.

NOTICE - Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Driving with the Malfunction Indi- cator Lamp (MIL) on may cause damage to the emission control systems which could effect driv- ability and/or fuel economy.

5-49 Convenient features of your vehicle

NOTICE Engine Oil Pressure - Diesel Engine Warning Light If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) blinks, some error related to the injection quantity adjustment This warning light illuminates: occurs which could result in loss • Once you set the ignition switch or of engine power, combustion Engine Start/Stop button to the ON noise and poor emission. position. In this case, we recommend that - It remains on until the engine is you have the engine control sys- started. tem inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • When the engine oil pressure is low.

Charging System If the engine oil pressure is low: Warning Light 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle. 2. Turn the engine off and check the This warning light illuminates: engine oil level (For more details, • Once you set the ignition switch or refer to “Engine Oil” in chapter 7). If Engine Start/Stop button to the ON the level is low, add oil as required. position. If the warning light remains on after - It remains on until the engine is adding oil or if oil is not available, started. we recommend that you have the • When there is a malfunction with vehicle inspected by an authorized either the alternator or electrical HYUNDAI dealer as soon as pos- charging system. sible.

If there is a malfunction with either the alternator or electrical charging system: 1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle. 2. Turn the engine off and check the alternator drive belt for looseness or breakage. If the belt is adjusted properly, there may be a problem in the electrical charging system. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

5-50 05

NOTICE NOTICE - Engine Oil Pressure Warning - Low Fuel Level Light Driving with the Low Fuel Level • If the engine does not stop im- warning light on or with the fuel mediately after the Engine Oil level below “E (Empty)” can cause Pressure Warning Light is illu- the engine to misfire and damage minated, severe damage could the catalytic converter (if result. equipped). • If the warning light stays on while the engine is running, it in- Overspeed Warning dicates that there may be seri- ous engine damage or malfunc- This warning light blinks: tion. In this case, This to prevent you from fast driving. 1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it When you drive the vehicle more than is safe to do so. 80 km/h, the overspeed warning 2. Turn off the engine and check chime sounds once per 100 seconds. the oil level. If the oil level is When you drive the vehicle more than low, fill the engine oil to the 120 km/h, the overspeed warning proper level. chime also sounds continuously. 3. Start the engine again. If the warning light stays on after Door Ajar Warning the engine is started, turn the Light (for conventional engine off immediately. In this cluster) case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI deal- This warning light illuminates: er. When a door is not close securely.

Low Fuel Level Warn- Tailgate Open Warning ing Light Light (for conventional cluster)

This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: When the fuel tank is nearly empty. When the tailgate is not close secure- ly. If the fuel tank is nearly empty, add fuel as soon as possible.

5-51 Convenient features of your vehicle

Hood Open Warning Immobilizer Indicator Light (for conventional Light (without smart cluster) key) (if equipped)

This warning light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: • When the hood is not closed se- When the vehicle detects the immobi- curely. lizer in your key properly while the ig- nition switch is ON. - At this time, you can start the en- Fuel Filter Warning gine. Light (Diesel Engine) - The indicator light goes off after starting the engine. This warning light illuminates: • When water has accumulated in- This indicator light blinks: side the fuel filter. When there is a malfunction with the In this case, remove the water from immobilizer system. the fuel filter. In this case, we recommend that you For more details, refer to “Fuel Fil- have the vehicle inspected by an au- ter” in chapter 7. thorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Immobilizer Indicator NOTICE Light (with smart key) - Fuel Filter Warning Light (if equipped) • When the Fuel Filter Warning Light illuminates, engine power This indicator light illuminates for (vehicle speed & idle speed) up to 30 seconds: may decrease. When the vehicle detects the smart • If you keep driving with the key in the vehicle properly while the warning light on, engine parts Engine Start/Stop button is ACC or (injector, common rail, high ON. pressure fuel pump) may be - At this time, you can start the en- damaged. If this occurs, we rec- gine. ommend that you have the vehi- cle inspected by an authorized - The indicator light goes off after HYUNDAI dealer as soon as starting the engine. possible.

5-52 05

This indicator light blinks for a few Turn Signal Indicator seconds: Light When the smart key is not in the vehi- cle. - At this time, you can not start the This indicator light blinks: engine. When you turn the turn signal light on. This indicator light illuminates for 2 seconds and goes off: If any of the following occurs, there When the vehicle can not detect the may a malfunction with the turn signal smart key which is in the vehicle while system. In this case, we recommend the Engine Start/Stop button is ON. that you have the vehicle inspected In this case, we recommend that you by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. have the vehicle inspected by an au- - The indicator light does not blink thorized HYUNDAI dealer. but illuminates. - The indicator light blinks more This indicator light blinks: rapidly. • When the battery of the smart key - The indicator light does not illumi- is weak. nate at all. - At this time, you can not start the engine. However, you can start High Beam Indicator the engine if you press the En- Light gine Start/Stop button with the smart key. (For more details, re- fer to “Starting the Engine” in chapter 5). This indicator light illuminates: • When there is a malfunction with • When the headlights are on and in the immobilizer system. the high beam position In this case, we recommend that • When the turn signal lever is pulled you have the vehicle inspected by into the Flash-to-Pass position. an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Light ON Indicator Light

This indicator light illuminates: When the parking lights or headlights are on.

5-53 Convenient features of your vehicle

Front Fog Indicator i Information Light (if equipped) - Engine Preheating If the engine does not start within 10 seconds after the preheating is com- This indicator light illuminates: pleted, set the ignition switch or En- When the front fog lights are on. gine Start/Stop button to the LOCK or OFF position for 10 seconds and then to the ON position in order to preheat Master Warning Light the engine again. (if equipped) KEY OUT Indicator Light (if equipped) KEY This indicator light illuminates : OUT • When the remaining mileage or time is 0 on the “Service Interval” in When the Engine Start/Stop button is the cluster. in the ACC or ON position, if any door If the service interval setting is re- is open, the system checks for the set, the master warning light turns smart key. off. This indicator light blinks: Glow Indicator Light When the smart key is not in the vehi- (Diesel Engine) cle and any door is open with the igni- tion switch or Engine Start/Stop but- ton in the ACC or ON position. This indicator light illuminates: - At this time, if you close all doors, When the engine is being preheated the chime will also sound for ap- with the ignition switch or Engine proximately 5 seconds. Start/Stop button in the ON position. - The indicator will go off while the ve- - The engine can be started after the hicle is moving. glow indicator light goes off. - The illumination time varies with the engine coolant temperature, air temperature, and battery condition.

If the indicator light remains on or blinks after the engine has warmed up or while driving, there may a mal- function with the engine preheating system. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an au- thorized HYUNDAI dealer.

5-54 05

Exhaust System (GPF) Exhaust System (DPF) Warning Light Warning Light (for petrol engine, (for diesel engine, if equipped) if equipped) This warning light illuminates: This warning light illuminates: • When accumulated soot reaches a • When there is a malfunction with certain amount. the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) • When this warning light illumi- system. nates, it may turn off after driving When this warning light illumi- the vehicle at more than 80 km/h nates, it may turn off after driving (50 mph) for about 30 minutes the vehicle: (above 3rd gear with 1,500 ~ 4,000 - at more than 60 km/h (37 mph), engine rpm). or If this warning light blinks in spite of - above 2nd gear with 1500 ~ 2500 the procedure (at this time LCD warn- engine rpm for a certain time (for ing message will be displayed), we about 25 minutes). recommend that you have the GPF system checked by an authorized If this warning light blinks in spite of HYUNDAI dealer. the procedure (at this time LCD warn- ing message will be displayed), we recommend that you have the DPF NOTICE system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. If you continue to drive with the GPF warning light blinking for a long time, the GPF system can be NOTICE damaged and fuel consumption can worsen. If you continue to drive with the DPF warning light blinking for a long time, the DPF system can be damaged and fuel consumption can worsen.

5-55 Convenient features of your vehicle

Electronic Stability AUTO STOP Indicator Control (ESC) Indica- Light (if equipped) tor Light (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates: This indicator light illuminates: • When you set the ignition switch to • When the engine enters the Idle the ON position. Stop mode of the ISG (Idle Stop - It illuminates for approximately 3 and Go) system. seconds and then goes off. • When there is a malfunction with This indicator light blinks: the ESC system. • When the automatic starting oc- In this case, we recommend that curs, the AUTO STOP indicator on you have the vehicle inspected by the cluster will blink for 5 seconds. an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. For more details, refer to the “ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system” in This indicator light blinks: chapter 5. • While the ESC is operating. i Information For more details, refer to “Elec- When the engine automatically starts tronic Stability Control (ESC)” in by the ISG system, some warning chapter 5. lights(ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS or Parking brake warning light) may Electronic Stability turn on for a few seconds. Control (ESC) OFF In- This happens because of low battery dicator Light voltage. It does not mean the system (if equipped) has malfunctioned. This indicator light illuminates: • When you set the ignition switch to Low Tire Pressure the ON position. Warning Light - It illuminates for approximately (if equipped) 3 seconds and then goes off. • When you deactivate the ESC sys- This warning light illuminates: tem by pressing the ESC OFF but- • When you set the ignition switch or ton. Engine Start/Stop button to the ON For more details, refer to “Elec- position. tronic Stability Control (ESC)” in - It illuminates for approximately 3 chapter 5. seconds and then goes off.

5-56 05

• When one or more of your tires are LCD display messages significantly underinflated (The lo- (if equipped) cation of the underinflated tires are displayed on the LCD display). Shift to “P” position (for smart key system and duel For more details, refer to clutch transmission) “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in chapter 6. „ Type B

This warning light remains on after blinking for approximately 60 sec- onds or repeatedly blinks on and off at approximately 3 second intervals: • When there is a malfunction with the TPMS. In this case, we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by OHCR046113 an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as • This warning message illuminates soon as possible. if you try to turn off the engine with- out the shift lever in P (Park) posi- For more details, refer to tion. “Tire Pressure Monitoring System • At this time, the Engine Start/Stop (TPMS)” in chapter 6. button turns to the ACC position (If you press the Engine Start/Stop button once more, it will turn to the WARNING ON position). Safe Stopping • The TPMS cannot alert you to Low Key Battery severe and sudden tire damage (for smart key system) caused by external factors. „ Type B • If you notice any vehicle insta- bility, immediately take your foot off the accelerator pedal, apply the brakes gradually with light force, and slowly move to a safe position off the road.

OQXI049127 This warning message illuminates if the battery of the smart key is dis- charged when the Engine Start/Stop button is in the OFF position.

5-57 Convenient features of your vehicle

Press start button while turning Check steering wheel lock wheel (for smart key system) system (for smart key system)

„ Type B „ Type B

OHCR046117 OHCR046115 This warning message illuminates if This warning message illuminates if the steering wheel does not unlock the steering wheel does not lock nor- normally when the Engine Start/Stop mally when the Engine Start/Stop button is pressed. button is in the OFF position. Press the Engine Start/Stop button while turning the steering wheel right Press clutch pedal to start en- and left. gine (for smart key system and manual transmission) Steering wheel unlocked „ Type B (for smart key system)

„ Type B

OHCR046119 This warning message illuminates if the Engine Start/Stop button is in the OHCR046116 ACC position twice by pressing the This warning message illuminates if button repeatedly without depressing the steering wheel does not lock the clutch pedal. when the Engine Start/Stop button is Depress the clutch pedal to start the in the OFF position. engine.

5-58 05

Press brake pedal to start en- Key not detected gine (for smart key system duel (for smart key system) clutch transmission) „ Type B „ Type B

OIB047137- OHCR046118 This warning message illuminates if the smart key is not detected when • This warning message illuminates you press the Engine Start/Stop but- if the Engine Start/Stop button ton. changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the brake ped- Press start button again al. (for smart key system) • It means that you should depress „ Type B the brake pedal to start the engine.

Key not in vehicle (for smart key system) „ Type B

OHCR046122 This warning message illuminates if you cannot operate the Engine Start/ Stop button when there is a problem with the Engine Start/Stop button system. OIB047138- Start the engine by pressing the En- This warning message illuminates if gine Start/ Stop button once more. the smart key is not in the vehicle If the warning illuminates each time when you press the Engine Start/ you press the Engine Start/Stop but- Stop button. ton, we recommend that you have the Always have the smart key with you. vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

5-59 Convenient features of your vehicle

Press “START” button with key Shift to “P” or “N” to start en- (for smart key system) gine (for smart key system and dual clutch transmission) „ Type B „ Type B

OQXI049126 This warning message illuminates if OHCR046125 you press the Engine Start/Stop but- ton while the warning message “Key • This warning message illuminates not detected” is Illuminated. if you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P (Park) or At this time, the immobilizer indicator N (Neutral) position. light will blink.

Check “BRAKE SWITCH” fuse i Information (for smart key system and a duel You can start the engine with the shift clutch transmission) lever in the N (Neutral) position. But, „ Type B for your safety, we recommend that you start the engine with the shift lever in the P (Park) position.

OHCR046124 • This warning message illuminates if the brake switch fuse is discon- nected. • It means that you should replace the fuse with a new one. If that is not possible, you can start the en- gine by pressing the Engine Start/ Stop button for 10 seconds in the ACC position.

5-60 05

Door Open Tailgate Open

„ Type B „ Type B

OIB047144 OIB047145 This indicator displays which door is This indicator displays when the tail- open. gate is open.

CAUTION Hood Open Before driving the vehicle, you „ Type B should confirm that the door / hood / tailgate is fully closed. Also, check there is no door / hood / tail- gate open warning light or mes- sage displayed on the instrument cluster.

OIB047146 This indicator displays when the hood is open.

5-61 Convenient features of your vehicle

Align steering wheel Engine has overheated (if equipped) „ Type B „ Type B

OHCR046133 OIB044150 This warning message illuminates This warning message illuminates if with a warning chime when the en- you start the engine when the steer- gine coolant temperature is above ing wheel is turned 90 degrees to the 120°C (248°F). This means that the left or right. engine is overheated and may be Turn the steering wheel and make damaged. the angle of the steering wheel be less than 30 degrees.

Low Fuel

„ Type B

OIB044148 This warning message illuminates if the fuel tank is nearly empty. - When the low fuel level warning light is illuminates. - When the trip computer displays “--- km(or )” as distance to empty.

Add fuel as soon as possible.

5-62 05 /&'',63/$<ǣ&/867(57<3(%Ǥ LCD display control (if equipped) ¼ Type A

OQXI049029 ¼ Type B • Type A

• Type B

OSU2I049035

The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons. (1) : MODE button for changing modes (2) , : MOVE switch for changing items (3) OK : SELECT/RESET button for setting or resetting the selected item

5-63 Convenient features of your vehicle

LCD modes Modes Symbol Explanation This mode displays driving infor- mation like the tripmeter, fuel Trip Computer economy, and so on. F.or more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter. This mode informs of the service Information or or interval (mileage or days) and warning messages.

On this mode, you can change User Settings settings of the doors, lamps, and so on.

For controlling the LCD modes, refer to “LCD Display Control” in this chapter.

5-64 05

Cannot edit settings while driv- Quick guide (Help, if equipped) ing If you press and hold the OK button in the User Settings Mode, explanation Type A „ about the selected item is displayed in the cluster.

Trip computer mode

„ Type B

OIB044163 „ Type B (DCT) „ Type C (M/T)

OHCR046136 This mode displays driving informa- tion like the tripmeter, fuel economy, and so on.

OHCR046146/OHCR046147 For more details, refer to “Trip This warning message illuminates if Computer” in this chapter. you try to select the other User Set- tings item when driving. For safety, change the User Settings after parking the vehicle, applying the parking brake (M/T) and moving the shift lever to P (Parking) position (DCT).

5-65 Convenient features of your vehicle

Information mode „ Type B Service Interval

„ Type B

OHCR046141 Service required OHCR046139 If you do not have your vehicle ser- Service in viced according to the already in- It calculates and displays when you putted service interval, “Service re- need a scheduled maintenance ser- quired” message is displayed for vice (mileage or days). several seconds each time you set the ignition switch or Engine Start/ If the remaining mileage or time Stop button to the ON position. reaches 1,500 km (900 miles) or 30 days, “Service in” message is dis- To reset the service interval to the played for several seconds each time mileage and days you inputted be- you set the ignition switch or Engine fore: Start/Stop button to the ON position. - Press the OK button for more than 1 second. For the setting of the service inter- val, refer to “User Settings Mode” of the LCD display. i Information If any of the following conditions occurs, the mileage and days may be incorrect. - The battery cable is disconnect- ed. - The fuse switch is turned off. - The battery is discharged.

Warning Message If one of followings occurs, warning messages will be displayed on the in- formation mode for several seconds. - Low fuel etc.

5-66 05

User settings mode (Cluster Type B) In this mode, you can change setting of the instrument cluster, doors, lamps, and so on.

Door Items Explanation • Disable : The auto door lock operation will be deactivated. • Enable on Speed : All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3 mph (15km/h). Auto Lock • Enable on Shift : All doors will be automatically locked if the dual clutch transmission shift lever is shifted from the P (Park) position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position. (Only when the engine is running.) • Disable : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled. • Vehicle Off: All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ig- nition key is removed from the ignition switch or the Engine Star/ Auto Unlock Stop button is set to the OFF position. • On Shift to P: All doors will be automatically unlocked if the dual clutch transmission shift lever is shifted to the P (Park) position. (Only when the engine is running.)

Light Items Explanation • Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated. One Touch • 3, 5, 7 Flashes : The lane change signals will blink 3, 5, or 7 times Turn Signal when the turn signal lever is moved slightly. For more details, refer to “Light” in this chapter. • Off: The headlight delay function will be deactivated. Head Lamp De- • On: The headlight delay function will be activated. lay For more details, refer to “Light” in this chapter.

5-67 Convenient features of your vehicle

Service interval Items Explanation In this mode, you can activate the service interval function with mile- age (km or mi.) and period (months). Service Interval • Off : The service interval function will be deactivated. • On :You can set the service interval (mileage and months).

Other features Items Explanation • Off : The average fuel economy will not reset automatically when- ever refueling. • After Ignition : The average fuel economy will reset automatically Fuel Economy whenever it has passed 4 hours after turning OFF the engine. Auto Reset • After Refueling : The average fuel economy will reset automatical- ly when refueling. For more details, refer to “Trip Computer” in this chapter. Fuel Economy Choose the fuel economy unit. (Km/L, L/100km) Unit Temperature Choose the temperature unit. (°C,°F) Unit

Language Items Explanation Language Choose the language.

5-68 05 75,3&20387(5 Tripmeter/Trip computer Press the trip mode/reset button for less than 1 second to select any mode as follows:

Tripmeter A

Tripmeter B

Distance to empty*

OQXI049030 The trip computer is a microcomput- Average fuel consumption* er-controlled driver information sys- tem that displays information related to driving, when the ignition switch is Instant fuel consumption* in the ON position. All stored driving information (except odometer) resets Average speed* if the battery is disconnected.

Elapsed time*

Service Reminder*

* if equipped

5-69 Convenient features of your vehicle

„ A

OQXI049117 OQXI049119 „ B Distance to empty (if equipped) (km or mi.) This mode indicates the estimated distance to empty based on the cur- rent fuel in the fuel tank and the amount of fuel delivered to the en- gine. When the remaining distance is below 50 km (30 miles), “---” will be displayed.

OQXI049118 The meter’s working range is from 50 to 999 km (30 to 615 miles). Tripmeter (km or mi.) A : Tripmeter A

B : Tripmeter B This mode indicates the distance of individual trips selected since the last tripmeter reset.

The meter’s working range is from 0.0 to 9999.9 km. (0.0 to 9999.9 miles). Pressing the trip mode/reset button for more than 1 second, when the tripmeter is being displayed, clears the tripmeter to zero (0.0).

5-70 05

OQXI049120 OQXI049121 Average fuel consumption (if Instant fuel consumption (if equipped) (l/100 km or MPG) equipped) (l/100 km or MPG) This mode calculates the average This mode calculates the instant fuel fuel consumption from the total fuel consumption of the last few seconds. used and the distance since the last average consumption reset. The total fuel used is calculated from the fuel NOTICE consumption input. For an accurate • If the vehicle is not on level calculation, drive more than 300 m ground or the battery power has (0.18 miles). been interrupted, the “Distance Pressing the RESET button for more to empty” function may not op- than 1 second, when the average fuel erate correctly. consumption is being displayed, The trip computer may not reg- clears the average fuel consumption ister additional fuel if less than 6 to zero (--.-). liters (1.6 gallons) of fuel are added to the vehicle. • The fuel consumption and dis- tance to empty may vary signifi- cantly based on driving condi- tions, driving habits, and condition of the vehicle. • The distance to empty value is an estimate of the available driv- ing distance. This may differ from the actual driving distance available.

5-71 Convenient features of your vehicle

OQXI049122 OQXI049123 Average speed (km/h or MPH) Elapsed time (if equipped) This mode calculates the average This mode indicates the total time speed of the vehicle since the last av- traveled since the last driving time re- erage speed reset. set. Even if the vehicle is not in motion, Even if the vehicle is not in motion, the average speed keeps going while the driving time keeps going while the the engine is running. engine is running. Pressing the RESET button for more The meter’s working range is from than 1 second, when the average 00:00~99:59. speed is being displayed, clears the Pressing the RESET button for more average speed to zero (---). than 1 second, when the driving time is being displayed, clears the driving time to zero (00:00).

5-72 05

Service reminder Cluster Type B The trip computer is a microcomput- er-controlled driver information sys- tem that displays information related to driving.

i Information Some driving information stored in the trip computer (for example Average Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is OQXI049124 disconnected. This mode displays the service inter- val (mileage). Trip modes Digital Speedometer Fuel Economy • Average Fuel Economy • Instant Fuel Economy

Accumulated Info • Tripmeter • Average Fuel Economy

OQXI049125 • Elapsed Time This message shows the speed of the vehicle (km/h, MPH). Drive Info • Tripmeter • Average Fuel Economy • Elapsed Time

Dital Speedometer

5-73 Convenient features of your vehicle

„ Type A • If the estimated distance is below 1 km (1 mi.), the trip computer will display “----” as distance to empty.

i Information • If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been inter- rupted, the distance to empty func- OQXI049029 tion may not operate correctly. „ Type B • The distance to empty may differ • Type A from the actual driving distance as it is an estimate of the available driving distance. • The trip computer may not register • Type B additional fuel if less than 6 liters (1.6 gallon) of fuel are added to the vehicle. • The fuel economy and distance to empty may vary significantly based OSU2I049035 on driving conditions, driving hab- To change the trip mode, toggle the “, its, and condition of the vehicle. ” switch on the steering wheel. Average Fuel Economy (2) Fuel economy • The average fuel economy is cal- culated by the total driving distance and fuel consumption since the last average fuel economy reset. - Fuel economy range: 0.0 ~ 99.9 L/100km, km/L or MPG • The average fuel economy can be reset both manually and automati- cally.

OQXI049114 Manual reset Distance To Empty (1) To clear the average fuel economy • The distance to empty is the esti- manually, press the [OK] button on mated distance the vehicle can be the steering wheel for more than 1 driven with the remaining fuel. second when the average fuel econo- - Distance range: my is displayed. 1 ~ 9999 km or 1 ~ 9999 mi.

5-74 05

Automatic reset Accumulated Info display To automatically reset the average fuel economy after refueling, select the “Auto Reset” mode in User Set- tings on the LCD display. - After Ignition: The average fuel economy will reset automatically whenever it has passed 4 hours af- ter turning OFF the engine. - After Refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically when driving speed exceeds 1 OQXI049128 km/h, after adding 6 liters (1.6 gal- This display shows the accumulated lons) of fuel or more. trip distance (1), the average fuel economy (2), and the total driving time (3).

i Information The information is calculated starting from the last reset. The average fuel economy may be in- accurate, when the vehicle drives To manually reset the information, shorter than 300 meters (0.19 miles) press and hold the OK button when after turning ON the Engine Start/ viewing the Accumulated driving info. Stop button. The trip distance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simultaneously. Instant Fuel Economy (3) • This mode displays the instanta- The accumulated driving information neous fuel economy while driving will continue to be counted while the when the vehicle speed is greater engine is still running (for example, than 10 km/h (6.2 mph). when the vehicle is in traffic or - Fuel economy range: 0~30 stopped at a stop light.) L/100km, km/L or 0~50 MPG i Information The vehicle must be driven for a - mum of 300 meters (0.19 miles) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalcu- lated.

5-75 Convenient features of your vehicle

Driving Info display Digital speedometer

OQXI049115 OHCR046137 This display shows the trip distance This message shows the speed of (1), the average fuel economy (2), the vehicle (km/h, MPH). and the total driving time (3). The information is calculated for each ignition cycle. The driving information data gets initialized, when it has passed 4 hours after turning OFF the engine. In other words, the last driv- ing information is available 4 hours after you have turned on the engine.

To manually reset the information, press and hold the OK button when viewing the Driving info. The trip dis- tance, the average fuel economy, and total driving time will reset simul- taneously. The driving information will continue to be counted while the engine is still running (for example, when the vehi- cle is in traffic or stopped at a stop light.)

i Information The vehicle must be driven for a mini- mum of 300 meters (0.19 miles) since the last ignition key cycle before the average fuel economy will be recalcu- lated.

5-76 05 LIGHT Exterior lights Lighting control

OQXI049033 Parking light position ( ) OQXI049031 When the light switch is in the parking To operate the lights, turn the knob at light position, the parking (position) the end of the control lever to one of light, license plate light and instru- the following positions: ment panel lights are turned ON. (1) OFF position (2) AUTO light position (if equipped) (3) Parking light position (4) Headlight position

OQXI049032 Headlight position ( ) When the light switch is in the head light position, the headlights, license plate light and instrument panel lights are turned ON.

i Information The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights.

5-77 Convenient features of your vehicle

OQXI049034 OQXI049035 AUTO light position (if equipped) High beam operation When the light switch is in the AUTO To turn on the high beam headlight, position, the parking (position) light push the lever away from you. The and headlights will be turned ON or lever will return to its original position. OFF automatically depending on the The high beam indicator will light amount of light outside the vehicle. when the headlight high beams are Even with the AUTO light feature in switched on. operation, it is recommended to man- To turn off the high beam headlight, ually turn ON the lights when driving pull the lever towards you. The low at night or in a fog, or when you enter beams will turn on. dark areas, such as tunnels and park- ing facilities. WARNING NOTICE Do not use high beam when there • Do not cover or spill anything on are other vehicles approaching the sensor (1) located on the in- you. Using high beam could ob- strument panel. struct the other driver’s vision. • Do not clean the sensor using a window cleaner, the cleanser may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor op- eration. • If your vehicle has window tint or other types of metallic coat- ing on the front windshield, the AUTO light system may not work properly.

5-78 05

One-touch lane change function To activate an One-Touch Lane Change function, move the turn sig- nal lever slightly and then release it. The lane change signals will blink 3, 5 or 7 times. You can activate/deactivate the One Touch Turn Signal function or choose the number of blinking (3, 5, or 7) from the User Settings Mode on the OQXI049036 LCD display. To flash the high beam headlights, For more details, refer to “LCD Dis- pull the lever towards you, then re- play” in this chapter. lease the lever. The high beams will remain ON as long as you hold the lever towards you. NOTICE If the turn signal indicator stays on Turn signals and lane change and does not flash, or if it flashes signals abnormally, a bulb may be burned out or have a poor electrical con- nection in the circuit. The bulb may require replacement.

OQXI049037 To signal a turn, push down on the lever for a right turn or up for a left turn in position (A). To signal a lane change, move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position (B). The lever will return to the OFF position when released or when the turn is completed. If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement.

5-79 Convenient features of your vehicle

Front fog light (if equipped) Battery saver function The purpose of this feature is to pre- vent the battery from being dis- charged. The system automatically turns off the parking lights when the driver removes the ignition key or turns the engine off (for smart key) and opens the driver-side door. With this feature, the parking lights will turn off automatically if the driver parks on the side of road at night. OQXI049038 If necessary, to keep the lights on Fog lights are used to provide im- when the ignition key is removed or proved visibility when visibility is poor the engine is turned off (for smart due to fog, rain or snow, etc. key), perform the following: 1. Turn on the park light. 1) Open the driver-side door. 2. Move the light switch (1) to the 2) Turn the parking lights OFF and front fog light position. ON again using the light switch on 3. To turn off the front fog light, turn the steering column. Headlight de- the light switch to the front fog light lay function position again or turn off the park- ing light.

NOTICE When in operation, the fog lights consume large amounts of vehicle electrical power. Only use the fog lights when visibility is poor.

5-80 05

Headlight delay function Headlight leveling device (if equipped) (if equipped) If the key is removed from the ignition switch or placed in the ACC or LOCK/ OFF position with the headlights ON, the headlights (and/or parking lights) remain on for about 5 minutes. How- ever, with the engine off if the driver’s door is opened and closed, the head- lights (and/or parking lights) are turned off after 15 seconds. The headlights (and/or parking lights) can be turned off by pressing the lock OQXI049039 button on the remote key (or smart To adjust the headlight beam level key) twice or turning the light switch according to the number of the pas- to the OFF or AUTO position. Howev- sengers and loading weight in the er, if you turn the light switch to the luggage area, turn the beam leveling AUTO position when it is dark out- switch. side, the headlights will not be turned The higher the number of the switch off. position, the lower the headlight beam level. Always keep the head- NOTICE light beam at the proper leveling posi- tion, or headlights may dazzle other If the driver gets out of the vehicle road users. through other doors (except driv- Listed below are the examples of er’s door), the battery saver func- proper switch settings. For loading tion does not operate and the conditions other than those listed be- headlight delay function does not low, adjust the switch position so that turn off automatically. Therefore, It the beam level may be the nearest as causes the battery to be dis- the condition obtained according to charged. In this case, make sure to the list. turn off the lamp before getting out of the vehicle. Loading condition Switch position Driver only 0

Driver + Front pas- 0 senger Full passengers 1 (including driver) Full passengers (in- cluding driver) + Maxi- 2 mum permissible loading Driver + Maximum 3 permissible loading

5-81 Convenient features of your vehicle

Daytime running light (DRL) Interior lights (if equipped) The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) WARNING can make it easier for others to see the front of your vehicle during the Do not use the interior lights when day, especially after dawn and before driving in the dark. The interior sunset. lights may obscure your view and cause an accident. The DRL system will turn the dedicat- ed lamp OFF when: 1. The headlights or front fog lights NOTICE are in the ON position. Do not use the interior lights for 2. The engine is turned off. extended periods when the engine is turned off or the battery will dis- charge.

Interior lamp AUTO cut The interior lamps will automatically go off approximately 20 minutes after the engine is turned off and the doors closed. If a door is opened, the lamp will go off 40 minutes after the engine is turned off. If the doors are locked by the remote key or smart key and the vehicle enters the armed stage of the theft alarm system, the lamps will go off five seconds later.

5-82 05

Front lamps (If equipped) : The front room lamps come on when the front or rear doors are opened if the en- gine is running or not. When doors are unlocked by the re- mote key or smart key, the front lamps come on for ap- proximately 15 seconds as long as any door is not opened. The front room lamps go out gradually after OQXI049040 approximately 15 seconds if (1) Front Map Lamp the door is closed. However, if the ignition switch is in the (2) Front Room Lamp ON position or all doors are locked, the front lamps will Front Map Lamp: turn off immediately. If a door Press either the right or left lens to is opened with the ignition turn the map lamp on or off. This light switch in the ACC position or produces a spot beam for convenient the LOCK/OFF position, the use as a map lamp at night or as a front lamps stay on for about personal lamp for the driver and the 20 minutes. However, if a front passenger. door is opened with the igni- tion switch in the ON position, the lamps stays on continu- Front Room Lamp: ously. The Front Room Lamp Switch acti- : With the Front Room Lamp in vates the front lamps when the switch this position, the front room is pressed in either of the three posi- lamps remain on at all times. tions indicated below: : With the Front Room Lamp in this position the front room lamps remain off at all times.

i Information When the map lamp (1) is turned ON by pressing the lens, the map lamp will not turn off even if the front room lamp switch is in the OFF position.

5-83 Convenient features of your vehicle

Room lamp : With the Rear Room Lamp in this position, the rear room lamp remain on at all times. : With the Rear Room Lamp in this position the rear room lamp remain off at all times.

NOTICE Do not leave the lamp switches on for an extended period of time when the OQXI049041 engine is turned off. Rear Door Lamp Switch: The Rear Room Lamp Switch acti- Luggage room lamp vates the rear room lamp when the (if equipped) switch is pressed in either of the three positions indicated below

: The rear room lamp come on when the front or rear doors are opened if the engine is running or not. When doors are unlocked by the remote key or smart key, the rear lamp come on for approxi- mately 15 seconds as long as OQXI049042 any door is not opened. The The luggage room lamp comes on rear room lamp go out gradu- when the tailgate is opened. ally after approximately 15 seconds if the door is closed. However, if the ignition switch NOTICE is in the ON position or all The luggage room lamp comes on doors are locked, the rear as long as the tailgate is open. To lamp will turn off immediately. prevent unnecessary charging If a door is opened with the system drain, close the tailgate se- ignition switch in the ACC po- curely after using the luggage sition or the LOCK/OFF posi- room. tion, the rear lamp stay on for about 20 minutes. However, if a door is opened with the igni- tion switch in the ON position, the lamp stays on continuous- ly.

5-84 05 :,3(56$1':$6+(56 „ Front • Type A A : Wiper speed control • MIST – Single wipe • OFF – Off • INT – Intermittent wipe • LO – Low wiper speed • HI – High wiper speed

• Type B B : Intermittent wipe time adjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes

„ Rear D : Rear wiper/washer control (if equipped) • ON – Continuous wipe • OFF - Off

E : Wash with brief wipes (if equipped)

OQXI049043/OQXI049044/OQXI049045

5-85 Convenient features of your vehicle

Windshield wipers Windshield washers Operates as follows when the ignition switch is in the ON position. MIST : For a single wiping cycle, Move the lever up (MIST) and release it. The wipers will op- erate continuously if the lever is held in this position. OFF : Wipers are not in operation. INT : Wiper operates intermittently at

the same wiping intervals. To OQXI049046 vary the speed setting, move In the OFF position, pull the lever the speed control lever. gently toward you to spray washer LO : Normal wiper speed. fluid on the windshield and to run the HI : Fast wiper speed. wipers 1-3 cycles. Use this function when the windshield is dirty. The spray and wiper operation will contin- i Information ue until you release the lever. If there is heavy accumulation of snow If the washer does not work, check or ice on the windshield, defrost the the washer fluid level. If the fluid level windshield for about 10 minutes, or is not sufficient, you will need to add until the snow and/or ice is removed appropriate non-abrasive windshield before using the windshield wipers to washer fluid to the washer reservoir. ensure proper operation. The reservoir filler neck is located in If you do not remove the snow and/or the front of the engine compartment ice before using the wiper and washer, on the passenger side. it may damage the wiper and washer system. WARNING When the outside temperature is below freezing, ALWAYS warm the windshield using the defroster to prevent the washer fluid from freezing on the windshield and ob- scuring your vision which could result in an accident and serious injury or death.

5-86 05

NOTICE Rear window wiper and washer • To prevent possible damage to switch (if equipped) the washer pump, do not oper- ate the washer when the fluid reservoir is empty. • To prevent possible damage to the wipers or windshield, do not operate the wipers when the windshield is dry. • To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manually. OQXI049047 The rear window wiper and washer • To prevent possible damage to switch is located at the end of the the wipers and washer system, wiper and washer switch lever. Turn use anti-freezing washer fluids the switch to the desired position to in the winter season or cold operate the rear wiper and washer. weather. ON – Continuous wipe OFF – Off

OQXI049048 Push the lever away from you to spray rear washer fluid and to run the rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever. (if equipped)

5-87 Convenient features of your vehicle

'5,9(5$66,676<67(0 Rear view monitor WARNING (if equipped) The Rear View Monitor is not a safety device. It only serves to as- sist the driver in identifying ob- jects directly behind the middle of the vehicle. The camera does NOT cover the complete area behind the vehicle.

WARNING

OQXI049049 • Never rely solely on the rear camera display when back- ing-up. • ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are no objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direc- tion to prevent a collision. • Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to ob- jects, particularly pedestrians, OQXI049050 and especially children. The Rear View Camera will activate when the ignition switch is in the ON position and the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position. This is a supplemental system that shows behind the vehicle through the audio or infotainment system screen while backing-up.

5-88 05

NOTICE Driving Rear view Monitor (DRM) (if equipped) • Do not spray the camera or its surrounding area directly with a high pressure washer. Shock applied from high pressure wa- ter may cause the device to not operate normally. • Do not use any cleanser con- taining acid or alkaline deter- gents when cleaning the lens. Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly OQXI049072 with water. You may check the rear view through the screen while driving. i Information Always keep the camera lens clean. The system is activated when: The camera may not work normally if • Press the custom button (1) when the lens is covered with dirt, water or you set the custom button in the snow. infotainment system as a rearview monitor mode. • Touch the Rear view button on the infotainment system screen (All menus  Rear view)

The system is deactivated when: • Touch the return button ( ) on the infotainment system screen. • Press the any button on the info- tainment system screen.

5-89 Convenient features of your vehicle

Parking Distance Warning Operation of the Parking Dis- (Reverse) System tance Warning (Reverse) System Operation condition • This system will activate when backing up with the power on. • Sensing distance when backing up is approximately 120 cm (47 in.) when you are driving less than 10 km/h (6 mph). • When more than two objects are sensed at the same time, the clos-

OQXI049051 est one will be recognized first. [A] : Sensor The Parking Distance Warning (Re- Types of warning indicator and verse) System assists the driver sound during reverse movement of the vehi- Distance Warning Warning cle by chiming if any object is sensed from object indicator sound within the distance of about 120 cm 120cm ~ (47 in.) behind the vehicle. 61cm This is a supplemental system that beeps inter- (47 in. ~ mittently. senses objects within the range and 24 in.) location of the sensors, it cannot de- 60cm ~ Buzzer tect objects in other areas where sen- 31cm beeps more sors are not installed. (24 in. ~ frequently. 12 in.) WARNING Less than Buzzer 30 cm beeps con- • ALWAYS look around your vehi- (12 in.) tinuously. cle to make sure there are no ob- jects or obstacles before mov- ing the vehicle in any direction to prevent a collision. • Always pay close attention when the vehicle is driven close to ob- jects, particularly pedestrians, and especially children. • Be aware that some objects may not be detected by the sensors, due to the objects distance, size or material, all of which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor.

5-90 05

NOTICE Non-operational conditions of • If an object is in between sen- Parking Distance Warning sors or close to a sensor, the (Reverse) System displayed indicator may differ The Parking Distance Warning from the above illustration. (Reverse) System may not operate • Do not wash the vehicle’s sen- normally when: sor with high pressure water. • Moisture is frozen to the sensor. • When you shift into the R (Re- • The sensor is covered or stained verse) position and one or more with foreign material, such as snow of the below situation occurs, or water, or the sensor cover is this may indicate a malfunction blocked. with the parking assist system. • You don’t hear an audible warn- There is a possibility of a parking ing sound or the buzzer sounds assist system malfunction when: intermittently. • Driving on uneven road surfaces • is displayed. (if equipped) such as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, or gradient. If this occurs, we recommend • Objects generating excessive that the system be checked by noise such as vehicle horns, loud an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes can interfere with the sen- sor. • Heavy rain or water spray is pres- ent. • Wireless transmitters or mobile phones are present near the sen- sor. • The sensor is covered with snow. • Any non-factory equipment or ac- cessories have been installed, or if the vehicle bumper height or sen- sor installation has been modified.

5-91 Convenient features of your vehicle

Detecting range may decrease when: • Outside air temperature is ex- tremely hot or cold. • Undetectable objects smaller than about 1 m (40 in.) and narrower than about 14 cm (6 in.) in diame- ter.

The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor: • Sharp or slim objects such as ropes, chains or small poles. • Objects, which tend to absorb sen- sor frequency such as clothes, spongy material or snow.

i Information The system may not recognize objects less than 30 cm (12 in.) from the sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance.

NOTICE Do not push, scratch or strike the sensor with any hard objects that could damage the surface of the sensor. Sensor damage could oc- cur.

WARNING Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or dam- age to the vehicle or injuries to its occupants due to a Parking Dis- tance Warning (Reverse) System malfunction. Always drive safely and cautiously.

5-92 05 &/,0$7(&21752/6<67(0 Defroster To activate the rear window defrost- NOTICE er, press the rear window defroster button located in the climate control To prevent damage to the conduc- system. The indicator on the rear win- tors bonded to the inside surface dow defroster button illuminates of the rear window, never use when the defroster is ON. sharp instruments or window To turn off the defroster, press the cleaners containing abrasives to rear window defroster button again. clean the window. If you want to defrost and defog the front windshield, refer to i Information “Windshield defrosting and defog- ging” in this section. • If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear de- Rear window defroster froster. (if equipped) • The rear window defroster auto- „ Manual Climate Control System matically turns off after approxi- mately 20 minutes or when the igni- tion switch is turned off.

OQXI049302 „ Automatic Climate Control System

OQXI049303 The defroster heats the window to re- move frost, fog and thin ice from the interior and exterior of the rear win- dow, while engine is running.

5-93 Convenient features of your vehicle

Manual climate control system (if equipped)

OQXI049300

(1) Temperature control knob (2) Fan speed control knob (3) Mode selection knob (4) Air intake control button (recirculated air position or outside (fresh) air position) (5) A/C () button (6) Rear window defroster button (if equipped)

5-94 05

Heating and air conditioning

OQXI049304

1. Start the engine. 2. Set the mode to the desired position. To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling : - Heating: - Cooling: 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air or recirculated air position. 5. Set the fan speed control to the desired speed. 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system (if equipped) on.

5-95 Convenient features of your vehicle

Mode selection Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floor and the windshield with a small amount directed to the side window defrosters and side vents.

OQXI049305 Defrost-Level (A, D) The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through the ventilation system. Most of the air flow is directed to the Air can be directed to the floor, dash- windshield with a small amount of air board outlets, or windshield. Five directed to the side vents. symbols are used to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost and Defrost air position.

Face-Level (B, D, E)

Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each out- let can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)

Air flow is directed towards the face and the floor.

Floor-Level (A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floor, with a small amount of the air being directed to the windshield, side window defrosters and side vents.

5-96 05

„ Front Temperature control

OQXI049306 Rear „ OQXI049308 The temperature will increase by turning the knob to the right. The temperature will decrease by turning the knob to the left.

Air intake control

OQXI049307 Instrument panel vents The outlet vents located in the rear can be opened or closed separately using the thumbwheel. Also, you can adjust the direction of air delivered from these vents using the vent control lever as shown. OQXI049309 This button is used to select the out- side (fresh) air position or recirculat- ed air position.

5-97 Convenient features of your vehicle

Recirculated air position • Continued use of the climate The indicator light on the but- control system operation in the ton illuminates when the re- recirculated air position (with- circulated air position is se- out the air conditioning select- lected. ed) may allow humidity to in- With the recirculated air posi- crease inside the vehicle which tion selected, air from the may fog the glass and obscure passenger compartment will visibility. be drawn through the climate • Do not sleep in a vehicle with air control system and heated or conditioning or heating system cooled according to the func- on. It may cause serious harm or tion selected. death due to a drop in the oxy- gen level and/or body tempera- ture. Outside (fresh) air position The indicator light on the but- ton will turn off when the out- Fan speed control side (fresh) air position is se- lected. With the outside (fresh) air position selected, air enters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled accord- ing to the function selected.

i Information OQXI049310 Prolonged use of the air conditioning Turn the knob to the right to increase with the recirculated air position se- the fan speed and airflow. Turn the lected will result in excessively dry air knob to the left to decrease fan speed in the passenger compartment. and airflow.

WARNING • Continued use of the climate control system operation in the recirculated air position can cause drowsiness or sleepi- ness, that may cause loss of ve- hicle control resulting in an ac- cident. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) air position as much as possible while driv- ing.

5-98 05

Air conditioning (A/C) Operation Tips • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the car through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to the recircu- lated air position. Return the con- trol to the fresh air position when the irritation has passed. This will help keep the driver alert and com- fortable. • To prevent inside of the windshield OQXI049311 from fogging, set the air intake Press the A/C button to turn the air control to the fresh air position and conditioning system on (indicator light fan speed to the desired position, will illuminate). Press the button again turn on the air conditioning system, to turn the air conditioning system off. and adjust the temperature control to desired temperature. System operation Ventilation Air conditioning 1. Select the Face Level mode. HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems are filled with a R-134a refrigerant. 2. Set the air intake control to the out- side (fresh) air position. 1. Start the engine. 3. Set the temperature control to the 2. Push the air conditioning button. desired position. 3. Set the mode to the Face Level 4. Set the fan speed control to the de- mode. sired speed. 4. Set the air intake control to the re- circulated air position. However, prolonged operation of the recircu- Heating lated air position will excessively 1. Select the Floor Level mode. dry the air. In this case, change the 2. Set the air intake control to the out- air position. side (fresh) air position. 5. Adjust the fan speed control and 3. Set the temperature control to the temperature control to maintain desired position. maximum comfort. 4. Set the fan speed control to the de- When maximum cooling is desired, sired speed. set the temperature control to the ex- 5. If dehumidified heating is desired, treme left position then set the fan turn the air conditioning system (if speed control to the highest speed. equipped) on. If the windshield fogs up, select the Floor & Defrost mode or select the Front Defroster mode.

5-99 Convenient features of your vehicle

NOTICE System maintenance When using the air conditioning system, monitor the temperature Outside air gauge closely while driving up Recirculated hills or in heavy traffic when out- air side temperatures are high. Air conditioning system operation may cause engine overheating. Continue to use the blower fan but turn the air conditioning system Blower off if the engine temperature gauge Climate control Evaporator Heater core air filter core indicates engine overheating. 1LDA5047 Climate control air filter Air conditioning system operation This filter is installed behind the glove tips box. It filters the dust or other pollut- • If the vehicle has been parked in ants that enter the vehicle through direct sunlight during hot weather, the heating and air conditioning sys- open the windows for a short time tem. to let the hot air inside the vehicle We recommend the climate control escape. air filter be replaced by an authorized • After sufficient cooling has been HYUNDAI dealer according to the achieved, switch back from the re- maintenance schedule. If the car is circulated air to the fresh outside being driven in severe conditions air position. such as dusty or rough roads, more • To help reduce moisture inside of frequent air conditioner filter inspec- the windows on rainy or humid tions and changes are required. days, decrease the humidity inside If the air flow rate suddenly decreas- the vehicle by operating the air es, we recommend the system be conditioning system with the win- checked at an authorized HYUNDAI dows closed. dealer. • Use the air conditioning system ev- ery month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system perfor- mance. • If you operate air conditioner ex- cessively, the difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this case, set the mode selection knob or button to the position and fan speed control to the lower speed.

5-100 05

Checking the amount of air con- ditioner refrigerant and com- pressor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air condi- tioning is reduced. Overfilling also re- duces the performance of the air con- ditioning system. Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, we rec- ommend that the system be inspect- ed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal- OQX089050N er. Air Conditioning refrigerant label You can find out which air condition- NOTICE ing refrigerant is applied to your vehi- cle on the label located underside of It is important that the correct type the hood. and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, damage to the compressor and abnormal system „ Example operation may occur. To prevent damage, the air conditioning sys- tem in your vehicle should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians.

WARNING

Vehicles equipped with OHCM059040 R-134a Since the refrigerant is Each symbols and specification on operated at very high theair conditioning refrigerant label is pressure, the air conditioning sys- represented as below: tem should only be serviced by 1. Classification of refrigerant trained and certified technicians. 2. Amount of refrigerant All refrigerants should be re- 3. Classification of compressor lubri- claimed with proper equipment. cant Venting refrigerants directly to the 4. Caution atmosphere is harmful to individu- 5. Service manual als and environment. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to serious injuries.

5-101 Convenient features of your vehicle

Automatic climate control system (if equipped)

OQXI049301

1. Fan speed control knob 2. Temperature control knob 3. AUTO (automatic control) button 4. OFF button 5. Mode selection button 6. Recirculation mode/Fresh mode 7. Rear window defroster button (if equipped) 8. Front windshield defroster button 9. A/C (Air conditioning) button 10. Climate control screen

5-102 05

Automatic heating and air condi- To turn the automatic operation off, tioning select any button of the following: The Automatic Climate Control Sys- - Mode selection button tem is controlled by setting the de- - Front windshield defrost button sired temperature. (Press the button one more time to deselect the front windshield de- froster function. - Fan speed control button The selected function will be con- trolled manually while other functions operate automatically. For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate con- trol, use the AUTO button and set the

OQXI049312 temperature to 23°C (73°F). 1. Press the AUTO button. The modes, fan speeds, air intake and air-conditioning will be controlled automatically by the temperature set- ting you select.

OQXI049318 2. Turn the temperature control knob to the desired temperature. If the temperature is set to the lowest setting (LO), the air conditioning system will operate continuously.

5-103 Convenient features of your vehicle

Information Manual heating and air condi- i tioning The heating and cooling system can be controlled manually by pressing buttons other than the AUTO button. In this case, the system works se- quentially according to the order of buttons selected. When pressing any button (or turning any knob) except the AUTO button while using automatic operation, the functions not selected will be con- OQXI049314 trolled automatically. Never place anything near the sensor 1. Start the engine. located to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system. 2. Set the mode to the desired posi- tion. To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling: - Heating: - Cooling: 3. Set the temperature control to the desired position. 4. Press the fresh button. 5. Set the fan speed control to the de- sired speed. 6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air conditioning system on. 7. Press the AUTO button in order to convert to full automatic control of the system.

5-104 05

OQXI049304

5-105 Convenient features of your vehicle

Mode selection

OQXI049316 OQXI049315 Defrost-Level (A, D) The mode selection button controls Most of the air flow is directed to the the direction of the air flow through windshield with a small amount of air the ventilation system. directed to the side window defrost- ers.

Face-Level (B, D, E)

Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face. Additionally, each out- let can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet.

Floor-Level (A, C, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the floor.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield.

5-106 05

„ Front Temperature control

OQXI049306

„ Rear OQXI049318 The temperature will increase to the maximum (HI) by turning the knob to the right. The temperature will decrease to the minimum (LO) by turning the knob to the left. The temperature will increase or de- crease by 0.5°C/1°F each time you OQXI049307 turn the knob. When set to the lowest temperature setting, the air condition- Instrument panel vents ing will operate continuously. The outlet vents located in the rear can be opened or closed separately using the thumbwheel. Air intake control Also, you can adjust the direction of air delivered from these vents using the vent control lever as shown.

OQXI049317 The air intake control button is used to select either Fresh mode (outside air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air).

5-107 Convenient features of your vehicle

• Do not sleep in a vehicle with air Recirculation mode conditioning or heating system on. It may cause serious harm or When Recirculation mode is select- death due to a drop in the oxy- ed, air from the passenger compart- gen level and/or body tempera- ment will be recirculated through the ture. system and heated or cooled accord- ing to the function selected. Fan speed control

Fresh mode

When Fresh mode is selected, air en- ters the vehicle from outside and is heated or cooled according to the function selected.

i Information OQXI049313 Prolonged use of the air conditioning Turn the knob to the right increase with the recirculated air position se- the fan speed and air flow. Turn the lected will result in excessively dry air knob to the left to decrease fan speed in the passenger compartment. and air flow.

WARNING Air conditioning • Continued use of the climate control system operation in the recirculated air position can cause drowsiness or sleepi- ness, that may cause loss of ve- hicle control resulting in an ac- cident. Set the air intake control to the outside (fresh) mode as much as possible while driving.

• Continued use of the climate OQXI049319 control system operation in the Push the A/C button to manually turn recirculated air position (with- the system on (indicator light will illu- out the air conditioning select- minate) and off. ed) may allow humidity to in- crease inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure visibility.

5-108 05

OFF mode Operation Tips • To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from entering the car through the ventilation system, temporarily set the air intake control to the recircu- lated mode. Return the control to the fresh mode when the irritation has passed. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable. • To prevent inside of the windshield from fogging, set the air intake OQXI049320 control to the fresh air position and Push the OFF button to turn off the fan speed to the desired position, climate control system. You can still turn on the air conditioning system, operate the mode and air intake but- and adjust the temperature control tons with the ignition switch in the ON to desired temperature. position. Air conditioning (if equipped) System operation HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems Ventilation are filled with a R-134a refrigerant. 1. Select the Face Level mode. 1. Start the engine. 2. Set the air intake control to the out- 2. Push the air conditioning button. side (fresh) mode. 3.Set the mode to the Face Level 3. Set the temperature control to the mode. desired position. 4.Set the air intake control to the re- 4. Set the fan speed control to the de- circulated mode. However, pro- sired speed. longed operation of the recirculat- ed mode. will excessively dry the air. In this case, change the mode. Heating 5.Adjust the fan speed control and 1. Select the Floor Level mode. temperature control to maintain 2. Set the air intake control to the out- maximum comfort. side (fresh) mode. When maximum cooling is desired, 3. Set the temperature control to the set the temperature control to the desired position. lowest setting (LO) then set the fan 4. Set the fan speed control to the de- speed control to the highest speed. sired speed. 5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn the air conditioning system (if equipped) on. If the windshield fogs up, select the Front Defroster mode.

5-109 Convenient features of your vehicle

NOTICE System maintenance

When using the air conditioning Outside air system, monitor the temperature gauge closely while driving up Recirculated hills or in heavy traffic when out- air side temperatures are high. Air conditioning system operation may cause engine overheating. Continue to use the blower fan but Blower turn the air conditioning system Climate control Evaporator Heater core off if the engine temperature gauge air filter core indicates engine overheating. 1LDA5047 Climate control air filter This filter is installed behind the glove Air conditioning system operation box. It filters the dust or other pollut- tips ants that enter the vehicle through • If the vehicle has been parked in the heating and air conditioning sys- direct sunlight during hot weather, tem. open the windows for a short time We recommend the climate control to let the hot air inside the vehicle air filter be cleaned according to the escape. maintenance schedule. If the car is • After sufficient cooling has been being driven in severe conditions achieved, switch back from the re- such as dusty or rough roads, more circulated mode to the fresh mode. frequent air conditioner filter inspec- • To help reduce moisture inside of tions and cleaning are required. the windows on rainy or humid If the air flow rate suddenly decreas- days, decrease the humidity inside es, we recommend the system be the vehicle by operating the air checked at an authorized HYUNDAI conditioning system with the win- dealer. dows closed. • Use the air conditioning system ev- ery month only for a few minutes to ensure maximum system perfor- mance. • If you operate air conditioner ex- cessively, the difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this case, set the mode selection knob or button to the position and fan speed control to the lower speed.

5-110 05

Checking the amount of air con- ditioner refrigerant and com- pressor lubricant When the amount of refrigerant is low, the performance of the air condi- tioning is reduced. Overfilling also re- duces the performance of the air con- ditioning system. Therefore, if abnormal operation is found, we rec- ommend that the system be inspect- ed by an authorized HYUNDAI deal- OQX089050N er. Air Conditioning refrigerant label You can find out which air condition- NOTICE ing refrigerant is applied to your vehi- cle on the label located underside of It is important that the correct type the hood. and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, damage to the compressor and abnormal system „ Example operation may occur. To prevent damage, the air conditioning sys- tem in your vehicle should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians.

WARNING

Vehicles equipped with OHCM059040 R-134a Since the refrigerant is Each symbols and specification on operated at very high theair conditioning refrigerant label is pressure, the air conditioning sys- represented as below: tem should only be serviced by 1. Classification of refrigerant trained and certified technicians. 2. Amount of refrigerant All refrigerants should be re- 3. Classification of compressor lubri- claimed with proper equipment. cant Venting refrigerants directly to the 4. Caution atmosphere is harmful to individu- 5. Service manual als and environment. Failure to heed these warnings can lead to serious injuries.

5-111 Convenient features of your vehicle

Windshield defrosting and Manual climate control system defogging WARNING Do not use the or position during cooling operation in ex- tremely humid weather. The differ- ence between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield could cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of visibility. Set OQXI049321 the mode selection to the posi- To defog inside windshield tion and fan speed control to a lower speed. 1. Select desired fan speed. 2. Select desired temperature. • For maximum defrosting, set the 3. Select the or position. temperature control to the extreme 4. The outside (fresh) air will be se- right/hot position and the fan speed lected automatically. Additionally, control to the highest speed. the air conditioning will automati- • If warm air to the floor is desired cally operate if the mode is select- while defrosting or defogging, set ed to the or position. the mode to the floor-defrost posi- If the air conditioning and outside tion. (fresh) mode are not selected auto- • Before driving, clear all snow and matically, press the corresponding ice from the windshield, rear win- button manually. dow, outside rear view mirrors, and all side windows. • Clear all snow and ice from the hood and air inlet at the buttom of the windshield. • If the engine temperature is still cold after starting, then a brief en- gine warm up period may be re- quired for the vented air flow to become warm or hot.

5-112 05

Automatic climate control sys- tem To defog inside windshield

OQXI049322 To defrost outside windshield 1. Set the fan speed to the highest (extreme right) position. OQXI049323 2. Set the temperature to the extreme 1. Select desired fan speed. hot position. 2. Select desired temperature. 3. Select the position. 3. Press the defroster button ( ). 4. The outside (fresh) mode and air 4. The air-conditioning will turn on ac- conditioning will be selected auto- cording to the detected ambient matically. temperature, outside (fresh) and higher fan speed will be selected automatically. If the air-conditioning, outside (fresh) air position and higher fan speed are not selected automatically, adjust the corresponding button or knob manu- ally. If the position is selected, lower fan speed is adjusted to higher fan speed.

5-113 Convenient features of your vehicle

To defrost outside windshield Clean air (if equipped)

OQXI049324 OQXI049325 1. Set the fan speed to the highest po- sition. When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the clean air function turns 2. Set the temperature to the extreme on automatically. hot (HI) position. Also, the clean air function turns off 3. Press the defroster button ( ). automatically, when the ignition 4. The air-conditioning will turn o n switch turns to the OFF position. according to the detected ambient temperature and outside (fresh) mode will be selected automatical- ly. If the position is selected, lower fan speed is adjusted to higher fan speed.

5-114 05 6725$*(&203$570(17 WARNING Center console storage (if equipped) Flammable materials Do not store cigarette lighters, propane cylinders, or other flam- mable/explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire and/or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods.

WARNING OQXI049052 ALWAYS keep the storage com- To open the center console storage, partment covers closed securely pull up the lever. while driving. Items inside your ve- hicle are moving as fast as the ve- Sliding armrest (if equipped) hicle. If you have to stop or turn quickly, or if there is a crash, the items may fly out of the compart- ment and may cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passen- ger.

NOTICE To avoid possible theft, do not leave valuables in the storage compartment. OQXI049053 To move the armrest forward: Grab the front portion of the armrest (1) then pull it forward.

To move the armrest rearward: Grab the front portion of the armrest (1) then push the armrest rearward.

WARNING Do not grab the front portion of the armrest (1) when moving the arm- rest rearward. You may hurt your fingers.

5-115 Convenient features of your vehicle

Glove box Cool box (if equipped)

OQXI049054 OQXI049055 To open the glove box, pull the lever You can keep beverage cans or other and the glove box will automatically items cool in the glove box. open. Close the glove box after use. 1. Turn on the air conditioning. 2. Turn the open/close switch (1) of WARNING the vent installed in the glove box to the open position. ALWAYS close the glove box door 3. When the cool box is not used, turn after use. the switch (1) to the closed posi- An open glove box door can cause tion. serious injury to the passenger in an accident, even if the passenger

is wearing a seat belt. WARNING Do not put perishable food in the cool box because it may not main- tain the necessary consistent tem- perature to keep the food fresh.

i Information • If the vent is blocked by items in the coolbox, cooling will be reduced. • If the climate control system tem- perature control is in the warm or hot position, warm or hot air will flow into the glove box.

5-116 05

Luggage box (if equipped)

OIB047035 You can place a first aid kit, a reflector triangle, tools, etc. in the box for easy access. To use the luggage box, lift the floor cover of the luggage compartment.

5-117 Convenient features of your vehicle

INTERIOR FEATURES Clock (if equipped) WARNING WARNING • Avoid abrupt starting and brak- Do not adjust the clock while driv- ing when the cup holder is in ing. You may lose your steering use to prevent spilling your control and cause severe personal drink. If hot liquid spills, you injury or accidents. could be burned. Such a burn to the driver could cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an Cup holder accident. Front • Do not place uncovered or unse- cured cups, bottles, cans, etc., in the cup holder containing hot liquid while the vehicle is in mo- tion. Injuries may result in the event of sudden stop or colli- sion. • Only use soft cups in the cup holders. Hard objects can injure you in an accident.

OQXI049056

Cups or small beverage cans may be WARNING placed in the cup holders. Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put them in a Rear (if equipped) hot vehicle. It may explode.

NOTICE • Keep your drinks sealed while driving to prevent spilling your drink. If liquid spills, it may get into the vehicle’s electrical/elec- tronic system and damage elec- trical/electronic parts. • When cleaning spilled liquids, OQXI049057 do not dry the cup holder at high Pull the armrest down to use the cup temperature. This may damage holders. the cup holder.

5-118 05

Sunvisor Power outlet

„ Driver’s side „ Front · Type A

OIB044027 OQXI049058

„ Passenger’s side · Type B

OIB044028 OQXI049059 Use the sunvisor to shield direct light „ Rear through the front or side windows. A mirror (if equipped) and ticket hold- er (if equipped) is provided on the sunvisor.

WARNING For your safety, do not block your view when using the sunvisor. OQXI049060 The power outlet is designed to pro- vide power for mobile telephones or other devices designed to operate with vehicle electrical systems. The devices should draw less than 180W (Watt) with the engine running.

5-119 Convenient features of your vehicle

WARNING NOTICE To prevent damage to the Power Avoid electrical shocks. Do not outlet: place your fingers or foreign ob- • Use the power outlet only when jects (pin, etc.) into a power outlet the engine is running and re- or touch the power outlet with a move the accessory plug after wet hand. use. Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to discharge. • Only use 12V electric accesso- ries which are less than 180W (Watt) in electric capacity. • Adjust the air-conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power out- let. • Close the cover when not in use. • Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle’s power outlet. These devices may cause excessive audio stat- ic and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used in your vehicle. • Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat or the in- ternal temperature fuse may open. • Plug in battery equipped electri- cal/electronic devices with re- verse current protection. The current from the battery may flow into the vehicle’s electrical/ electronic system and cause system malfunction.

5-120 05

USB charger (if equipped) Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped)

OQXI049061 The USB charger is designed to re- OFS040126 charge batteries of small size electri- ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors cal devices using a USB cable. to attach the front floor mats to the The electrical devices can be re- vehicle. The anchors on the front floor charged when the Engine Start/ Stop carpet keep the floor mats from slid- button is in the ACC, ON or START ing forward. position. The battery charging state may be Coat hook (if equipped) monitored on the electrical device. Disconnect the USB cable from the USB port after use. • A smart phone or a tablet PC may get warmer during the re-charging process. It does not indicate any malfunction with the charging sys- tem. • A smart phone or a tablet PC, which adopts a different re- charging method, may not be prop- OOS047065 erly re-charged. In this case, use an exclusive charger of your de- These hooks are not designed to hold vice. large or heavy items. • The charging terminal is only to re- charge a device. Do not use the charging terminal either to turn ON an audio or to play media on the infotainment system.

5-121 Convenient features of your vehicle

WARNING WARNING The following must be observed when installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle. • Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehi- cle’s floor mat anchor(s) before driving the vehicle. • Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the OGSB047265L vehicle’s floor mat anchors. Do not hang other objects such as • Do not stack floor mats on top of hangers or hard objects except one another (e.g. all-weather clothes. Also, do not put heavy, rubber mat on top of a carpeted sharp or breakable objects in the floor mat). Only a single floor clothes pockets. In an accident or mat should be installed in each when the curtain air bag is inflated, position. it may cause vehicle damage or IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was personal injury. manufactured with driver’s side floor mat anchors that are de- signed to securely hold the floor mat in place. To avoid any interfer- ence with pedal operation, HYUN- DAI recommends that the HYUND- AI floor mat designed for use in your vehicle be installed.

5-122 05

Cargo area cover (if equipped) NOTICE Do not put luggage on the cover since it may be damaged or mal- formed.

OQXI049062 Use the cargo area cover to hide items stored in the cargo area. The cargo area cover can be upright- ed or removed.

WARNING • Do not place objects on the car- go area cover. Such objects may be thrown about inside the vehi- cle and possibly injure vehicle occupants during an accident or braking. • Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage compartment. It is de- signed for luggage only.

OQX059153 • Fully insert the hinges (A) on both sides of the cargo area cover into position B. If not fully inserted, the cargo area cover can be damaged.

5-123 Convenient features of your vehicle

EXTERIOR FEATURES Roof rack (if equipped) WARNING • The following specification is the maximum weight that can be loaded onto the roof rack. Dis- tribute the load as evenly as pos- sible onto the roof rack and se- cure the load firmly. Loading cargo or luggage in ex- cess of the specified weight limit on the roof rack may damage OQXI049063 your vehicle. If the vehicle has a roof rack, you can load cargo on top of your vehicle. ROOF 70 kg (154 lbs.) RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED i Information • The vehicle centre of gravity will be higher when items are loaded If the vehicle is equipped with a sun- onto the roof rack. Avoid sud- roof, be sure not to position cargo onto den starts, braking, sharp turns, the roof rack in such a way that it could abrupt manoeuvres or high interfere with sunroof operation. speeds that may result in loss of vehicle control or rollover result- NOTICE ing in an accident. • Always drive slowly and turn • When carrying cargo on the roof corners carefully when carrying rack, take the necessary precau- items on the roof rack. Severe tions to make sure the cargo wind updrafts, caused by pass- does not damage the roof of the ing vehicles or natural causes, vehicle. can cause sudden upward pres- • When carrying large objects on sure on items loaded on the roof the roof rack, make sure they do rack. This is especially true not exceed the overall roof when carrying large, flat items length or width. such as wood panels or mat- tresses. This could cause the items to fall off the roof rack and cause damage to your vehicle or others around you. • To prevent damage or loss of cargo whilst driving, check fre- quently before or whilst driving to make sure the items on the roof rack are securely fastened.

5-124 6. Infotainment System

Infotainment system ...... 6-2 USB and iPod® port ...... 6-2 Antenna ...... 6-2 Steering wheel audio control ...... 6-3 Audio / Video (AV) ...... 6-5 Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free ...... 6-5 How works ...... 6-6 Audio (Without Touch Screen) ...... 6-9 System layout – control panel ...... 6-9 System layout – steering wheel remote control ...... 6-13 Turning the system on or off ...... 6-16 Turning the display on or off ...... 6-16 Getting to know the basic operations ...... 6-16 Radio ...... 6-18 6 Turning on the radio ...... 6-18 Changing the radio mode ...... 6-19 Scanning for available radio stations ...... 6-19 Searching for radio stations ...... 6-19 Saving radio stations ...... 6-20 Listening to saved radio stations ...... 6-20 Media Player ...... 6-21 Using the media player ...... 6-21 Using the USB mode ...... 6-21 Bluetooth ...... 6-25 Connecting Bluetooth devices ...... 6-25 Using a Bluetooth audio device ...... 6-27 Using a Bluetooth phone ...... 6-30 System status icons ...... 6-33 Audio system specifications ...... 6-35 USB ...... 6-36 Bluetooth ...... 6-37 Trademarks ...... 6-37 Infotainment System

INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM NOTICE Antenna • If you install an aftermarket HID „ Type A head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and electronic device may mal- function. • Prevent chemicals such as per- fume, cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and air freshener from contacting the interior parts because they may cause damage, button struck issues or OQXI049065 discoloration. „ Type B

USB and iPod® port (if equipped)

OQXI049066 „ Type C

OQXI049064 You can use an USB port to plug in an USB or an iPod®.

NOTE : Please go through USB

compatibility list in HYUNDAI India OQXI049067 website. Type A,B The roof antenna receives DRM and i Information both AM and FM broadcast signals. Rotate the roof antenna in a counter- When using a portable audio device clockwise direction to remove it. Ro- connected to the power outlet, noise tate it in a clockwise direction to rein- may occur during playback. If this stall it. happens, use the power source of the portable audio device.

ÃiPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

6-2 06

Type C Steering wheel audio control The shark fin antenna receives trans- (if equipped) mitted data. (for example: AM/FM, „ Type A and DRM)

NOTICE • Before entering a place with a low height clearance, be sure that the antenna is removed. • Be sure to remove the antenna before washing the vehicle in an automatic car wash or it may be OQXI049068 damaged. „ Type B • When reinstalling your antenna, it is important that it is fully tightened and adjusted to the upright position to ensure prop- er reception. But it could be re- moved when parking the vehi- cle.

NOTICE OQXI049069 Installation of aftermarket antenna „ Type C may result in water leakage, wind noise, rattling & improper radio operation. We recommend to use the antenna available with an au- thorized Hyundai dealer.

i Information Some models do not have audio (plas- tic blanking cover) system, and will not OQXI049070 supply radio main cable. Thus if you want to insert Aftermarket audio or OEM audio to listen radio broadcast- ing service, we recommend to use the feeder cable available with an autho- rized HYUNDAI dealer.

6-3 Infotainment System

„ Type D SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2) If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressed for 0.8 second or more, it will work as follows in each mode.

RADIO mode It will function as the AUTO SEEK se- lect button. It will SEEK until next channel is reached. OSU2I059058 „ Type E MEDIA mode It will function as the FF/REW button.

If the SEEK/PRESET button is pressed for less than 0.8 second, it will work as follows in each mode.

RADIO mode OSU2I059057 It will function as the PRESET STA- The steering wheel audio control but- TION select buttons. ton is installed to promote safe driv- ing. MEDIA mode It will function as the TRACK UP/ NOTICE DOWN button. Do not operate audio remote con- trol buttons simultaneously.

VOLUME (VOL +/-) (1) • Press the up button (+) to increase volume. • Press the down button (-) to de- crease volume.

6-4 06

MODE (3) Bluetooth® Wireless Technology Press t he MODE button to toggle be- hands-free (if equipped) tween available Media sources like „ Type A Radio, USB, iPod, BT Audio, AUX* (Auxiliary). * : if equipped

MUTE (4, if equipped) • Press the button to mute the sound. • Press the button again to activate the sound. OQXI049071 „ Type B

Detailed information for audio control buttons is included in the following pages in this chapter.

Audio / Video (AV) (if equipped) Detailed information for the infotain- ment system is described in a sepa- OSU2I059058 rately supplied manual. You can use the phone wirelessly by using the Bluetooth® Wireless Tech- nology.

(1) Call / Answer button : Press the button shortly. Voice recognition mode (if equipped) : Press the button lon- ger when you have an Android Auto or Carplay connection. (2) Call end button (3) Microphone

• Audio : For detailed information, refer to “AUDIO” in this chapter. • infotainment system: : Detailed in- formation for the Bluetooth® Wire- less Technology hands-free is de- scribed in the manual supplied separately. 6-5 Infotainment System

How vehicle audio works FM reception FM reception

JBM002

JBM001 AM broadcasts can be received at AM and FM radio signals are broad- greater distances than FM broad- cast from transmitter towers located casts. This is because AM radio around your city. They are intercept- waves are transmitted at low frequen- ed by the radio antenna on your vehi- cies. These long distance, low fre- cle. This signal is then processed by quency radio waves can follow the the radio and sent to your vehicle curvature of the earth rather than speakers. travelling straight. In addition, they curve around obstructions resulting in When a strong radio signal has better signal coverage. reached your vehicle, the precise en- gineering of your audio system en- sures the best possible quality repro- duction. However, in some cases the FM reception signal coming to your vehicle may not be strong and clear. This can be due to factors, such as the distance from the radio station, closeness of other strong radio sta- tions or the presence of buildings, bridges or other large obstructions in the area. JBM003 FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not bend to follow the earth’s surface. Because of this, FM broadcasts generally begin to fade within short distances from the station. Also, FM signals are easily af- fected by buildings, mountains, and obstructions. This can lead to undesir- able or unpleasant listening condi- tions which might lead you to believe a problem exists with your radio.

6-6 06

The following conditions are normal FM reception and do not indicate radio trouble:

FM reception

OJF045311L • Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals being received from sever-

JBM004 al directions can cause distortion or fluttering. This can be caused by • Fading - As your vehicle moves a direct and reflected signal from away from the radio station, the the same station, or by signals signal will weaken and sound will from two stations with close fre- begin to fade. When this occurs, quencies. If this occurs, select an- we suggest that you select another other station until the condition has stronger station. passed. • Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or large obstructions between the transmitter and your radio can dis- Using a cellular phone or a two- turb the signal causing static or way radio fluttering noises to occur. Reduc- When a cellular phone is used inside ing the treble level may lessen this the vehicle, noise may be produced effect until the disturbance clears. from the audio system. This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equipment. In such a case, use the cellular phone at a place as far as possible from the audio equip- ment.

NOTICE When using a communication sys- tem such as a cellular phone or a radio set inside the vehicle, a sep- arate external antenna must be fit- ted. When a cellular phone or a ra- dio set is used with an internal antenna alone, it may interfere with the vehicle’s electrical system and adversely affect safe operation of the vehicle.

6-7 Infotainment System

WARNING Do not use a cellular phone while driving. Stop at a safe location to use a cellular phone.

iPod® iPod® is a registered trademark of Ap- ple Inc.

Bluetooth® Wireless Technology The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by HYUNDAI is under - cense. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.

A Bluetooth® Wireless Technology enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth® Wireless Technology.

6-8 06 $8',2ǣ:,7+287728&+6&5((1Ǥ System layout – control panel

¼ Type A

(1) SEEK/TRACK button (4) • Change the station/track/file. • Press to display the radio mode • While listening to the radio, press selection window. and hold to search for a station. • When the mode selection window • While playing media, press and displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to hold to rewind or fast forward. select the desired mode and then press the knob. • When the Mode popup is not se- (2) MENU button/CLOCK button lected in [MENU/CLOCK] X Mode • Press to access the menu screen Popup, press the [RADIO] button for the current mode. on the control panel to change the • Press and hold to access the time mode. Each time you press the setup screen. [RADIO] button on the control pan- el, the mode switches to radio FM X AM in order. (3) TUNE knob/FILE knob/ENTER button • While listening to the radio, turn to adjust the frequency. • While playing media, turn to search for a track/file. • While searching by turning the knob, press to select the current track/file.

à The actual features in the car may differ from the illustration.

6-9 Infotainment System

¼ Type A

(5) MEDIA button (8) Number buttons • Play content from a media storage (1 RPT~ 4 BACK) device. • While listening to the radio, press to listen to a saved radio station. (6) FAV button • While listening to the radio, press and hold to save the current radio • While listening to the radio, press station to the preset. to move to next page of the preset list. • In the USB mode, press the [1 RPT] button to change the repeat mode. Press the [2 SHFL] button to change (7) POWER button/VOL knob the shuffle mode. • Press to turn the system on or off. • Press the [4 BACK] button to re- • Turn to the left or right to adjust the turn to the previous screen (except system sound volume. for the radio preset list).

à The actual features in the car may differ from the illustration.

6-10 06

¼ Type B

(With Bluetooth® Wireless Technology)

(1) SEEK/TRACK button (4) AUDIO button • Change the station/track/file. • Press to display the radio/media • While listening to the radio, press mode selection window. and hold to search for a station. • When the mode selection window • While playing media, press and displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to hold to rewind or fast forward (ex- select the desired mode and then cept for the Bluetooth audio mode). press the knob. • When the Mode popup is not se- lected in [MENU/CLOCK] X Mode (2) MENU button/CLOCK button Popup, press the [AUDIO] button • Press to access the menu screen on the control panel to change the for the current mode. mode. Each time you press the • Press and hold to access the time [AUDIO] button on the control pan- setup screen. el, the mode switches to radio X media in order. (3) TUNE knob/FILE knob/ENTER button • While listening to the radio, turn to adjust the frequency. • While playing media, turn to search for a track/file (except for the Blue- tooth audio mode). • While searching by turning the knob, press to select the current track/file.

à The actual features in the car may differ from the illustration.

6-11 Infotainment System

¼ Type B

(With Bluetooth® Wireless Technology)

(5) PHONE button (8) Number buttons • Press to start connecting a mobile (1 RPT~ 4 BACK) phone via Bluetooth. • While listening to the radio, press • After a Bluetooth phone connec- to listen to a saved radio station. tion is made, press to access the • While listening to the radio, press Bluetooth phone menu. and hold to save the current radio station to the preset. (6) FAV button • In the USB/Bluetooth audio modes, press the [1 RPT] button to change • While listening to the radio, press the repeat mode. Press the [2 SHFL] to move to next page of the preset button to change the shuffle mode. list. • Press the [4 BACK] button to re- turn to the previous screen (except (7) POWER button/VOL knob for the radio preset list). • Press to turn the system on or off. • Turn to the left or right to adjust the system sound volume.

à The actual features in the car may differ from the illustration.

6-12 06

System layout – steering wheel (1) MODE button remote control • Press to switch between radio and „ Type A media modes. • If no media is connected, each time this is pressed, it toggles be- tween the radio modes (FM X AM X FM). • Press and hold to turn the system on or off.

(2) Volume lever • Push up or down to adjust the volume.

(3) Up/Down lever • Change the station/track/file. • While listening to the radio, push to listen to the previous/next saved radio station. • While listening to the radio, push and hold to search for a station. (Bluetooth® equipped model) • While playing media, push and hold to rewind or fast forward (except for the Bluetooth audio* mode). „ Type B • While playing media push to listen to the previous/next song. * : if equipped

(Bluetooth® equipped model)

à The actual features in the car may differ from the illustration.

6-13 Infotainment System

(4) MUTE button WARNING - About driving • Press to mute or unmute the system. • During a call, press to mute or un- • Do not operate the system while mute the microphone. driving. Driving while distracted may result in a loss of vehicle • While playing media, press to control, potentially leading to an pause or resume playback. accident, severe personal inju- ry, or death. The driver’s prima- (5) Call/Answer button (if equipped) ry responsibility is the safe and legal operation of a vehicle, and • Press to start connecting a mobile any handheld devices, equip- phone via Bluetooth. ment, or vehicle systems which • After a Bluetooth phone connec- divert the driver’s attention from tion is made, press to access your this responsibility should never call history. Press and hold to dial be used during operation of the the most recent phone number. vehicle. When a call comes in, press to an- • Avoid watching the screen while swer the call. driving. Driving while distracted • During a call, press to switch be- may lead to a traffic accident. tween the active call and the held Stop your vehicle in a safe loca- call. Press and hold to switch the tion before using functions that call between the system and the require multiple operations. mobile phone. • Stop your vehicle first before • In 3-way call, swaps between calls. using your mobile phone. Using a mobile phone while driving may lead to a traffic accident. If (6) Call end button (if equipped) necessary, use the Bluetooth • When a call comes in, reject the Handsfree feature to make calls call. and keep the call as short as • During a call, end the call. possible. • • Keep the volume low enough to hear external sounds. Driving without the ability to hear exter- nal sounds may lead to a traffic accident. Listening to a loud vol- ume for a long time may cause hearing damage.

6-14 06

WARNING i Information - About handling the system - About handling the system • Do not disassemble or modify • Do not apply excessive force to the the system. Doing so may result system. Excessive pressure on the in an accident, fire, or electric screen may damage the LCD panel shock. or the touch panel. • Do not allow liquids or foreign • When cleaning the screen or button substances to enter the system. panel, make sure to stop the engine Liquids or foreign substances and use a soft, dry cloth. Wiping the may cause noxious fumes, a screen or buttons with a rough cloth fire, or a system malfunction. or using solvents (alcohol, benzene, • Stop using the system if it mal- paint thinner, etc.) may scratch or functions, such as no audio out- chemically damage the surface. put or display. If you continue • If you attach a liquid-type air fresh- using the system when it is mal- ener to the fan louvre, the surface of functioning, it may lead to a fire, the louvre may become deformed electric shock, or system failure. due to the flowing air. • Do not touch the antenna during • If you want to change the position of thunder or lightning because the installed device, please inquire such an act may cause electric with your place of purchase or ser- shock. vice maintenance centre. Technical expertise is required to install or disassemble the device. i Information - About operating the system NOTICE • Use the system with the engine run- • If you experience any problems ning. Using the system for a long with the system, contact your time when the engine is stopped place of purchase or dealer. may discharge the battery. • Placing the audio system within • Do not install unapproved products. an electromagnetic environment Using unapproved products may may result in noise interference. cause an error while using the sys- tem. System errors caused by in- stalling unapproved products are not covered under the warranty.

6-15 Infotainment System

Turning the system on or off Turning the display on or off To turn on the system, start the en- To prevent glare, you can turn off the gine. screen. The screen can be turned off • If you do not want to use the sys- only while the system is on. tem while driving, you can turn off 1. On the control panel, press the the system by pressing the [MENU/CLOCK] button. [POWER] button on the control 2. When the option selection window panel. To use the system again, displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to press the [POWER] button again. select Display off, and then press the knob. The system turns off when you stop • To turn the screen back on, the engine (ACC Off). press any of the control panel • When you turn back on the sys- buttons. tem, the previous mode and set- tings will remain intact. Getting to know the basic operations WARNING You can select an item or adjust the settings by using the number buttons • Some functions may be disabled and the [TUNE] knob on the control for safety reasons while the ve- panel. hicle is moving. They work only when the vehicle stops. Park your vehicle in a safe location Selecting an item before using any of them. Numbered items • Stop using the system if it mal- Press the corresponding number button. functions, such as no audio out- put or display. If you continue using the system when it is mal- functioning, it may lead to a fire, electric shock, or system failure.

i Information You can turn on the system when the key ignition switch is placed in the “ACC” or “ON” position. Using the system for an extended period without the engine running drains the battery. If you plan on using the system for a long time, start the engine.

6-16 06

Numberless items Turn the [TUNE] knob to choose the desired item, and then press the knob to select the item.

Adjusting the settings Turn the [TUNE] knob to adjust the value, and then press the knob to save changes. Turn the [TUNE] knob to the right to increase the value and turn the [TUNE] knob to the left to decrease the value.

6-17 Infotainment System

5$',2 Turning on the radio - Equaliser: Adjust the output 1. On the control panel, press the level for each sound tone mode. [RADIO] / [AUDIO] button. - Sound Experience: Select the 2. When the mode selection window location where sound is focused displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to in the vehicle between the driv- select the desired radio mode and er’s seat and all other seats. then press the knob. - Speed Dependent Vol.: Set the volume to be adjusted automati- cally according to your driving FM/AM Mode speed. (if equipped)

NOTICE • Depending on vehicle models or specifications, available options may vary. • Depending on the system or am- (1) Current radio mode plifier specifications applied to (2) Radio station information your vehicle, available options (3) Preset list may vary.

Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on • Mode Popup: Set to display mode the control panel to access the follow- selection window when the ing menu options: [RADIO] / [AUDIO] button is • Autostore: Save radio stations to pressed on the control panel. the preset list. • Lock Remote Controls: Even if • Scan: The system searches for ra- Bluetooth remote control applica- dio stations with strong radio sig- tion is connected, if Set Lock re- nals and plays each radio station mote controls is enabled. System for about five seconds. cannot be operated via smart phone application. • Sound Settings: You can change the settings related to sounds, • Date/Time: You can change the such as location where sound will date and time that are shown on be concentrated and the output the system display. level for each range. - Set Date: Set date to display on - Position: Select a location the system display. where sound will be concentrat- - Set Time: Set time to display on ed in the vehicle. Select Fader the system display. or Balance, turn the [TUNE] knob to select the desired posi- - Time Format: Select to display tion, and then press the knob. time in the 12 hour format or the To set sound to be centred in 24 hour format. the vehicle, select Centre.

6-18 06

- Display (Power Off): Set to dis- Scanning for available radio play the clock when the system stations power is off. You can listen to each radio station • Language: You can change the for a few seconds to test the recep- display language. tion and select the one you want. 1. From the radio screen, press the Changing the radio mode [MENU/CLOCK] button on the control panel. 1. On the control panel, press the [RADIO] / [AUDIO] button. 2. When the option selection window displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to 2. When the mode selection window select Scan, and then press the displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to knob. select the desired radio mode and then press the knob. • The system searches for radio stations with strong radio sig- • Each time you press the [MODE] nals and plays each radio sta- button on the steering wheel, tion for about five seconds. the radio mode switches to FM X AM in order. 3. When you find the radio station you want to listen to, press the [TUNE] knob. NOTICE • You can continue listening to When the Mode popup is not se- the selected station. lected in [MENU/CLOCK] X Mode Popup, press the [RADIO] / [AUDIO] button on the control pan- Searching for radio stations el to change the radio mode. To search for the previous or next Each time you press the [RADIO] / available radio station, press the [AUDIO] button on the control pan- [< SEEK] button / [TRACK >] button el, the radio mode switches to FM on the control panel. X AM in order. • You can also press and hold the [< SEEK] button / [TRACK >] but- ton to search for frequencies quick- ly. When you release the button, a radio station with a strong signal is selected automatically. If you know the exact frequency of the radio station you want to listen to, turn the [TUNE] knob on the control panel to change the frequency.

6-19 Infotainment System

Saving radio stations Listening to saved radio You can save your favourite radio stations stations and listen to them by select- FM/AM Mode ing them from the preset list. 1. Confirm the preset number for the radio station you want to listen to. Saving the current radio station • To view the next page of the While listening to the radio, press and preset list, press the [FAV] but- hold the desired number button on ton. the control panel. 2. On the control panel, press the de- • The radio station you are listening sired number button. to will be added to the selected • Alternatively, Push the Up/Down number. lever on the steering wheel to • To save the next page of the pre- change the station. set list, press the [FAV] button.

NOTICE • You can save up to 12 radio sta- tions in each mode. • If a station is already saved to the selected preset number, the station will be replaced by the station you are listening to.

Using the auto save function You can search for radio stations in your area where there is a strong sig- nal. The results of your search can be saved to the preset list automatically. 1. From the radio screen, press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on the control panel. 2. When the option selection window displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to select Autostore, and then press the knob.

6-20 06 0(',$3/$<(5 Using the media player • Do not connect a smartphone or You can play music stored in various an MP3 device to the system via media storage devices, such as USB multiple methods such as USB storage devices, smartphones. and Bluetooth simultaneously. Doing so may cause a distorted 1. Connect a device to the USB port noise or a system malfunction. in your vehicle. • When the equaliser function of • Playback may start immediately the connected device and Equal- depending on the device that iser settings of the system are you connect to the system. both activated, the effects may 2. On the control panel, press the interfere with each other and [MEDIA] / [AUDIO] button. may lead to sound degradation 3. When the mode selection window or distortion. Deactivate the de- displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to vice’s equaliser function if pos- select the desired mode and then sible. press the knob. * : if equipped

NOTICE Using the USB mode • To start the media player, press You can play media files stored in the [MEDIA] / [AUDIO] button on portable devices, such as USB stor- the control panel. age devices and MP3 players. Check • You can also change the mode compatible USB storage devices and by press the [MODE] button re- file specifications before using the peatedly on the steering wheel. USB mode. • Make sure to connect or discon- nect external USB devices with Connect your USB device to the USB the system power turned off. port in the vehicle. • When the Mode popup is not se- • Playback starts immediately. lected in [MENU/CLOCK] X Mode • Press the [MEDIA] / [AUDIO] but- Popup, press the [AUDIO] button ton on the control panel to display on the control panel to change the mode selection window, turn the media player. the [TUNE] knob to select USB Each time you press the [AUDIO] and then press the knob. button on the control panel, the media mode switches to USB X Bluetooth audio* in order. • Depending on vehicle models and specifications, available buttons or the appearance and layout of the USB port in your vehicle may vary.

6-21 Infotainment System

NOTICE • Depending on vehicle models or specifications, available options may vary. • Depending on the system or am- plifier specifications applied to (1) Current file number and total your vehicle, available options number of files may vary. (2) Playback time (3) Information about the song cur- • Song Information: Select infor- rently playing mation such as Folder/File or Art- ist/Title/Album to display when Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on playing MP3 files. the control panel to access the follow- • Mode Popup: Set to display ing menu options: mode selection window when • List: Access the file list. the [MEDIA] / [AUDIO] button is pressed on the control panel. • Folder List: Access the folder list. • Lock Remote Controls: Even if • Information: Display information Bluetooth remote control applica- about the song currently playing. tion is connected, if Set Lock re- • Sound Settings: You can change mote controls is enabled. System the settings related to sounds, cannot be operated via smart such as location where sound will phone application. be concentrated and the output • Date/Time: You can change the level for each range. date and time that are shown on - Position: Select a location the system display. where sound will be concentrat- ed in the vehicle. Select Fader -Set Date: Set date to display on or Balance, turn the [TUNE] the system display. knob to select the desired posi- - Set Time: Set time to display on tion, and then press the knob. the system display. To set sound to be centred in - Time Format: Select to display the vehicle, select Centre. time in the 12 hour format or the - Equaliser: Adjust the output 24 hour format. level for each sound tone mode. - Display (Power Off): Set to dis- - Sound Experience: Select the play the clock when the system location where sound is focused power is off. in the vehicle between the driv- er’s seat and all other seats. • Language: You can change the display language. - Speed Dependent Vol.: Set the volume to be adjusted automati- cally according to your driving speed. (if equipped)

6-22 06

Rewinding/Fast forwarding Playing repeatedly On the control panel, press and hold On the control panel, press the the [< SEEK] button / [TRACK >] but- [1 RPT] button. The repeat mode ton. changes each time you press it. The • You can also push and hold the corresponding mode will be dis- Up/down lever on the steering played on the screen. wheel. Playing in random order Restarting the current playback On the control panel, press the On the control panel, press the [2 SHFL] button. The shuffle mode is [< SEEK] button. activated or deactivated each time you press it. When you activate the • You can also push the Up lever on shuffle mode, the corresponding the steering wheel. mode icon will be displayed on the screen. Playing the previous or next song To play the previous song, press the NOTICE [< SEEK] button twice on the control panel. To play the next song, press Depending on the connected Blue- the [TRACK >] button on the control tooth device or mobile phone, RPT panel. & SHFL features may not be sup- ported. • You can also push the Up/down le- ver on the steering wheel. Searching folders NOTICE 1. On the control panel, press the [MENU/CLOCK] button. Press the [MENU] button on the 2. When the option selection window control panel to display the mode displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to selection window, turn the [TUNE] select the Folder List and then knob to find the desired song and press the knob. press the knob to play the file. 3. Navigate to the desired folder in the Folder List and then press the [TUNE] knob. • The first song in the selected folder will be played.

6-23 Infotainment System

i Information NOTICE • When connecting a USB storage • Start the engine of your vehicle be- device, do not use an extension fore connecting a USB device to cable. Connect it directly to the your system. Starting the engine USB port. If you use a USB hub with a USB device connected to the or an extension cable, the de- system may damage the USB device. vice may not be recognized. • Be careful of static electricity when • Fully insert a USB connector connecting or disconnecting a USB into the USB port. Failure to do device. A static discharge may cause so may cause a communication a system malfunction. error. • Be careful not to let your body or ex- • When you disconnect a USB ternal objects contact the USB port. storage device, a distorted noise Doing so may cause an accident or a may occur. system malfunction. • The system can play only files • Do not connect and disconnect a encoded in a standard format. USB connector repeatedly in a short • The following types of USB de- time. Doing so may cause an error in vices may not be recognised or the device or a system malfunction. work correctly: • Do not use a USB device for purpos- - Encrypted MP3 players es other than playing files. Using USB accessories for charging or - USB devices not recognised heating may cause poor perfor- as removable disks mance or a system malfunction. • A USB device may not be rec- ognised depending on its condi- tion. • Some USB devices may be in- compatible with your system. • Depending on the USB device’s type, capacity, or the format of files, USB recognition time may be longer. • Image and video playback are not supported.

6-24 06 %/8(7227+ǣ,)(48,33('Ǥ Connecting Bluetooth devices • If Bluetooth connection is not Bluetooth is a short-range wireless stable, follow these steps to try networking technology. Via Blue- again. tooth, you can connect nearby mobile 1. Deactivate Bluetooth and re- devices wirelessly to send and re- activate it on the device. Then, ceive data between connected devic- reconnect the device. es. This enables you to use your de- 2. Turn the device off and on. vices effectively. Then, reconnect it. To use Bluetooth, you must first con- 3. Remove the battery from the nect a Bluetooth-enabled device to device and reinstall it. Then, your system, such as a mobile phone turn the device on and recon- or an MP3 player. Ensure that the de- nect it. vice you want to connect supports Bluetooth. 4. Unregister the Bluetooth pair- ing on both the system and the device and then re-regis- WARNING ter and connect them. • The Bluetooth connection is un- Park your vehicle in a safe location available when the device’s before connecting Bluetooth de- Bluetooth functi on is turned off. vices. Distracted driving can cause Be sure to turn on the device’s a traffic accident and lead to per- Bluetooth function. sonal injury or death. Pairing devices with your system NOTICE For Bluetooth connections, first pair • On your system, you can use your device with your system to add only Bluetooth Handsfree and it to the system’s list of Bluetooth de- Audio features. Connect a mo- vices. You can register up to five de- bile device that supports both vices. features. 1. From the control panel, press the • Some Bluetooth devices may [PHONE] button, and then select cause malfunctions to the audio Phone Settings X Add New system or make interference noises. In this case, storing the Device. device in a different location • If you are pairing a device with may resolve the problem. your system for the first time, • Depending on the connected you can also press the Call/An- Bluetooth device or mobile swer button on the steering phone, some functions may not wheel. be supported. • If the system is not stable due to a vehicle-Bluetooth device com- munication error, delete the paired devices and connect the Bluetooth devices again.

6-25 Infotainment System

2. On the Bluetooth device you want • You can change the permission to connect, activate Bluetooth, settings via the mobile phone’s search for your vehicle’s system, Bluetooth settings menu. For and then select it. more information, refer to your • Check the system’s Bluetooth mobile phone’s user guide. name, which is displayed in the • To register a new device, repeat new registration pop-up window steps 1 to 3. on the system screen. • If you use the automatic Blue- tooth connection function, a call may be switched to the vehicle’s Handsfree when you are taking on the phone near the vehicle while the vehicle’s engine is on. If you do not want the system to connect with the device auto- 3. Enter or confirm the passkey to matically, deactivate Bluetooth confirm the connection. on your device. • If the passkey input screen is • When a device is connected to displayed on the Bluetooth de- the system via Bluetooth, the vice screen, enter the passkey device’s battery may discharge ‘0000’ which is displayed on the faster. system screen. • If the 6-digit passkey is dis- Connecting a paired device played on the Bluetooth device screen, ensure that the Blue- To use a Bluetooth device on your tooth passkey displayed on the system, connect the paired device to Bluetooth device is the same as the system. Your system can connect the passkey on the system with only one device at a time. screen and confirm the connec- 1. From the control panel, press the tion from the device. [PHONE] button, and then select Phone Settings X Paired Devices. NOTICE • If there is no connected device, press the Call/Answer button on • The screen image in this manual the steering wheel. is an example. Check your sys- 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the tem screen for the exact vehicle device to connect, and then press name and Bluetooth device the knob. name. • If another device is already con- • The default passkey is ‘0000’. nected to your system, discon- • It may take a while for the system nect it. Select the connected de- to connect with the device after vice to disconnect. you permit the system to access the device. When a connection is made, the Bluetooth status icon appears at the top of the screen.

6-26 06

NOTICE NOTICE • If a connection ends because a • When you delete a paired de- device is out of the connection vice, the Call history and Con- range or a device error occurs, tacts stored in the system are the connection will be restored also deleted. automatically when the device • To re-use a deleted device, you enters the connection range or must pair the device again. when the error is cleared. • Depending on auto connection priority, connection to a device Using a Bluetooth audio device may take time. You can listen to music stored in the connected Bluetooth audio device via your vehicle’s speakers. Disconnecting a device If you want to stop using a Bluetooth device or connect another device, 1. On the control panel, press the disconnect your currently connected [AUDIO] button. device. 2. When the mode selection window 1. From the control panel, press the displays, turn the [TUNE] knob to select Bluetooth audio and then [PHONE] button, and then select press the knob. Phone Settings X Paired Devices. 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select your currently connected device and then press the knob. 3. Press the [1 RPT] button to select Yes.

Deleting paired devices (1) Information about the song cur- rently playing If you no longer want a Bluetooth de- vice paired or if you want to connect a new device when the Bluetooth de- 1. Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button vice list is full, delete paired devices. on the control panel to access the 1. From the control panel, press the following a menu option. [PHONE] button, and then select 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select op- Phone Settings X Delete Devices. tion and then press the knob. 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the device to delete, and then press the knob. 3. Press the [1 RPT] button to select Yes.

6-27 Infotainment System

• Sound Settings: You can • Lock Remote Controls: Even if change the settings related to Bluetooth remote control appli- sounds, such as location where cation is connected, if Set Lock sound will be concentrated and remote controls is enabled. Sys- the output level for each range. tem cannot be operated via - Position: Select a location smart phone application. where sound will be concen- • Date/Time: You can change the trated in the vehicle. Select date and time that are shown on Fader or Balance, turn the the system display. [TUNE] knob to select the de- - Set Date: Set date to display sired position, and then press on the system display. the knob. To set sound to be centred in the vehicle, select - Set Time: Set time to display Centre. on the system display. - Equaliser: Adjust the output - Time Format: Select to dis- level for each sound tone play time in the 12 hour for- mode. mat or the 24 hour format. - Sound Experience: Select - Display (Power Off): Set to the location where sound is display the clock when the focused in the vehicle be- system power is off. tween the driver’s seat and all • Language: You can change the other seats. display language. - Speed Dependent Vol.: Set the volume to be adjusted au- Pausing/Resuming playback tomatically according to your To pause playback, press the [TUNE] driving speed. knob on the control panel. To resume playback, press the [TUNE] knob NOTICE again. • Depending on vehicle models or • You can also press the Mute but- specifications, available options ton on the steering wheel remote may vary. control. • Depending on the system or am- plifier specifications applied to Restarting the current playback your vehicle, available options On the control panel, press the may vary. [< SEEK] button. • You can also push the Up lever on • Mode Popup: Set to display the steering wheel. mode selection window when the [AUDIO] button is pressed on the control panel.

6-28 06

Playing the previous or next song NOTICE To play the previous song, press the • Depending on the connected [< SEEK] button twice on the control Bluetooth device, mobile phone, panel. To play the next song, press or the music player you are us- the [TRACK >] button on the control ing, playback controls may dif- panel. fer. • You can also push the Up/Down • Depending on the music player lever on the steering wheel. you are using, streaming may not be supported. NOTICE • Depending on the connected Bluetooth device or mobile Depending on the connected Blue- phone, some functions may not tooth device or mobile phone, be supported. playing the previous/next song • If a Bluetooth enabled phone is may not be supported. being used to play music and it receives or makes a phone call, Playing repeatedly the music will stop. On the control panel, press the • Receiving an incoming call or [1 RPT] button. The repeat mode making an outgoing call while changes each time you press it. The playing Bluetooth audio may re- corresponding mode icon will be dis- sult in audio interference. played on the screen. • If you use the Bluetooth phone mode while using Bluetooth au- Playing in random order dio, playback may not automati- cally resume after you end the On the control panel, press the call depending on the connect- [2 SHFL] button. The shuffle mode is ed mobile phone. activated or deactivated each time you press it. When you activate the • Moving the track up/down while shuffle mode, the corresponding playing Bluetooth audio mode mode icon will be displayed on the may result in pop noises with screen. some mobile phones. • The Rewinding/Fast forwarding function is not supported in the NOTICE Bluetooth audio mode. Depending on the connected Blue- • The playlist feature is not sup- tooth device or mobile phone, RPT ported in the Bluetooth audio & SHFL features may not be sup- mode. ported. • If the Bluetooth device is discon- nected, Bluetooth audio mode will end.

6-29 Infotainment System

Using a Bluetooth phone • Call quality may be degraded in You can use Bluetooth to talk on the the following environments: phone hands free. View call informa- - The reception of the mobile tion on the system screen, and make phone is poor. or receive calls safely and conve- - The inside of the vehicle is niently via the vehicle’s built-in micro- noisy. phone and speakers. - The mobile phone is placed near metallic objects, such as WARNING a beverage can. • Depending on the connected • Park your vehicle in a safe loca- mobile phone, the volume and tion before connecting Blue- sound quality of the Bluetooth tooth devices. Distracted driv- Handsfree may vary. ing can cause a traffic accident and lead to personal injury or death. Making a call • Never dial a phone number or If your mobile phone is connected to pick up your mobile phone while the system, you can make a call by driving. Use of a mobile phone selecting a name from your call histo- may distract your attention, ry or contacts list. making it difficult to recognize 1. On the control panel, press the external conditions and reduc- [PHONE] button. ing the ability to cope with unex- • Alternatively, press the Call/ pected situations, which may Answer button on the steering lead to an accident. If necessary, wheel. use the Bluetooth Handsfree feature to make calls and keep 2. Select a phone number. the call as short as possible. • To select a phone number from your favourites list, select Favourites. NOTICE • To select a phone number from • You cannot access the Phone your call history, select Call screen if there is no connected history. mobile phone. To use the Blue- • To select a phone number from tooth phone function, connect a your contacts list that download- mobile phone to the system. ed from the connected mobile • The Bluetooth Handsfree func- phone, select Contacts. tion may not work when you are 3. To end the call, press the [2 SHFL] passing out of the cellular ser- button on the control panel. vice coverage area, such as when you are in a tunnel, under- • Alternatively, press the Call end ground, or in a mountainous button on the steering wheel. area.

6-30 06

Registering the favourites list NOTICE You can more easily use Bluetooth to • You can register up to 20 favou- talk on the phone hands-free by reg- rites for each device. istering phone numbers as your fa- • You must first download the vourites. contacts to the system to regis- 1. On the Phone screen, turn the ter favourites. [TUNE] knob on the control panel • The favourites list saved on the to select Favourites and press the mobile phone is not download- knob. ed to the system. 2. Select [MENU/CLOCK] X Add • Even if the contact information New Favourites. on the mobile phone is edited, 3. Press the [1 RPT] button, and se- the favourites on the system are lect the desired phone number. not automatically edited. Delete and add the item to favourites again. Using the favourites list • When you connect a new mobile 1. From the Phone screen, turn the phone, your favourites set for [TUNE] knob on the control panel the previous mobile phone will to select Favourites, and then not be displayed, but they will press the knob. remain in your system until you 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the delete the previous phone from desired contact, and then press the device list. the knob to make a phone call. Using your call history 1. From the Phone screen, turn the [TUNE] knob on the control panel to select Call history, and then press the knob. 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on desired entry, and then press the the control panel to access the follow- knob to make a phone call. ing menu options: • Add New Favourites: Add a fre- quently used phone number to fa- vourites. • Delete Items: Delete a selected favourites item. • Delete All: Delete all favourites Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on items. the control panel to access the follow- ing menu options:

6-31 Infotainment System

• Download: Download your call Using the contacts list history. 1. From the Phone screen, turn the • All Calls: View all call records. [TUNE] knob on the control panel • Dialled Calls: View only dialled to select Contacts, and then press calls. the knob. • Received Calls: View only re- 2. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the ceived calls. desired group of alphanumeric characters, and then press the • Missed Calls: View only missed knob. calls. 3. Turn the [TUNE] knob to select the desired contact, and then press NOTICE the knob to make a phone call. • Some mobile phones may not support the download function. • The call history is accessed only after downloading the call histo- ry when the mobile phone is connected to the system. • Calls from restricted IDs are not Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on saved on the call history list. the control panel to access the follow- • Up to 50 call records will be ing a menu option: downloaded per individual list. • Download: Download your mobile • Call duration and time informa- phone contacts. tion will not be displayed on the system screen. • Permission is required to down- NOTICE load your call history from the • Contacts can be viewed only mobile phone. When you at- when the Bluetooth device is tempt to download data, you connected. may need to permit the down- • Only contacts in the supported load on the mobile phone. If the format can be downloaded and download fails, check the mo- displayed from the Bluetooth bile phone screen for any notifi- device. Contacts from some ap- cation or the mobile phone’s plications will not be included. permission setting. • Up to 2,000 contacts can be • When you download your call downloaded from your device. history, any old data will be de- • Some mobile phones may not leted. support the download function.

6-32 06

• Depending on the system’s Answering calls specifications, some of the When a call comes in, a notification downloaded contacts may be pop-up window of the incoming call lost. appears on the system screen. • Contacts stored both in the phone and in the SIM card are downloaded. With some mobile phones, contacts in the SIM card may not be downloaded. • Special characters and figures used in the contact name may not be displayed properly. To answer the call, press the [1 RPT] • Permission is required to down- button on the control panel. load contacts from the mobile • Alternatively, press the Call/ phone. When you attempt to Answer button on the steering download data, you may need to wheel. permit the download on the mo- bile phone. If the download fails, To reject the call, press the [2 SHFL] check the mobile phone screen button on the control panel. for any notification or the mobile phone’s permission setting. • Alternatively, press the Call end button on the steering wheel. • Depending on the mobile phone type or status, downloading may take longer. NOTICE • When you download your con- • Depending on the mobile phone tacts, any old data will be deleted. type, call rejection may not be • You cannot edit or delete your supported. contacts on the system. • Once your mobile phone is con- • When you connect a new mobile nected to the system, the call phone, your contacts download- sound may be output through ed from the previous mobile the vehicle’s speakers even af- phone will not be displayed, but ter you exit the vehicle if the they will remain in your system phone is within the connection until you delete the previous range. To end the connection, phone from the device list. disconnect the device from the system or deactivate Bluetooth on the device.

6-33 Infotainment System

Using options during a call NOTICE During a call, you will see the call • If the caller information is saved screen shown below. Press a button in your contacts list, the caller’s to perform the function you want. name and phone number will be displayed. If the caller informa- tion is not saved in your con- tacts list, only the caller’s phone number will be displayed. • You cannot switch to any other screen, such as the audio screen or the settings screen, during a To switch the call to your mobile Bluetooth call. phone, press the [1 RPT] button on • Depending on the mobile phone the control panel. type, call quality may vary. On • Alternatively, press and hold the some phones, your voice may be Call/Answer button on the steering less audible to the other party. wheel. • Depending on the mobile phone type, the phone number may not To end the call, press the [2 SHFL] be displayed. button on the control panel. • Depending on the mobile phone • Alternatively, press the Call end type, the call switching function button on the steering wheel. may not be supported.

Press the [MENU/CLOCK] button on the control panel to access the follow- ing a menu option: • Microphone Volume: Adjust the microphone volume or turn off the microphone so the other party can- not hear you.

6-34 06 6<67(067$786,&216 Status icons appear at the top of the Signal strength screen to display the current system status. Icon Description Familiarise yourself with the status Signal strength of the mobile phone icons that appear when you perform connected via Bluetooth certain actions or functions and their meanings. NOTICE • The battery level displayed on the screen may differ from the battery level displayed on the connected device. • The signal strength displayed on the screen may differ from the signal strength displayed on the connected mobile phone. Bluetooth • Depending on vehicle models Icon Description and specifications, some status Battery level of connected icons may not be displayed. Bluetooth device Mobile phone or audio device con- nected via Bluetooth

Bluetooth call in progress

Microphone turned off during Blue- tooth call Downloading call history from a mo- bile phone connected via Bluetooth to the system Downloading contacts from a mo- bile phone connected via Bluetooth to the system Displayed when Bluetooth remote control is connected via smartphone applications

6-35 Infotainment System

$8',26<67(063(&,),&$7,216 USB NOTICE Supported audio formats • Files that are not in a supported • Audio file specification format may not be recognised or played, or information about - WAVeform audio format them, such as the file name, may - MPEG1/2/2.5 Audio Layer3 not be displayed properly. -Windows Media Audio Ver • Only files with .mp3/.wma/.wav 7.X/8.X extensions can be recognised • Bit rates by the system. If the file is not in - MPEG1 (Layer3): supported format, change the 32/40/48/56/64/80/96/112/128/ file format by using the latest 160/192/224/256/320 kbps encoding software. -MPEG2 (Layer3): • The device will not support files 8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/ locked by DRM (Digital Rights 112/128/144/160 kbps Management). -MPEG2.5 (Layer3): • For MP3/WMA compression files 8/16/24/32/40/48/56/64/80/96/ and WAV file, differences in 112/128/144/160 kbps sound quality will occur depend- ing on the bitrate. (Music files -WMA (High Range): with a higher bitrate have a bet- 48/64/80/96/128/160/192 kbps ter sound quality.) • Bits Per Sample • Japanese or Simplified Chinese - WAV (PCM(Stereo)): 24 bit characters in folder or file names - WAV (IMA ADPCM): 4 bit may not be displayed properly. - WAV (MS ADPCM): 4 bit • Sampling frequency Supported USB storage devices - MPEG1: 44100/48000/32000 Hz • Byte/Sector: 64 kbyte or less - MPEG2: 22050/24000/16000 Hz • Format system: FAT12/16/32 (rec- - MPEG2.5: 11025/12000/8000 Hz ommended), exFAT/NTFS - WMA: 32000/44100/48000 Hz - WAV: 44100/48000 Hz • Maximum length of folder/file names (Based on Unicode): 40 English or Korean characters • Supported characters for folder/file names (Unicode support): 2,604 Korean characters, 94 alphanu- meric characters, 4,888 Chinese characters in common use, 986 special characters • Maximum number of folders: 1,000 • Maximum number of files: 5,000

6-36 06 75$'(0$5.6 NOTICE Other trademarks and trade names • Operation is guaranteed only for are those of their respective owners. a metal cover type USB storage device with a plug type connec- • The Bluetooth® word mark and lo- tor. gos are registered trademarks - USB storage devices with a owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and plastic plug may not be rec- any use of such marks by HYUND- ognised. AI is under licence. - USB storage devices in mem- ory card types, such as CF card or SD cards, may not be recognised. • USB hard disk drives may not be recognised. • When you use a large capacity USB storage device with multi- ple logical drives, only files stored on the first drive will be recognised. • If an application program is loaded on a USB storage device, the corresponding media files may not play. • Use USB 2.0 devices for better compatibility.

Bluetooth • Aerial power: Max 3 mW

6-37 7. Driving your vehicle

Before driving ...... 7-4 Before entering the vehicle ...... 7-4 Before starting ...... 7-4 Ignition switch...... 7-5 Key ignition switch ...... 7-5 Engine Start/Stop button ...... 7-10 Manual transmission ...... 7-21 Manual transmission operation ...... 7-21 Good driving practices ...... 7-23 Intelligent Manual Transmission ...... 7-24 Intelligent Manual Transmission operation ...... 7-25 Dual clutch transmission ...... 7-28 Dual clutch transmission operation ...... 7-29 LCD display for warning message ...... 7-30 Parking ...... 7-33 Good driving practices ...... 7-34 7 Braking system ...... 7-36 Power brakes ...... 7-36 Disc brakes wear indicator ...... 7-36 Rear drum brakes ...... 7-37 Parking brake ...... 7-37 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ...... 7-39 Electronic Stability Control (ESC)...... 7-40 Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) ...... 7-43 Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ...... 7-44 Good braking practices ...... 7-45 ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system ...... 7-46 To activate the ISG system ...... 7-46 To deactivate the ISG system ...... 7-49 ISG system malfunction ...... 7-49 The battery sensor deactivation ...... 7-50 ...... 7-51 Cruise Control operation ...... 7-51 Special driving conditions ...... 7-57 Hazardous driving conditions...... 7-57 Rocking the vehicle ...... 7-57 Smooth cornering ...... 7-58 Driving at night ...... 7-58 Driving in the rain ...... 7-58 Driving in flooded areas ...... 7-59 Winter driving ...... 7-60 Snow or icy conditions ...... 7-60 Winter precautions ...... 7-62 Vehicle weight ...... 7-64 Overloading ...... 7-64 7 07

WARNING Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause uncon- sciousness and death. Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.

Do not inhale engine exhaust. If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death by as- phyxiation.

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak. The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, we recommend that the exhaust system be checked as soon as possi- ble by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not run the engine in an enclosed area. Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine only long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage.

Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehi- cle. If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle , be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at “Fresh” and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

Keep the air intakes clear. To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshield clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.

If you must drive with the tailgate open: Close all windows. Open instrument panel air vents. Set the air intake control at “Fresh”, the air flow control at “Floor” or “Face”, and the fan control set to high.

7-3 Driving your vehicle

BEFORE DRIVING Before entering the vehicle For more information, refer to • Be sure all windows, outside mir- “Seat Belts” in chapter 2. ror(s), and outside lights are clean • Always drive defensively. As- and unobstructed. sume other drivers or pedestri- • Remove frost, snow, or ice. ans may be careless and make mistakes. • Visually check the tires for uneven wear and damage. • Stay focused on the task of driv- ing. Driver distraction can cause • Check under the vehicle for any accidents. sign of leaks. • Leave plenty of space between • Be sure there are no obstacles be- you and the vehicle in front of hind you if you intend to back up. you.

Before starting WARNING • Make sure the hood, the tailgate, and the doors are securely closed NEVER drink or take drugs and and locked. drive. • Adjust the position of the seat and Drinking or taking drugs and driv- steering wheel. ing is dangerous and may result in • Adjust the inside and outside rear- an accident and SERIOUS INJURY view mirrors. or DEATH. • Verify all the lights work. Drunk driving is the number one contributor to the highway death • Fasten your seatbelt. Check that toll each year. Even a small amount all passengers have fastened their of alcohol will affect your reflexes, seatbelts. perceptions and judgment. Just • Check the gauges and indicators one drink can reduce your ability in the instrument panel and the to respond to changing conditions messages on the instrument dis- and emergencies and your reac- play when the ignition switch is in tion time gets worse with each ad- the ON position. ditional drink. • Check that any items you are car- Driving while under the influence rying are stored properly or fas- of drugs is as dangerous or more tened down securely. dangerous than driving under the influence of alcohol. WARNING You are much more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or To reduce the risk of SERIOUS IN- take drugs and drive. If you are JURY or DEATH, take the following drinking or taking drugs, don’t precautions: drive. Do not ride with a driver who • ALWAYS wear your seat belt. All has been drinking or taking drugs. passengers must be properly Choose a designated driver or call belted whenever the vehicle is a taxi. moving.

7-4 07 IGNITION SWITCH WARNING Key ignition switch (if equipped) To reduce the risk of SERIOUS IN- JURY or DEATH, take the following precautions: • NEVER allow children or any person who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch the ignition switch or related parts. Unex- pected and sudden vehicle movement can occur. • NEVER reach through the steer- ing wheel for the ignition switch, OIB054010 or any other control, while the vehicle is in motion. The pres- ence of your hand or arm in this WARNING area may cause a loss of vehicle • NEVER turn the ignition switch control resulting in an accident. to the LOCK or ACC position while the vehicle is in motion ex- cept in an emergency. This will result in the engine turning off and loss of power assist for the steering and brake systems. This may lead to loss of direc- tional control and braking func- tion, which could cause an acci- dent. • Before leaving the driver’s seat, always make sure the shift lever is in 1st gear (for manual trans- mission vehicle) or P (Park) po- sition (for dual clutch transmis- sion vehicle), apply the parking brake, and turn ignition switch to the LOCK position. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed.

7-5 Driving your vehicle

Key ignition switch positions

Switch Action Notice Position The steering wheel locks to pro- The ignition key can be removed tect the vehicle from theft. LOCK in the LOCK position. (if equipped) The steering wheel unlocks. If difficulty is experienced turning Electrical accessories are us- the ignition switch to the ACC ACC able. position, turn the key while turn- ing the steering wheel right and left to release tension. This is the normal key position when the engine has started. Do not leave the ignition switch All features and accessories are in the ON position when the en- ON usable. gine is not running to prevent The warning lights can be the battery from discharging. checked when you turn the igni- tion switch from ACC to ON. To start the engine, turn the igni- tion switch to the START posi- The engine will crank until you START tion. release the key. The switch returns to the ON po- sition when you let go of the key.

7-6 07

Starting the engine Vehicle with dual clutch transmission : 1. Make sure the parking brake is ap- WARNING plied. • Always wear appropriate shoes 2. Make sure the shift lever is in P when operating your vehicle. (Park). Unsuitable shoes, such as high 3. Depress the brake pedal. heels, ski boots, sandals, flip- 4. Turn the ignition switch to the flops, etc., may interfere with START position. Hold the key your ability to use the brake, ac- (maximum of 10 seconds) until the celerator and clutch pedals. engine starts and release it. • Do not start the vehicle with the accelerator pedal depressed. Vehicle with Intelligent Manual Trans- The vehicle can move and lead mission : to an accident. 1. Make sure the parking brake is ap- • Wait until the engine rpm is nor- plied. mal. The vehicle may suddenly move if the brake padel is re- 2. Depress the brake pedal fully and leased when the rpm is high. shift the transmission into Neutral. 3. Keep the brake pedal depressed while turning the ignition switch to Starting the petrol engine the start position. Vehicle with manual transmission : If you turn the ignition switch to the 1. Make sure the parking brake is ap- start position without depressing plied. the brake pedal, the engine will not 2. Make sure the shift lever is in neu- start, and it will be displayed on the tral. cluster as in the following pop-up. 3. Depress the clutch and brake ped- als. 4. Turn the ignition switch to the START position. Hold the key (maximum of 10 seconds) until the engine starts and release it.

OQXI040332

7-7 Driving your vehicle

When the shift lever is not placed Starting the petrol engine in N (Neutral), the following popup To start the diesel engine when the will be displayed on the cluster. engine is cold, it has to be pre-heated before starting the engine and then have to be warmed up before starting to drive. Vehicle with manual transmission : 1. Make sure the parking brake is ap- plied. 2. Make sure the shift lever is in neu- tral. 3. Depress the clutch and brake ped- OQXI040331 als. 4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON Information position to pre-heat the engine. i The glow indicator light ( ) w ill • Do not wait for the engine to warm illuminate. up while the vehicle remains sta- 5. When the glow indicator light ( ) tionary. goes out, turn the key ignition Start driving at moderate engine switch to the START position. Hold speeds. (Steep accelerating and de- the key (maximum of 10 seconds) celerating should be avoided.) until the engine starts and release • Always start the vehicle with your it. foot on the brake pedal. Do not de- press the accelerator while starting Vehicle with dual clutch transmission: the vehicle. Do not race the engine 1. Make sure the parking brake is ap- while warming it up. plied. 2. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park). 3. Depress the brake pedal. 4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position to pre-heat the engine. The glow indicator light ( ) will illuminate. 5. When the glow indicator light ( ) goes out, turn the key ignition switch to the START position. Hold the key (maximum of 10 seconds) until the engine starts and release it.

7-8 07

i Information NOTICE If the engine does not start within 10 To prevent damage to the vehicle: seconds after preheating is completed, • Do not hold the ignition key in turn the ignition switch once more to the START position for more the LOCK position and wait for 10 sec- than 10 seconds. Wait 5 to 10 onds. Then turn the ignition switch to seconds before trying again. the ON position in order to preheat the • Do not turn the ignition switch engine again. to the START position with the engine running. It may damage Starting and stopping the engine for the starter. turbocharger intercooler • If traffic and road conditions 1. Do not race or accelerate the en- permit, you may put the shift le- gine immediately after starting the ver in the N (Neutral) position engine. while the vehicle is still moving and turn the ignition switch to If the engine is cold, idle for several the START position in an at- seconds before sufficient lubrica- tempt to restart the engine. tion is ensured in the turbo charger unit. • Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine. 2. After high speed or extended driv- ing that requires heavy engine load, idle the engine about one minute before turning the engine off. This idle time will allow the turbo- charger to cool prior to shutting the engine off.

NOTICE Do not turn off the engine immedi- ately after it has been subjected to a heavy load. Doing so may cause severe damage to the engine or tu rbo charger unit.

7-9 Driving your vehicle

Engine Start/Stop button WARNING (if equipped) • NEVER press the Engine Start/ Stop button while the vehicle is in motion except in an emergen- cy. This will result in the engine turning off and loss of power as- sist for the steering and brake systems. This may lead to loss of direc- tional control and braking func- tion, which could cause an acci- OQXI059001 dent. Whenever the front door is opened, • Before leaving the driver’s seat, the Engine Start/Stop button will illu- always make sure the shift lever minate and will go off 30 seconds af- is in neutral, set the parking ter the door is closed. brake, press the Engine Start/ Stop button to the OFF position, and take the Smart Key with you. WARNING Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions To reduce risk of serious injury or are not followed. death, NEVER allow children or any person who is unfamiliar with • NEVER reach through the steer- the vehicle to touch the Engine ing wheel for the Engine Start/ Start/Stop button or related parts. Stop button or any other control Unexpected and sudden vehicle while the vehicle is in motion. movement can occur. The presence of your hand or arm in this area may cause a loss of vehicle control resulting WARNING in an accident. To turn the engine off in an emer- gency: Press and hold the Engine Start/ Stop button for more than two sec- onds OR Rapidly press and release the Engine Start/Stop button three times (within three seconds). If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the engine without de- pressing the brake pedal by press- ing the Engine Start/Stop button with the shift lever in the N (Neu- tral) position.

7-10 07

Engine Stop/Start button positions - Vehicle with manual transmission Button Position Action Notice OFF • To turn off the engine, stop If the steering wheel is not the vehicle and then press locked properly when you open the Engine Start/Stop button. the driver’s door, the warning • The steering wheel locks to chime will sound. protect the vehicle from theft.

ACC • Press the Engine Start/Stop • If you leave the Engine Start/ button when the button is in Stop button in the ACC posi- the OFF position without de- tion for more than one hour, pressing the clutch pedal. the battery power will turn off • Electrical accessories are automatically to prevent the usable. battery from discharging. • The steering wheel unlocks. • If the steering wheel doesn’t unlock properly, the Engine Start/Stop button will not work. Press the Engine Start/ Stop button while turning the steering wheel right and left to release tension.

7-11 Driving your vehicle

- Vehicle with manual transmission Button Position Action Notice ON • Press the Engine Start/Stop Do not leave the Engine Start/ button while it is in the ACC Stop button in the ON position position without depressing when the engine is not running the clutch pedal. to prevent the battery from dis- charging. • The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started.

START To start the engine, depress If you press the Engine Start/ the clutch and brake pedals Stop button without depressing and press the Engine Start/ the clutch pedal, the engine Stop button with the shift lever does not start and the Engine in neutral. Start/Stop button changes as follows: OFF o ACC o ON o OFF

7-12 07

Engine Stop/Start button positions - Vehicle with Intelligent Manual Transmission (iMT) Button Position Action Notice OFF • To turn off the engine, stop If the steering wheel is not the vehicle and then press locked properly when you open the Engine Start/Stop button. the driver’s door, the warning • The steering wheel locks to chime will sound. protect the vehicle from theft.

ACC • Press the Engine Start/Stop • If you leave the Engine Start/ button when the button is in Stop button in the ACC posi- the OFF position without de- tion for more than one hour, pressing the brake pedal. the battery power will turn off • Electrical accessories are automatically to prevent the usable. battery from discharging. • The steering wheel unlocks. • If the steering wheel doesn’t unlock properly, the Engine Start/Stop button will not work. Press the Engine Start/ Stop button while turning the steering wheel right and left to release tension.

7-13 Driving your vehicle

- Vehicle with Intelligent Manual Transmission (iMT) Button Position Action Notice ON • Press the Engine Start/Stop Do not leave the Engine Start/ button while it is in the ACC Stop button in the ON position position without depressing when the engine is not running the brake pedal. to prevent the battery from dis- charging. • The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started.

START To start the engine, depress If you press the Engine Start/ the brake pedal and press the Stop button without depressing Engine Start/ Stop button with the brake pedal, the engine the shift lever in neutral. does not start and the Engine Start/Stop button changes as follows: OFF o ACC o ON o OFF

7-14 07

Engine Stop/Start button positions - Vehicle with dual clutch transmission Button Position Action Notice OFF To turn off the engine, press If the steering wheel is not the Engine Start/Stop button locked properly when you open with shift lever in P (Park). the driver’s door, the warning When you press the Engine chime will sound. Start/Stop button without the shift lever in P (Park), the En- gine Start/Stop button does not turn to the OFF position, but turns to the ACC position. The steering wheel locks to protect the vehicle from theft.

ACC Press the Engine Start/Stop • If you leave the Engine Start/ button when the button is in the Stop button in the ACC posi- OFF position without depress- tion for more than one hour, ing the brake pedal. the battery power will turn off Electrical accessories are us- automatically to prevent the able. battery from discharging. The steering wheel unlocks. • If the steering wheel doesn’t unlock properly, the Engine Start/Stop button will not work. Press the Engine Start/ Stop button while turning the steering wheel right and left to release tension.

7-15 Driving your vehicle

- Vehicle with dual clutch transmission Button Position Action Notice ON Press the Engine Start/Stop Do not leave the Engine Start/ button while it is in the ACC po- Stop button in the ON position sition without depressing the when the engine is not running brake pedal. to prevent the battery from dis- The warning lights can be charging. checked before the engine is started.

START To start the engine, depress If you press the Engine Start/ the brake pedal and press the Stop button without depressing Engine Start/Stop button with the brake pedal, the engine the shift lever in the P (Park) or does not start and the Engine in the N (Neutral) position. Start/Stop button changes as For your safety, start the en- follows: gine with the shift lever in the P OFF o ACC o ON o OFF or (Park) position. ACC

7-16 07

Starting the engine Starting the petrol engine Vehicle with manual transmission : WARNING 1. Always carry the smart key with you. • Always wear appropriate shoes 2. Make sure the parking brake is ap- when operating your vehicle. plied. Unsuitable shoes, such as high heels, ski boots, sandals, flip- 3. Make sure the shift lever is in neu- flops, etc., may interfere with tral. your ability to use the brake, ac- 4. Depress the clutch and brake ped- celerator and clutch pedals. als. • Do not start the vehicle with the 5. Press the Engine Start/Stop but- accelerator pedal depressed. ton. The vehicle can move and lead to an accident. Vehicle with Intelligent Manual Trans- • Wait until the engine rpm is nor- mission : mal. The vehicle may suddenly 1. Make sure the parking brake is ap- move if the brake pedal is re- plied. leased when the rpm is high. 2. Depress brake pedal fully and shift the transmission into Neutral.

i Information 3. Keep the brake pedal depressed while pressing the ENGINE • The engine will start by pressing the START/STOP button to the START Engine Start/Stop button, only position. when the smart key is in the vehicle. If you press the ENGINE START/ • Even if the smart key is in the vehi- STOP button to the START posi- cle, if it is far away from the driver, tion without depressing the brake the engine may not start. pedal, the engine will not start, and • When the Engine Start/Stop button it will be displayed on the cluster as is in the ACC or ON position, if any in the following pop-up. door is open, the system checks for the smart key. If the smart key is not in the vehicle, the “ ” indicator will blink and the w a r n i n g “Key not in vehicle” will come on, and if all doors are closed, the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds. The indicator will turn off while the vehicle is moving. Keep the smart key in the vehicle when using the ACC position or if the vehicle en- gine is ON. OQXI040332

7-17 Driving your vehicle

When the shift lever is not placed in N • When you start to drive, move the (Neutral), the following popup will be shift lever after checking the RP- displayed on the cluster. M(revolutions per minute) is in the proper range (under 1000 rpm) by depressing the clutch pedal and brake pedal. After releasing the parking brake, take your foot off the clutch and de- press the accelerator slowly while starting your vehicle.

Starting the diesel engine

OQXI040331 To start the diesel engine when the engine is cold, it has to be pre-heated before starting the engine and then Vehicle with dual clutch transmission : have to be warmed up before starting 1. Always carry the smart key with to drive. you. Vehicle with manual transmission : 2. Make sure the parking brake is ap- 1. Always carry the smart key with plied. you. 3. Make sure the shift lever is in P 2. Make sure the parking brake is ap- (Park). plied. 4. Depress the brake pedal. 3. Make sure the shift lever is in neu- 5 Press the Engine Start/Stop but- tral. ton. 4. Depress the clutch and brake ped- als. Information 5. Press the Engine Start/Stop but- i ton. • Do not wait for the engine to warm 6. Continue depressing the brake up while the vehicle remains sta- pedal until the glow indicator light tionary. ( ) goes out. Start driving at moderate engine 7. When the glow indicator light ( ) speeds. (Steep accelerating and de- goes out, the engine will start. celerating should be avoided.) When you start to drive, move the • Always start the vehicle with your shift lever after checking the RP- foot on the brake pedal. Do not de- M(revolutions per minute) is in the press the accelerator while starting proper range (under 1000 rpm) by the vehicle. Do not race the engine depressing the clutch pedal and while warming it up. brake pedal. After releasing the parking brake, take your foot off the clutch and de- press the accelerator slowly while starting your vehicle.

7-18 07

Vehicle with dual clutch transmission: i Information 1. Always carry the smart key with you. If the Engine Start/Stop button is 2. Make sure the parking brake is ap- pressed while the engine is pre-heating, plied. the engine may start. 3. Make sure the shift lever is in P (Park). Starting and stopping the engine for 4. Depress the brake pedal. turbocharger intercooler 5. Press the Engine Start/Stop but- 1. Do not race or accelerate the en- ton. gine immediately after starting the engine. 6. Continue depressing the brake pedal until the glow indicator light If the engine is cold, idle for several ( ) goes out. seconds before sufficient lubrica- tion is ensured in the turbo charger 7. When the glow indicator light ( ) unit. goes out, the engine will start. 2. After high speed or extended driv- When you start to drive, move the ing that requires heavy engine shift lever after checking the RP- load, idle the engine about one M(revolutions per minute) is in the minute before turning the engine proper range (under 1000 rpm) by off. This idle time will allow the tur- depressing the clutch pedal and bocharger to cool prior to shutting brake pedal. the engine off. After releasing the parking brake, take your foot off the clutch and de- press the accelerator slowly while NOTICE starting your vehicle. Do not turn off the engine immedi- ately after it has been subjected to a heavy load. Doing so may cause severe damage to the engine or turbo charger unit.

7-19 Driving your vehicle

NOTICE To prevent damage to the vehicle: • If the engine stalls while you are in motion, do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P (Park) position. If traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the shift le- ver in the N (Neutral) position while the vehicle is still moving OQXI059002 and press the Engine Start/Stop i Information button in an attempt to restart the engine. If the smart key battery is weak or the • Do not push or tow your vehicle smart key does not work correctly, you to start the engine. can start the engine by pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the smart key in the direction of the pic- NOTICE ture above. To prevent damage to the vehicle: When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you can’t start the engine normal- ly. Replace the fuse with a new one. If you are not able to replace the fuse, you can start the engine by pressing and holding the En- gine Start/Stop button for 10 sec- onds with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC position. Do not press the Engine Start/Stop button for more than 10 seconds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown. For your safety always depress the brake and/or clutch pedal before starting the engine.

7-20 07 0$18$/75$160,66,21ǣ,)(48,33('Ǥ „ Type A Manual transmission operation The manual transmission has 5 (or 6) forward gears. The transmission is fully synchronized in all forward gears so shifting to either a higher or a low- er gear is easily accomplished.

WARNING

OQXI059003 Before leaving the driver’s seat, al- ways make sure the shift lever is in „ Type B 1st gear when the vehicle is parked on a uphill and in R (Reverse) on a downhill, set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not fol- lowed.

OQXI059004 To shift to R (Reverse), make sure the vehicle has completely stopped, The shift lever can be moved and then move the shift lever to neu- without pressing the button (1). tral before moving into R (Reverse). The button (1) must be pressed while moving the shift lever to R When you’ve come to a complete (Reverse). stop and it’s hard to shift into 1st gear or R (Reverse): 1. Put the shift lever in neutral and re- lease the clutch pedal. 2. Depress the clutch pedal, and then shift into first or R (Reverse) gear.

i Information During cold weather, shifting may be difficult until the transmission lubri- cant has warmed up.

7-21 Driving your vehicle

Using the clutch (if equipped) Downshifting The clutch pedal should be depressed Downshift when you must slow down all the way to the floor before: in heavy traffic or drive up a steep hill - Starting the engine to prevent engine load. The engine will not start without Also, downshifting reduces the depressing the clutch pedal. chance of stalling and can accelerate when you need to increase your - Shifting speed again. - To start your vehicle, slowly re- When the vehicle is going downhill, lease the clutch pedal and depress downshifting helps maintain safe the accelerator. speed by providing brake power from the engine and enables less wear on When releasing the clutch pedal, re- the brakes. lease it slowly. The clutch pedal should always be released while driv- ing. NOTICE To prevent damage to the engine, clutch and transmission : NOTICE • When downshifting from 5th To prevent unnecessary wear or gear to 4th gear, be careful not damage to the clutch: to inadvertently push the shift • Do not rest your foot on the lever sideways engaging the clutch pedal while driving. 2nd gear. A drastic downshift • Do not hold the vehicle with the may cause the engine speed to clutch on an incline, while wait- increase to the point the ta- ing for the traffic light, etc. chometer will enter the red-zone. • Always depress the clutch pedal • Do not downshift more than two down fully to prevent noise or gear at a time or downshift the damage. gear when the engine is running at high speed (5,000 RPM or • Do not start with the 2nd (sec- higher). Such a downshifting ond) gear engaged except when may damage the engine, clutch you start on a slippery road. and the transmission. • Depress the clutch pedal all the way and be careful not to de- press the pedal again before re- turning to the upright position after you release the pedal. If you depress the pedal before re- turning to the original position repeatedly, it may cause the clutch system failure.

7-22 07

Good driving practices WARNING • Never take the vehicle out of gear and coast down a hill. This is ex- To reduce the risk of SERIOUS IN- tremely dangerous. JURY or DEATH: • Don’t “ride” the brakes. This can • ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In cause the brakes and related parts a collision, an unbelted occu- to overheat and malfunction. pant is significantly more likely When you are driving down a long to be seriously injured or killed hill, slow down and shift to a lower than a properly belted occupant. gear. Engine braking will help slow • Avoid high speeds when corner- down the vehicle. ing or turning. • Slow down before shifting to a low- • Do not make quick steering er gear. This will help avoid wheel movements, such as over-revving the engine, which can sharp lane changes or fast, cause damage. sharp turns. • Slow down when you encounter • The risk of rollover is greatly in- cross winds. This gives you much creased if you lose control of better control of your vehicle. your vehicle at highway speeds. • Be sure the vehicle is completely • Loss of control often occurs if stopped before you shift into R two or more wheels drop off the (Reverse) to prevent damage to roadway and the driver over the transmission. steers to reenter the roadway. • Exercise extreme caution when • In the event your vehicle leaves driving on a slippery surface. Be the roadway, do not steer sharp- especially careful when braking, ly. Instead, slow down before accelerating or shifting gears. On a pulling back into the travel slippery surface, an abrupt change lanes. in vehicle speed can cause the • HYUNDAI recommends you fol- drive wheels to lose traction and low all posted speed limits. may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident

WARNING Do not use the engine brake (shift- ing from a higher gear to lower gear) rapidly on slippery roads. The vehicle may slip causing an accident.

7-23 Driving your vehicle

INTELLIGENT MANUAL TRANSMISSION Intelligent Manual Transmission The driver can operate the vehicle on (iMT) system use E-Clutch (Electron- the flat ground when the gear is in ic Clutch) technology. Using the first or second but the following warn- E-Clutch, the vehicle can cut engine ing message appears if the driver drive off without pressing the clutch tries to operate when the gear is put pedal by driver. The E-Clutch is con- in above third. trolled by an actuator that assists the driver in changing gear.

Intelligent Manual Transmission (iMT) technology improves driving convenience better than conventional Manual Transmission. There is NO CLUTCH PEDAL. The clutch is operated automatically,

while shifting gear. OQXI050025

When the drier steps on the accelera- It is possible to drive on a slope with tor and tries to shift the gear, there the gear is in first but the following could be a sense of obstruction com- warning message appears when the pare to Manual Transmission. driver operates while the gear is in above second. To start engine, press the brake ped- al and the shift lever at neutral posi- tion.

OQXI050025

7-24 07

Intelligent Manual Transmis- sion operation

OQXI050024 The following extreme cases may damage the clutch due to overheat- OQXI059004 ing while driving. Vehicle’s own pro- The shift lever can be moved tection system sounds alarm and dis- without pressing the button (1). plays warning messages. Please shift The button (1) must be pressed into lower gear or stop the vehicle while moving the shift lever to according to the instruction. R (Reverse). Shift into second gear and start to The Intelligent manual transmission drive on a hill/drive at low speed. has 6 forward gears. Stop the vehicle on a hill with the ac- This shift pattern is imprinted on the celerator/maintain low speed status. shift knob. The transmission is fully Repetitive sudden accelerations and synchronized in all forward gears so repetitive starts on a hill. shifting to either a higher or a lower gear is easily accomplished. CAUTION If your vehicle is equipped with an ig- nition lock switch, the engine will not • Do not press the brake pedal by start when starting the engine without mistake during gear shift. depressing the brake pedal. (if • The vehicle may not move or equipped) move jerkily, if proper gear is The shift lever must be returned to not selected according to the the neutral position before shifting speed. into R (Reverse). • Use the 1st gear and the parking Push the button located immediately brake to avoid roll-back during below the shift knob and pull the hill start. gearshift lever to the left sufficiently, and then shift into reverse (R) gear position. Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before shifting into R (Re- verse). Never operate the engine with the ta- chometer (rpm) in the red zone.

7-25 Driving your vehicle

CAUTION • Do not use the shift lever as a handrest during driving, as this • When downshifting from fifth can result in premature wear of gear to fourth gear, caution the transmission shift forks. should be taken not to inadver- To prevent possible damage to the tently press the shift lever side- clutch system, do not start with ways in such a manner that the the 2nd (second) gear engaged second gear is engaged. Such a except when you start on a slip- drastic downshift may cause the pery road. engine speed to increase to the point that the tachometer will enter the red-zone. Such over- WARNING revving of the engine and trans- mission may possibly cause en- • Before leaving the driver’s seat, gine damage. always set the parking brake ful- ly and shut the engine off. Then • Do not downshift more than 2 make sure the transmission is gears or downshift the gear shifted into 1st gear when the when the engine is running at vehicle is parked on a level or high speed (5,000 RPM or high- uphill grade, and shifted into R er). Such a downshifting may (Reverse) on a downhill grade. damage the engine, clutch and Unexpected and sudden vehicle the transmission. movement can occur if these • During cold weather, shifting precautions are not followed in may be difficult until the trans- the order identified. mission lubricant is warmed up. • Do not use the engine brake This is normal and not harmful (shifting from a high gear to low- to the transmission. er gear) rapidly on slippery • If you’ve come to a complete roads. The vehicle may slip stop and it’s hard to shift into causing an accident. 1st or R(Reverse), leave the shift lever at N(Neutral) position . Then shift into 1st or R(Reverse) gear position. • To avoid premature clutch wear and damage. Don’t use the clutch to hold the vehicle stopped on an uphill grade, while waiting for a traffic light, etc.

7-26 07

Downshifting WARNING When you must slow down in heavy traffic or while driving up steep hills, • Always buckle-up! In a collision, downshift before the engine starts to an unbelted occupant is signifi- labor. Downshifting reduces the cantly more likely to be serious- chance of stalling and gives better ly injured or killed than a proper- acceleration when you again need to ly belted occupant. increase your speed. When the vehi- • Avoid high speeds when corner- cle is traveling down steep hills, ing or turning. downshifting helps maintain safe • Do not make quick steering speed and prolongs brake life. wheel movements, such as sharp lane changes or fast, Good driving practices sharp turns. • Never take the vehicle out of gear • The risk of rollover is greatly in- and coast down a hill. This is ex- creased if you lose control of tremely hazardous. Always leave your vehicle at highway speeds. the vehicle in gear. • Loss of control often occurs if • Don’t “ride” the brakes. This can two or more wheels drop off the cause them to overheat and mal- roadway and the driver over- function. Instead, when you are steers to reenter the roadway. driving down a long hill, shift to a • In the event your vehicle leaves lower gear. When you do this, en- the roadway, do not steer sharp- gine braking will help slow down ly. Instead, slow down before the vehicle. pulling back into the travel • Slow down before shifting to a low- lanes. er gear. This will help avoid • Never exceed posted speed lim- over-revving the engine, which can its. cause damage. • Slow down when you encounter cross winds. This gives you much better control of your vehicle. • Be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before you attempt to shift into reverse. The transmission can be damaged if you do not. • Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface. Be especially careful when braking, accelerating or shifting gears. On a slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the drive wheels to lose traction and the vehicle to go out of control.

7-27 Driving your vehicle

'8$/&/87&+75$160,66,21ǣ,)(48,33('Ǥ

Manual shift mode

OQXI059017

Depress the brake pedal and press the shift button while moving the shift lever. Press the shift button while moving the shift lever. The shift lever can freely operate.

7-28 07

Dual clutch transmission oper- • The dry-type clutch transfers ation torque more directly and provides The dual clutch transmission has a direct-drive feeling which may seven forward speeds and one re- feel different from a conventional verse speed. automatic transmission. This may be more noticeable when launch- The individual speeds are selected ing the vehicle from a stop or when automatically when the shift lever is traveling at low, stop-and-go vehi- in the D (Drive) position. cle speeds. • The dual clutch transmission can • When rapidly accelerating from a be thought of as an automatically lower vehicle speed, the engine shifting manual transmission. It rpm may increase dramatically as gives the driving feel of a manual a result of clutch slip as the dual transmission, yet provides the clutch transmission selects the ease of a fully automatic transmis- correct gear. This is a normal con- sion. dition. • When D (Drive) is selected, the • When accelerating from a stop on transmission will automatically an incline, press the accelerator shift through the gears similar to a smoothly and gradually to avoid conventional automatic transmis- any shudder feeling or jerkiness. sion. Unlike a traditional automatic transmission, the gear shifting can • When traveling at a lower vehicle sometimes be felt and heard as the speed, if you release the accelerator actuators engage the and pedal quickly, you may feel engine the gears are selected. braking before the transmission changes gears. This engine braking • The dual clutch transmission incor- feeling is similar to operating a man- porates a dry-type dual clutch ual transmission at low speed. mechanism, which allows for bet- ter acceleration performance and • When driving downhill, you may increased fuel efficiency while driv- wish to move the gear shift lever to ing. But it differs from a conven- Manual Shift mode and downshift tional automatic transmission be- to a lower gear in order to control cause it does not incorporate a your speed without using the brake torque converter. Instead, the tran- pedal excessively. sition from one gear to the next is • When you turn the engine on and managed by clutch slip, especially off, you may hear clicking sounds at lower speeds. as the system goes through a self- As a result, shifts are sometimes test. This is a normal sound for the more noticeable, and a light vibra- dual clutch transmission. tion can be felt as the transmission • During the first 1,500 km (1000 shaft speed is matched with the miles), you may feel that the vehi- engine shaft speed. This is a nor- cle may not be smooth when ac- mal condition of the dual clutch celerating at low speed. During this transmission. break-in period, the shift quality and performance of your new vehi- cle is continuously optimized.

7-29 Driving your vehicle

WARNING LCD display for warning mes- sage To reduce the risk of serious injury DCT warning messages or death: This warning message is displayed • ALWAYS check the surrounding when vehicle is driven slowly on a areas near your vehicle for peo- grade and the vehicle detects that the ple, especially children, before brake pedal is not applied. shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or R (Reverse). • Before leaving the driver’s seat, always make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position, then set the parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/ OFF position. Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are

not followed. OAD058175N • Do not use aggressive engine Steep grade braking (shifting from a higher Driving up hills or on steep grades: gear to a lower gear) on slippery roads. This could cause the tires • To hold the vehicle on an incline to slip and may result in an acci- use the foot brake or the parking dent. brake. • When in stop-and-go traffic on an incline, allow a gap to form ahead NOTICE of you before moving the vehicle • Always come to a complete stop forward. Then hold the vehicle on before shifting into D (Drive) or the incline with the foot brake. R (Reverse). • If the vehicle is held on a hill by ap- • Do not put the shift lever in N plying the accelerator pedal or by (Neutral) while driving. creeping with the brake pedal dis- engaged, the clutch and transmis- sion may overheat which can re- WARNING sult in damage. At this time, a If the transmission cannot shift warning message will appear on into Drive or Reverse, the position the LCD display. indicator D or R) on the cluster will • If the LCD warning is active, the blink. We recommend that you foot brake must be applied. contact an authorized Hyundai • Ignoring the warnings can lead to dealer to have the system checked. damage to the transmission.

7-30 07

Transmission ranges R (Reverse) The indicator in the instrument cluster Use this position to drive the vehicle displays the shift lever position when backward. the ignition switch is in the ON posi- tion. NOTICE Always come to a complete stop P (Park) before shifting into or out of R (Re- Always come to a complete stop be- verse); you may damage the trans- fore shifting into P (Park). mission if you shift into R (Re- To shift from P (Park), you must de- verse) while the vehicle is in press firmly on the brake pedal and motion. make sure your foot is off the acceler- ator pedal. N (Neutral) If you have done all of the above The wheels and transmission are not and still cannot shift the lever out engaged. of P (Park), see “Shift-Lock Re- lease” in this chapter. Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart a stalled engine, or if it is necessary The shift lever must be in P (Park) be- to stop with the engine ON. Shift into fore turning the engine off. P (Park) if you need to leave your ve- hicle for any reason. WARNING Always depress the brake pedal when you are shifting from N (Neu- • Shifting into P (Park) while the tral) to another gear. vehicle is in motion may cause you to lose control of the vehicle. • After the vehicle has stopped, D (Drive) always make sure the shift lever This is the normal driving position. is in P (Park), apply the parking The transmission will automatically brake, and turn the engine off. shift through a 7-gear sequence, pro- • When parking on an incline, viding the best fuel economy and block the wheels to prevent the power. vehicle from rolling down. For extra power when passing anoth- • For safety, always engage the er vehicle or driving uphill, depress parking brake with the shift le- the accelerator fully. The transmis- ver in the P (Park) position ex- sion will automatically downshift to cept for the case of emergency the next lower gear (or gears, as ap- parking. propriate).

7-31 Driving your vehicle

i Information • Only the seven forward gears can be selected. To reverse or park the ve- hicle, move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) or P (Park) position as re- quired. • Downshifts are made automatically when the vehicle slows down. When the vehicle stops, 1st gear is auto- OQXI059018 matically selected. Manual shift mode • When the engine rpm approaches Whether the vehicle is stationary or in the red zone the transmission will motion, manual shift mode is select- upshift automatically. ed by pushing the shift lever from the • If the driver presses the lever to + D (Drive) position into the manual (Up) or - (Down) position, the trans- gate. To return to D (Drive) range op- mission may not make the requested eration, push the shift lever back into gear change if the next gear is out- the main gate. side of the allowable engine rpm In manual shift mode, moving the range. The driver must execute up- shift lever backwards and forwards shifts in accordance with road con- will allow you to make gearshifts rap- ditions, taking care to keep the en- idly. gine rpms below the red zone. Up (+) : Push the lever forward once to shift up one gear. Shift-lock system Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards For your safety, the dual clutch trans- once to shift down one mission has a shift-lock system which gear. prevents shifting the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse) unless the brake pedal is depressed. To shift the transmission from P (Park) into R (Reverse): 1. Depress and hold the brake pedal. 2. Start the engine or place the igni- tion switch in the ON position. 3. Move the shift lever.

7-32 07

Shift-lock release Parking If the shift lever cannot be moved Always come to a complete stop and from the P (Park) position into R (Re- continue to depress the brake pedal. verse) position with the brake pedal Move the shift lever into the P (Park) depressed, continue depressing the position, apply the parking brake, and brake, and then do the following: place the ignition switch in the LOCK/ OFF position. Take the Key with you when exiting the vehicle.

WARNING When you stay in the vehicle with the engine running, be careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of time. The en- gine or exhaust system may over- OQXI059020 heat and start a fire. 1. Press the shift-lock release button. The exhaust gas and the exhaust 2. Press and hold the lock release system are very hot. Keep away button on the shift lever. from the exhaust system compo- 3. Move the shift lever. nents. 4. Have your vehicle inspected by an Do not stop or park over flamma- authorized HYUNDAI dealer im- ble materials, such as dry grass, mediately paper or leaves. They may ignite and cause a fire.

7-33 Driving your vehicle

Good driving practices • Exercise extreme caution when • Never move the shift lever from P driving on a slippery surface. Be (Park) or N (Neutral) to any other especially careful when braking, position with the accelerator pedal accelerating or shifting gears. On a depressed. slippery surface, an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the • Never move the shift lever into P drive wheels to lose traction and (Park) when the vehicle is in mo- may cause loss of vehicle control tion. resulting in an accident Be sure the vehicle is completely • Optimum vehicle performance and stopped before you attempt to shift economy is obtained by smoothly into R (Reverse) or D (Drive). depressing and releasing the ac- • Do not move the shift lever to N celerator. (Neutral) when driving. Doing so may result in an accident because of a loss of engine braking and the transmission could be damaged. • Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but consistent pedal pressure can re- sult in the brakes overheating, brake wear and possibly even brake failure. • Depressing both accelerator and brake pedals at the same time can trigger logic for engine power re- duction to assure vehicle decelera- tion. Vehicle acceleration will re- sume after the brake pedal is released. • When driving in Manual shift mode, slow down before shifting to a low- er gear. Otherwise, the lower gear may not be engaged if the engine rpms are outside of the allowable range. • Always apply the parking brake when leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on placing the transmis- sion in P (Park) to keep the vehicle from moving.

7-34 07

WARNING Paddle shifter To reduce the risk of SERIOUS IN- JURY or DEATH: • ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In a collision, an unbelted occu- pant is significantly more likely to be seriously injured or killed than a properly belted occupant. • Avoid high speeds when corner- ing or turning. • Do not make quick steering OAEE056003 wheel movements, such as The paddle shifter is available when sharp lane changes or fast, the shift button is in the D (Drive) po- sharp turns. sition. • The risk of rollover is greatly in- creased if you lose control of With the shift button in the D posi- your vehicle at highway speeds. tion • Loss of control often occurs if The paddle shifter will operate when two or more wheels drop off the the vehicle speed is more than roadway and the driver over 10km/h. steers to reenter the roadway. Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once • In the event your vehicle leaves to shift up or down one gear and the the roadway, do not steer sharp- system changes from automatic ly. Instead, slow down before mode to manual mode. pulling back into the travel When the vehicle speed is lower than lanes. 10km/h, if you depress the accelera- • HYUNDAI recommends you fol- tor pedal for more than 5 seconds, low all posted speed limits. the system changes from manual mode to automatic mode.

i Information If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are pulled at the same time, gear shift may not occur.

7-35 Driving your vehicle

BRAKING SYSTEM Power brakes • Wet brakes may impair the vehi- Your vehicle has power-assisted cle’s ability to safely slow down; brakes that adjust automatically the vehicle may also pull to one through normal usage. side when the brakes are ap- plied. Applying the brakes light- If the engine is not running or is ly will indicate whether they turned off while driving, the power as- have been affected in this way. sist for the brakes will not work. You Always test your brakes in this can still stop your vehicle by applying fashion after driving through greater force to the brake pedal than deep water. To dry the brakes, typical. The stopping distance, how- lightly tap the brake pedal to ever, will be longer than with power heat up the brakes while main- brakes. taining a safe forward speed un- When the engine is not running, the til brake performance returns to reserve brake power is partially de- normal. Avoid driving at high pleted each time the brake pedal is speeds until the brakes function applied. Do not pump the brake pedal correctly. when the power assist has been in- terrupted. Pump the brake pedal only when Disc brakes wear indicator necessary to maintain steering con- When your brake pads are worn and trol on slippery surfaces. new pads are required, you will hear a high pitched warning sound from your front or rear brakes. You may WARNING hear this sound come and go or it may occur whenever you depress the Take the following precautions: brake pedal. • Do not drive with your foot rest- Please remember some driving con- ing on the brake pedal. This will ditions or climates may cause a brake create abnormal high brake tem- squeal when you first apply (or lightly peratures, excessive brake lin- apply) the brakes. This is normal and ing and pad wear, and increased does not indicate a problem with your stopping distances. brakes. • When descending a long or steep hill, shift to a lower gear and avoid continuous applica- NOTICE tion of the brakes. Applying the To avoid costly brake repairs, do brakes continuously will cause not continue to drive with worn the brakes to overheat and could brake pads. result in a temporary loss of braking performance. i Information Always replace brake pads as complete front or rear axle sets.

7-36 07

Rear drum brakes Your rear drum brakes do not have wear indicators.Therefore, have the rear brake linings inspected if you hear a rear brake rubbing noise. Also have your rear brakes inspected each time you change or rotate your tires and when you have the front brakes replaced.

OQXI059006 Parking brake To release: Firmly depress the brake pedal. Slightly pull up the parking brake le- ver. While pressing the release button (1), lower the parking brake (2).

If the parking brake does not release or does not release all the way, we recommend that the system be OQXI059005 checked by an authorized HYUNDAI Always set the parking brake before dealer. leaving the vehicle, to apply: Firmly depress the brake pedal.

Pull up the parking brake lever as far WARNING as possible. • Whenever leaving the vehicle or parking, always come to a com- WARNING plete stop and continue to de- press the brake pedal. Move the To reduce the risk of SERIOUS IN- shift lever into the 1st gear (for JURY or DEATH, do not operate manual transmission vehicle) or the parking brake while the vehicle P (Park) position (for dual clutch is moving except in an emergency transmission vehicle), then ap- situation. It could damage the ply the parking brake, and place brake system and lead to an acci- the ignition switch in the LOCK/ dent. OFF position. Vehicles with the parking brake not fully engaged are at risk for moving inadvertently and caus- ing injury to yourself or others.

7-37 Driving your vehicle

• NEVER allow anyone who is un- Check the Parking familiar with the vehicle to touch Brake Warning Light by the parking brake. If the parking placing the ignition brake is released unintentional- switch to the ON posi- ly, serious injury may occur. tion (do not start the en- • Only release the parking brake gine). when you are seated inside the This light will be illuminated when the vehicle with your foot firmly on parking brake is applied with the igni- the brake pedal. tion switch in the START or ON posi- tion. NOTICE Before driving, be sure the parking brake is released and the Brake • Do not apply the accelerator Warning Light is OFF. pedal while the parking brake is engaged. If you depress the ac- If the Parking Brake Warning Light re- celerator pedal with the parking mains on after the parking brake is brake engaged, warning will released while engine is running, sound. Damage to the parking there may be a malfunction in the brake may occur. brake system. Immediate attention is necessary. • Driving with the parking brake on can overheat the braking If at all possible, cease driving the ve- system and cause premature hicle immediately. If that is not possi- wear or damage to brake parts. ble, use extreme caution while oper- Make sure the parking brake is ating the vehicle and only continue to released and the Brake Warning drive the vehicle until you can reach a Light is off before driving. safe location.

7-38 07

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) Using ABS To obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency situation, WARNING do not attempt to modulate your An Anti-Lock Braking System brake pressure and do not try to (ABS) will not prevent accidents pump your brakes. Depress your due to improper or dangerous driv- brake pedal as hard as possible. ing maneuvers. Even though vehi- When you apply your brakes under cle control is improved during conditions which may lock the wheels, emergency braking, always main- you may hear sounds from the tain a safe distance between you brakes, or feel a corresponding sen- and objects ahead of you. Vehicle sation in the brake pedal. This is nor- speeds should always be reduced mal and it means your ABS is active. during extreme road conditions. ABS does not reduce the time or dis- The braking distance for tance it takes to stop the vehicle. equipped with ABS may be longer than for those without these sys- Always maintain a safe distance from tems in the following road condi- the vehicle in front of you. tions. ABS will not prevent a skid that re- Drive your vehicle at reduced sults from sudden changes in direc- speeds during the following condi- tion, such as trying to take a corner tions: too fast or making a sudden lane change. Always drive at a safe speed • Rough, gravel or snow-covered for the road and weather conditions. roads. ABS cannot prevent a loss of stabili- • On roads where the road sur- ty. Always steer moderately when face is pitted or has different braking hard. Severe or sharp steer- surface height. ing wheel movement can still cause • Tire chains are installed on your your vehicle to veer into oncoming vehicle. traffic or off the road. The safety features of an ABS On loose or uneven road surfaces, equipped vehicle should not be operation of the anti-lock brake sys- tested by high speed driving or tem may result in a longer stopping cornering. This could endanger distance than for vehicles equipped the safety of yourself or others. with a conventional brake system. The ABS warning light ( ) will stay ABS is an electronic braking system on for several seconds after the that helps prevent a braking skid. ignition switch is in the ON position. ABS allows the driver to steer and During that time, the ABS will go brake at the same time. through self-diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal. If the light stays on, you may have a problem with your ABS. We recom- mend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possi- ble. 7-39 Driving your vehicle

WARNING Electronic Stability Control (ESC) (if equipped) If the ABS warning light ( ) is on and stays on, you may h a v e a problem with the ABS. Your pow- er brakes will work normally. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death, we recommend that you contact your HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

CAUTION OQXI059007 When you drive on a road having poor traction, such as an icy road, The Electronic Stability Control (ESC) and apply your brakes continuously, system helps to stabilize the vehicle the ABS will be active continuously during cornering maneuvers. and the ABS warning light ( ) may ESC checks where you are steering illuminate. Pull your car o v e r and where the vehicle is actually go- to a safe place and turn the engine ing. off. ESC applies braking pressure to any Restart the engine. If the ABS one of the vehicle’s brakes and inter- warning light is off, then your ABS venes in the engine management system is normal. Otherwise, you system to assist the driver with keep- may have a problem with your ABS ing the vehicle on the intended path. system. We recommend that you It is not a substitute for safe driving contact an authorized HYUNDAI practices. Always adjust your speed dealer as soon as possible. and driving to the road conditions.

i Information WARNING When you jump start your vehicle be- Never drive too fast for the road cause of a drained battery, the ABS conditions or too quickly when warning light ( ) may turn on at the cornering. The ESC system will same time. This happens be- not prevent accidents. cause of the low battery voltage. It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning. Excessive speed in turns, abrupt Have the battery recharged before maneuvers, and hydroplaning on driving the vehicle. wet surfaces can result in severe accidents.

7-40 07

ESC operation ESC OFF condition ESC ON condition To cancel ESC operation : When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the ESC and the ESC OFF indicator lights illuminate for approxi- mately three seconds. After both lights go off, the ESC is enabled. • State 1 Press the ESC OFF button briefly. The ESC OFF indicator light and/or When operating message “Traction Control disabled” When the ESC is in opera- will illuminate (if equipped with super- tion, the ESC indicator vision cluster). In this state, the trac- light blinks: tion control function of ESC (engine management) is disabled, but the • When you apply your brakes under brake control function of ESC (brak- conditions which may lock the ing management) still operates. wheels, you may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel a corresponding • State 2 sensation in the brake pedal. This Press and hold the ESC OFF button is normal and it means your ESC is continuously for more than 3 sec- active. onds. The ESC OFF indicator light • When the ESC activates, the en- and/or message “Traction & Stability gine may not respond to the accel- Control disabled” illuminates (if erator as it does under routine con- equipped with supervision cluster) ditions. and a warning chime sounds. In this • If the Cruise Control was in use state, both the traction control func- when the ESC activates, the Cruise tion of ESC (engine management) Control automatically disengages. and the brake control function of ESC The Cruise Control can be reen- (braking management) are disabled. gaged when the road conditions If the ignition switch is placed in the allow. See “Cruise Control Sys- LOCK/OFF position when ESC is off, tem” later in this chapter (if ESC remains off. Upon restarting the equipped). vehicle, the ESC will automatically • When moving out of the mud or turn on again. driving on a slippery road, the en- gine rpm (revolutions per minute) may not increase even if you press the accelerator pedal deeply. This is to maintain the stability and trac- tion of the vehicle and does not in- dicate a problem.

7-41 Driving your vehicle

Indicator lights NOTICE „ ESC indicator light (blinks) Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before re- placing tires, make sure all four OTD059012 tires and wheels are the same size. „ ESC OFF indicator light (comes on) Never drive the vehicle with differ- ent sized wheels and tires in- stalled.

OTD059013 ESC OFF usage When Driving When the ignition switch is in the ON position, the ESC indicator light illu- The ESC OFF mode should only be minates, then goes off if the ESC sys- used briefly to help free the vehicle if tem is operating normally. stuck in snow or mud, by temporarily stopping operation of the ESC, to The ESC indicator light blinks when- maintain wheel torque. ever the ESC is operating. To turn ESC off while driving, press If the ESC indicator light stays on, the ESC OFF button while driving on your vehicle may have a malfunction a flat road surface. with the ESC system. When this warning light illuminates we recom- mend that the vehicle be checked by NOTICE an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as To prevent damage to the trans- soon as possible. mission: The ESC OFF indicator light comes • Do not allow wheel(s) of one axle on when the ESC is turned off with to spin excessively while the the button. ESC, ABS, and parking brake warning lights are displayed. WARNING The repairs would not be cov- ered by the vehicle warranty. Re- When the ESC is blinking, this in- duce engine power and do not dicates the ESC is active: spin the wheel(s) excessively Drive slowly and NEVER attempt while these lights are displayed. to accelerate. NEVER turn the ESC • When operating the vehicle on a off while the ESC indicator light is dynamometer, make sure the blinking or you may lose control of ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light the vehicle resulting in an acci- illuminated). dent. i Information Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS or standard brake system opera- tion. 7-42 07

Vehicle Stability Management VSM operation (VSM) (if equipped) VSM ON condition The Vehicle Stability Management The VSM operates when: (VSM) is a function of the Electronic • The Electronic Stability Control Stability Control (ESC) system. It (ESC) is on. helps ensure the vehicle stays stable when accelerating or braking sud- • Vehicle speed is approximately denly on wet, slippery and rough above 15 km/h (9 mph) on curve roads where traction over the roads. four tires can suddenly become un- • Vehicle speed is approximately even. above 20 km/h (12 mph) when the vehicle is braking on rough roads. WARNING When operating Take the following precautions When you apply your brakes under when using the Vehicle Stability conditions which may activate the Management (VSM): ESC, you may hear sounds from the • ALWAYS check the speed and brakes, or feel a corresponding sen- the distance to the vehicle sation in the brake pedal. This is nor- ahead. The VSM is not a substi- mal and it means your VSM is active. tute for safe driving practices. • Never drive too fast for the road conditions. The VSM system will i Information not prevent accidents. Exces- The VSM does not operate when: sive speed in bad weather, slip- pery and uneven roads can re- • Driving on a banked road such as sult in severe accidents. gradient or incline • Driving in reverse. • The ESC OFF indicator light is on. • The EPS (Electric Power Steering) warning light ( ) is on or blinks.

7-43 Driving your vehicle

WARNING Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) (if equipped) If the ESC indicator light ( ) or The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) EPS warning light ( ) stays on helps prevent the vehicle from rolling or blinks, your vehicle may have a backwards when starting a vehicle malfunction with the VSM system. from a stop on a hill. The system op- When the warning light illuminates erates the brakes automatically for we recommend that the vehicle be approximately 2 seconds and releas- checked by an authorized HYUND- es the brake after 2 seconds or when AI dealer as soon as possible. the accelerator pedal is depressed.

NOTICE WARNING Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC Always be ready to depress the ac- system to malfunction. Before re- celerator pedal when starting off placing tires, make sure all four on a incline. The HAC activates tires and wheels are the same size. only for approximately 2 seconds. Never drive the vehicle with differ- ent sized tires and wheels in- Information stalled. i • The HAC does not operate when the shift lever is in P (Park) or N (Neu- tral). • The HAC activates even when the ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is off. However, it does not activate, when the ESC does not operate nor- mally.

7-44 07

Good braking practices If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead while WARNING you slow down. When you are mov- Whenever leaving the vehicle or ing slowly enough for it to be safe to parking, always come to a com- do so, pull off the road and stop in a plete stop and continue to depress safe location. the brake pedal. Move the shift le- Keep your foot firmly on the brake ver into the 1st gear (for manual pedal when the vehicle is stopped to transmission vehicle) or P (Park) prevent the vehicle from rolling for- position (for dual clutch transmis- ward. sion vehicle), then apply the park- ing brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Vehicles with the parking brake not fully engaged are at risk for moving inadvertently and causing injury to yourself or others.

Wet brakes can be dangerous! The brakes may get wet if the vehicle is driven through standing water or if it is washed. Your vehicle will not stop as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes may cause the vehicle to pull to one side. To dry the brakes, apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal, taking care to keep the ve- hicle under control at all times. If the braking action does not return to nor- mal, stop as soon as it is safe to do so and we recommend that you call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for as- sistance. DO NOT drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. Even light, but constant pedal pressure can result in the brakes overheating, brake wear, and possibly even brake failure.

7-45 Driving your vehicle

,6*ǣ,'/(6723$1'*2Ǥ6<67(0ǣ,)(48,33('Ǥ The ISG system is to reduce the fuel - The vehicle is driven on a steep in- consumption by automatically shut- cline. (for dual clutch transmission) ting down the engine, when the vehi- cle is at a standstill (i.e. red stop light, stop sign, and traffic jam). i Information The engine is automatically started „ Type A upon satisfying the starting condi- tions. The ISG system is always active, when the engine is running.

i Information When the engine is automatically started by the ISG system, some warn- ing lights (i.e. ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, OQXI059008 EPS, and parking brake warning light) „ Type B may illuminate for a few seconds due to the low battery voltage. However, it does not indicate a malfunction with the ISG system.

To activate the ISG system Prerequisite for activation The ISG system operates in the fol- lowing situations. OQXI059009 - The driver’s seatbelt is fastened. • The ISG system is not activated, when the prerequisites to activate - The driver’s door and the hood are the ISG system are unsatisfied. In closed. this case, the ISG OFF button indi- - The brake vacuum pressure is ad- cator illuminates, and the auto stop equate. indicator ( ) illuminates in yel- - The battery is sufficiently charged. low on the instrument cluster. - The outside temperature is be- • When the above indicator remains tween -20 °C and 35 °C (-4 °F and illuminated on the instrument clus- 95 °F). ter, we recommend that you have the IGS system checked by an au- - The engine coolant temperature is thorized HYUNDAI dealer. not too low. - The system is not in the diagnostic mode. - The steering wheel is not steered excessively. (for dual clutch trans- mission)

7-46 07

Auto stop i Information The driving speed must reach at least 8 km/h (5 mph) after an idle stop to stop the engine in idle stop mode again.

In auto stop mode, when the driver opens the hood, the ISG system will be deactivated. When the system is deactivated:

OGB058073 To stop the engine in idle stop mode Manual transmission vehicle 1. Decrease the vehicle speed to 5 km/h (3 mph). 2. Set the gear in N (Neutral). 3. Release the clutch pedal. The auto stop indicator ( ) illumi- nates in green on the instrument clus- ter, when the engine stops. OQXI059010 The ISG OFF button indicator illumi- nates. i Information The driving speed must reach at least 10 km/h (6 mph) after an idle stop to stop the engine in idle stop mode again.

Dual clutch transmission vehicle 1. Decrease the vehicle speed to 0 km/h. 2. Depress the brake pedal with the shift lever in D (Drive) or N (Neu- tral). OTLE055036 The auto stop indicator ( ) illumi- The message, “Auto Stop deactivat- nates in green on the instrument clus- ed. Start manually”, appears on the ter, when the engine stops. LCD display with a beep sound.

At this time, restart the vehicle manu- ally by:

7-47 Driving your vehicle

Manual transmission vehicle The engine is automatically restart- Depressing the clutch and brake ped- ed in the following situations. al with the gear in neutral. - The fan speed of the manual cli- mate control system is set above the 3rd position, with the air condi- Dual clutch transmission vehicle tion ON. Depressing the brake pedal with the - The fan speed of the automatic cli- shift lever in P (Park) or N (Neutral). mate control system is set above But for your safety, restart the vehicle the 6th position, with the air condi- in the P (Park) position. tion ON. - A certain period of time has Auto start elapsed with the air condition ON. To restart the engine in the auto stop - The defroster is activated. mode - The brake vacuum pressure is low. Manual transmission vehicle - The battery is weak. • Depress the clutch pedal with the - The driving speed exceeds 5 km/h gear in N (Neutral). (3 mph). (for manual transmission The auto stop indicator ( ) goes vehicle) OFF on the instrument cluster, when - The driving speed exceeds 2 km/h the engine is restarted. (1.2 mph). (for Dual clutch trans- mission vehicle Dual clutch transmission vehicle - The vehicle is shifted to P (Park) or • Release the brake pedal. R (Reverse) when the brake pedal • When Auto Hold is activated, if you is depressed. release the brake pedal, the en- - The door is opened or seat belt is gine will be in the auto stop state. unfastened when the brake pedal However, if you depress the accel- is depressed. erator pedal, the engine will start The auto stop indicator ( ) blinks again. in green for 5 seconds on the instru- The auto stop indicator ( ) goes ment cluster and a message “Auto OFF on the instrument cluster, when Start” will appear on the LCD display. the engine is restarted.

7-48 07

To deactivate the ISG system • Press the ISG OFF button to deac- tivate the ISG system. Then, the ISG OFF button indicator illumi- nates, and the message “Auto Stop System Off” appears on the LCD display. • Press the ISG OFF button again to reactivate the ISG system. Then,

OGB054013 the ISG OFF button indicator turns OFF. The auto start is temporarily deacti- vated in the following situations. Manual transmission vehicle ISG system malfunction When the gear is shifted without the The ISG system may not operate: clutch pedal depressed. A message When there is a malfunction with the “Press clutch pedal for Auto Start” will ISG sensors or the ISG system. appear on the LCD display. To acti- vate auto start, shift to neutral and depress the clutch pedal. The followings occur, when there is a malfunction with the ISG system: • The auto stop indicator ( ) will blink in yellow on the instrument cluster. • The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate.

i Information • When you cannot turn OFF the ISG OFF button indicator by pressing OGB058040 the ISG OFF button, or when the Dual clutch transmission vehicle malfunction with the ISG system When the shift lever is shifted from N persists, we recommend that you (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or contact an authorized HYUNDAI Manual shift mode without the brake dealer. pedal depressed. A message “Press • You can turn off the ISG OFF but- brake pedal for Auto Start” will ap- ton indicator by driving over 80 pear on the LCD display. To activate km/h (50 mph) for up to 2 hours auto start, depress the brake pedal. with the fan speed below the 2nd po- sition. If the ISG OFF button indica- tor remains ON, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7-49 Driving your vehicle

WARNING Prerequisites to reactivate the battery sensor When the engine is in auto stop Keep the engine in the OFF status for mode, the engine may restart. Be- 4 hours, and attempt to restart the en- fore leaving the vehicle or check- gine 3 to 4 times for the battery-sen- ing the engine compartment, stop sor reactivation. the engine by placing the ignition Pay extreme caution not to connect switch to the LOCK/OFF position any accessories (i.e. navigation and or removing the ignition key. black box) to the vehicle with the en- gine in the OFF status. If not, the bat- The battery sensor deactiva- tery sensor may not be reactivated. tion i Information The ISG system may not operate in the following situations. - There is a malfunction with the IGS system. - The battery is weak. - The brake vacuum pressure is low. In those cases, we recommend that you OGB078112 have the ISG system checked by an au- [A] : Battery sensor thorized HYUNDAI dealer. The battery sensor is deactivated, when the battery is disconnected NOTICE from the negative pole for mainte- • Use only the genuine HYUNDAI nance purpose. ISG battery for replacement. If In this case, the ISG system is limit- not, the ISG system may not edly operated due to the battery sen- normally operate. sor deactivation. Thus, the driver • Do not recharge the ISG battery needs to take the following proce- with a general battery charger. If dures to reactivate the battery sensor not, it may damage or explode after disconnecting the battery. the ISG battery. • Do not remove the battery cap. If not, the battery electrolyte, which is harmful to the human body, may leak out.

7-50 07 &58,6(&21752/ǣ,)(48,33('Ǥ Cruise Control operation • Do not use the Cruise Control when it may be unsafe to keep the vehicle at a constant speed: - When driving in heavy traffic or when traffic conditions make it difficult to drive at a constant speed - When driving on rainy, icy, or snow-covered roads - When driving on hilly or wind- ing roads OQXI059011 1. Cruise indicator - When driving in windy areas 2. Set speed • Do not use cruise control when towing a trailer.

The Cruise Control system allows you to drive at speeds above 30 km/h NOTICE (20 mph) without depressing the ac- During cruise-speed driving of a celerator pedal. manual transmission vehicle, do not shift into neutral without de- pressing the clutch pedal, since WARNING the engine will be overrevved. If Take the following precautions: this happens, depress the clutch pedal or press the cruise control • Always set the vehicle speed ON / OFF button. under the speed limit in your country.

• If the Cruise Control is left on, i Information (the cruise) indicator light in the • During normal cruise control oper- instrument cluster is illuminat- ation, when the SET switch is acti- ed) the Cruise Control can be vated or reactivated after applying activated unintentionally. Keep the brakes, the cruise control will the Cruise Control system off activate after approximately 3 sec- (CRUISE indicator light OFF) onds. This delay is normal. when the Cruise Control is not in use, to avoid inadvertently • Before activating the cruise control setting a speed. function, the system will check to verify that the brake switch is oper- • Use the Cruise Control system ating normally. Depress the brake only when traveling on open pedal at least once after turning ON highways in good weather. the ignition or starting the vehicle.

7-51 Driving your vehicle

Cruise control switch To set Cruise Control speed

„ Type A

OSU2I069058 OQXI059012 : Turns Cruise Control system on „ Type B or off. + : Sets or increases Cruise Control speed. - : Sets or decreases Cruise Control speed. : Pause and resume Cruise Con- trol operation.

OSU2I069059 1. Press the CRUISE button on the steering wheel to turn the system on. The cruise indicator will illumi- nate. 2. Accelerate to the desired speed, which must be more than 30 km/h (20 mph).

i Information - Manual transmission For manual transmission vehicles, you should depress the brake pedal at least once to set the cruise control after starting the engine.

7-52 07

„ Type A To increase Cruise Control speed

„ Type A

OQXI059013 „ Type B

OQXI059014 „ Type B

OSU2I069054 3. Push the toggle switch down (-), and release it. The SET indicator or set OSU2I069055 speed on the LCD display will illumi- • Push the toggle switch up (+), and nate. release it immediately. The cruis- 4. Release the accelerator pedal. ing speed will increase by 1 km/h (1 mph) each time you move the toggle switch up in this manner.

i Information • Push the toggle switch up (+), and On a steep slope, the vehicle may hold it. Your vehicle set speed will slightly slow down or speed up, while increase by 10 km/h (5 mph). Re- driving uphill or downhill. lease the toggle switch at the speed you want. • Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle attains the de- sired speed, push the toggle switch down (-).

7-53 Driving your vehicle

To decrease Cruise Control To temporarily accelerate with speed the Cruise Control ON

„ Type A Depress the accelerator pedal. When you take your foot off the accelerator, the vehicle will return to the previous- ly set speed. If you push the toggle switch down (-) at the increased speed, the Cruise Control will maintain the increased speed.

OQXI059013 „ Type B

OSU2I069054 • Push the toggle switch down (-), and release it immediately. The cruising speed will decrease by 1 km/h (1 mph) each time you move the toggle switch down in this manner. • Push the toggle switch down (-), and hold it. Your vehicle set speed will decrease by 10 km/h (5 mph). Re- lease the toggle switch at the speed you want. • Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the toggle switch down (-).

7-54 07

Cruise Control will be canceled • Decreasing the vehicle speed to when: less than approximately 30 km/h (20 mph). „ Type A • The ESC (Electronic Stability Con- trol) is operating. • Downshifting to the 2nd gear in manual shift mode. (for dual clutch transmission vehicle)

i Information Each of the above actions will cancel OQXI059015 Cruise Control operation (the set speed „ Type B on the instrument cluster will go off), but only pressing the CRUISE button will turn the system off. If you wish to resume Cruise Control operation, push the toggle switch up (+) located on your steering wheel. You will return to your previously preset speed, unless the sys- tem was turned off using the CRUISE button.

OSU2I069056 • Depressing the brake pedal. • Depressing the clutch pedal. (for manual transmission vehicle) • Pressing the CANCEL button lo- cated on the steering wheel. • Pressing the CRUISE button. Both the cruise indicator and the SET indicator or set speed will turn off. • Moving the shift lever into N (Neu- tral). (for dual clutch transmission vehicle)

7-55 Driving your vehicle

To resume preset Cruising To turn Cruise Control off speed „ Type A „ Type A

OQXI059012 OQXI059014 „ Type B „ Type B

OSU2I069059 OSU2I069055 Press the CRUISE button. Push the toggle switch up (+). If the The cruise indicator light will go off. vehicle speed is over 30 km/h (20 mph), the vehicle will resume the pre- set speed.

7-56 07 63(&,$/'5,9,1*&21',7,216 Hazardous driving conditions To prevent transmission wear, wait When hazardous driving conditions until the wheels stop spinning before are encountered such as water, shifting gears. Release the accelera- snow, ice, mud or sand: tor pedal while shifting, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal while Drive cautiously and allow extra dis- the transmission is in gear. Slowly tance for braking. spinning the wheels in forward and Avoid sudden movements in braking reverse directions causes a rocking or steering. motion that may free the vehicle. If stuck in snow, mud, or sand, use second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive wheels. NOTICE If the tires spin at high speed the tires can explode, and you or oth-

WARNING ers may be injured. Do not attempt this procedure if people or objects Downshifting with a duel clutch are anywhere near the vehicle. transmission, while driving on slippery surfaces can cause an ac- The vehicle can overheat causing cident. The sudden change in tire an engine compartment fire or oth- speed could cause the tires to er damage. Spin the wheels as lit- skid. Be careful when downshift- tle as possible and avoid spinning ing on slippery surfaces. the wheels at speeds over 56 km/h (35 mph) as indicated on the speedometer. Use sand, rock salt, or other non-slip material under the drive wheels to provide traction when stalled in ice, NOTICE snow, or mud. If you are still stuck after rocking the vehicle a few times, have the Rocking the vehicle vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid engine overheating, pos- If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to sible damage to the transmission, free it from snow, sand, or mud, first and tire damage. See “Towing” in turn the steering wheel right and left chapter 6. to clear the area around your front wheels. Then, shift back and forth be- tween 1st and R (Reverse, for manu- al transmission vehicle) or R (Re- verse) and a forward gear (for duel clutch transmission vehicle). Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and do not race the engine.

7-57 Driving your vehicle

Smooth cornering Driving in the rain Avoid braking or gear changing in Rain and wet roads can make driving corners, especially when roads are dangerous. Here are a few things to wet. Ideally, corners should always consider when driving in the rain or be taken under gentle acceleration. on slick pavement: • Slow down and allow extra follow- Driving at night ing distance. A heavy rainfall makes it harder to see and increas- Night driving presents more hazards es the distance needed to stop than driving in the daylight. Here are your vehicle. some important tips to remember: • Replace your windshield wiper • Slow down and keep more dis- blades when they show signs of tance between you and other vehi- streaking or missing areas on the cles, as it may be more difficult to windshield. see at night, especially in areas where there may not be any street • Be sure your tires have enough lights. tread. If your tires do not have enough tread, making a quick stop • Adjust your mirrors to reduce the on wet pavement can cause a skid glare from other driver’s head- and possibly lead to an accident. lights. See “Tire Tread” in chapter 7. • Keep your headlights clean and • Turn on your headlights to make it properly aimed. Dirty or improperly easier for others to see you. aimed headlights will make it much more difficult to see at night. • Driving too fast through large pud- dles can affect your brakes. If you • Avoid staring directly at the head- must go through puddles, try to lights of oncoming vehicles. You drive through them slowly. could be temporarily blinded, and it will take several seconds for your • If you believe your brakes may be eyes to readjust to the darkness. wet, apply them lightly while driv- ing until normal braking operation returns.

Hydroplaning If the road is wet enough and you are going fast enough, your vehicle may have little or no contact with the road surface and actually ride on the wa- ter. The best advice is SLOW DOWN when the road is wet. The risk of hy- droplaning increases as the depth of tire tread decreases, refer to “Tire Tread” in chapter 7.

7-58 07

Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flooded areas unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub. Drive through any water slowly. Allow adequate stopping distance be- cause brake performance may be re- duced. After driving through water, dry the brakes by gently applying them sev- eral times while the vehicle is moving slowly.

7-59 Driving your vehicle

WINTER DRIVING Snow or icy conditions i Information You need to keep sufficient distance between your vehicle and the vehicle Do not install studded tires without in front of you. first checking local and municipal reg- Apply the brakes gently. Speeding, ulations for possible restrictions rapid acceleration, sudden brake ap- against their use. plications, and sharp turns are poten- tially very hazardous practices. Tire chains During deceleration, use engine braking to the fullest extent. Sudden brake applications on snowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur. To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may be necessary to use snow tires or to install tire chains on your tires. Always carry emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry include tire chains, tow straps or chains, a flashlight, emergency OQXI059016 flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables, Since the sidewalls of radial tires are a window scraper, gloves, ground thinner than other types of tires, they cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc. may be damaged by mounting some types of tire chains on them. There- fore, the use of snow tires is recom- Snow tires mended instead of tire chains. Do not mount tire chains on vehicles WARNING equipped with aluminum wheels; if unavoidable use a wire type chain. If Snow tires should be equivalent in tire chains must be used, use genu- size and type to the vehicle’s stan- ine HYUNDAI parts and install the tire dard tires. Otherwise, the safety chain after reviewing the instructions and handling of your vehicle may provided with the tire chains. Dam- be adversely affected. age to your vehicle caused by im- proper tire chain use is not covered If you mount snow tires on your vehi- by your vehicle manufacturer’s war- cle, make sure to use radial tires of ranty. the same size and load range as the original tires. Mount snow tires on all four wheels to balance your vehicle’s handling in all weather conditions. The traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may not be as high as your vehicle’s original equipment tires. Check with the tire dealer for maximum speed recommendations.

7-60 07

WARNING When mounting snow chains, park the vehicle on level ground away from The use of tire chains may ad- traffic. Turn on the vehicle Hazard versely affect vehicle handling: Warning Flasher and place a triangu- • Drive less than 30 km/h (20 mph) lar emergency warning device behind or the chain manufacturer’s rec- the vehicle (if available). Always ommended speed limit, which- place the shift lever in neutral, apply ever is lower. the parking brake and turn off the en- gine before installing snow chains. • Drive carefully and avoid bumps, holes, sharp turns, and other road hazards, which may cause NOTICE the vehicle to bounce. When using tire chains: • Avoid sharp turns or locked • Wrong size chains or improperly wheel braking. installed chains can damage your vehicle’s brake lines, sus- i Information pension, body and wheels. • Use SAE “S” class or wire • Install tire chains on the front tires. chains. It should be noted that installing tire • If you hear noise caused by chains on the tires will provide a chains contacting the body, re- greater driving force, but will not tighten the chain to prevent con- prevent side skids. tact with the vehicle body. • Do not install tire chains without • To prevent body damage, re- first checking local and municipal tighten the chains after driving regulations for possible restrictions 0.5~1.0 km (0.3~0.6 miles). against their use. • Do not use tire chains on vehi- cles equipped with aluminum Chain Installation wheels. If unavoidable, use a When installing tire chains, follow the wire type chain. manufacturer’s instructions and • Use wire chains less than 12 mm mount them as tightly possible. Drive (0.47 in) wide to prevent damage slowly (less than 30 km/h (20 mph)) to the chain’s connection. with chains installed. If you hear the chains contacting the body or chas- sis, stop and tighten them. If they still make contact, slow down until the noise stops. Remove the tire chains as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads.

7-61 Driving your vehicle

Winter precautions Check spark plugs and ignition Use high quality ethylene glycol system coolant Inspect your spark plugs as described Your vehicle is delivered with high in chapter 7 and replace them if nec- quality ethylene glycol coolant in the essary. Also check all ignition wiring cooling system. It is the only type of and components to be sure they are coolant that should be used because not cracked, worn or damaged in any it helps prevent corrosion in the cool- way. ing system, lubricates the water pump and prevents freezing. Be sure to re- To keep locks from freezing place or replenish your coolant in ac- To keep the locks from freezing, cordance with the maintenance squirt an approved de-icer fluid or schedule in chapter 7. Before winter, glycerine into the key opening. If a have your coolant tested to assure lock is covered with ice, squirt it with that its freezing point is sufficient for an approved de-icing fluid to remove the temperatures anticipated during the ice. If the lock is frozen internally, the winter. you may be able to thaw it out by us- ing a heated key. Handle the heated Check battery and cables key with care to avoid injury. Winter puts additional burdens on the battery system. Visually inspect the Use approved window washer battery and cables as described in anti-freeze in system chapter 7. The level of charge in your To keep the water in the window battery can be checked by an autho- washer system from freezing, add an rized HYUNDAI dealer or a service approved window washer anti-freeze station. solution in accordance with instruc- tions on the container. Window wash- Change to “winter weight” oil if er anti-freeze is available from an au- necessary thorized HYUNDAI dealer and most In some climates it is recommended auto parts outlets. Do not use engine that a lower viscosity “winter weight” coolant or other types of anti-freeze oil be used during cold weather. See as these may damage the paint fin- chapter 8 for recommendations. If ish. you aren’t sure what weight oil you should use, we recommend that you consult with an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

7-62 07

Don’t let your parking brake Don’t place foreign objects or freeze materials in the engine compart- Under some conditions your parking ment brake can freeze in the engaged po- Placement of foreign objects or mate- sition. This is most likely to happen rials which prevent cooling of the en- when there is an accumulation of gine, in the engine compartment, may snow or ice around or near the rear cause a failure or combustion. The brakes or if the brakes are wet. If manufacturer is not responsible for there is a risk the parking brake may the damage caused by such place- freeze, apply it only temporarily while ment. you put the shift lever in P (for duel clutch transmission) or in first or re- verse gear (for manual transmission) and block the rear wheels so the ve- hicle cannot roll. Then release the parking brake.

Don’t let ice and snow accumu- late underneath Under some conditions, snow and ice can build up under the fenders and interfere with the steering. When driv- ing in severe winter conditions where this may happen, you should periodi- cally check underneath the car to be sure the movement of the front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed.

Carry emergency equipment Depending on the severity of the weather, you should carry appropri- ate emergency equipment. Some of the items you may want to carry in- clude tire chains, tow straps or chains, flashlight, emergency flares, sand, shovel, jumper cables, window scrap- er, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc.

7-63 Driving your vehicle

VEHICLE WEIGHT Two labels on your driver’s door sill GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) show how much weight your vehicle This is the Base Curb Weight plus ac- was designed to carry: the Tire and tual Cargo Weight plus passengers. Loading Information Label and the Certification Label. Before loading your vehicle, familiar- GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat- ize yourself with the following terms ing) for determining your vehicle’s weight This is the maximum allowable weight ratings, from the vehicle’s specifica- of the fully loaded vehicle (including tions and the Certification Label: all options, equipment, passengers and cargo). The GVWR is shown on the Certification Label located on the Base Curb Weight driver’s door sill. This is the weight of the vehicle in- cluding a full tank of fuel and all stan- dard equipment. It does not include Overloading passengers, cargo, or optional equip- ment. WARNING The Gross Axle Weight Rating Vehicle Curb Weight (GAWR) and the Gross Vehicle This is the weight of your new vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) for your ve- when you picked it up from your deal- hicle are on the Certification Label er plus any aftermarket equipment. attached to the driver’s (or front passenger’s) door. Exceeding Cargo Weight these ratings can cause an acci- dent or vehicle damage. You can This figure includes all weight added calculate the weight of your load to the Base Curb Weight, including by weighing the items (and people) cargo and optional equipment. before putting them in the vehicle. Be careful not to overload your ve- GAW (Gross Axle Weight) hicle. This is the total weight placed on each axle (front and rear) - including vehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Certification Label. The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR.

7-64 8. What to do in an emergency

Hazard warning flasher...... 8-2 In case of an emergency while driving...... 8-2 If the engine stalls while driving...... 8-2 If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing...... 8-2 If you have a flat tire while driving...... 8-3 If the engine will not start...... 8-3 If the engine doesn’t turn over or turns over slowly...... 8-3 If the engine turns over normally but doesn’t start...... 8-3 Jump starting...... 8-4 If the engine overheats...... 8-7 Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)...... 8-9 Low tire pressure telltale...... 8-10 TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) malfunction indicator...... 8-11 Changing a tire with tpms...... 8-11 If you have a flat tire...... 8-13 Jack and tools...... 8-13 Removing and storing the spare tire...... 8-13 Changing tires...... 8-14 Jack label...... 8-18 EC Declaration of conformity for Jack...... 8-19 8 Towing...... 8-20 Towing service...... 8-20 Removable towing hook...... 8-21 Emergency towing...... 8-21 Emergency commodity...... 8-23 First aid kit...... 8-23 Triangle reflector...... 8-23 What to do in an emergency

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING If the engine stalls while driv- ing • Reduce your speed gradually, keeping a straight line. Move cau- tiously off the road to a safe place. • Turn on your hazard warning flash- er.

OQXI069001 • Try to start the engine again. If your vehicle will not start, we rec- The hazard warning flasher serves as ommend that you contact an au- a warning to other drivers to exercise thorized HYUNDAI dealer. extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle. It should be used whenever emer- If the engine stalls at a cross- gency repairs are being made or road or crossing when the vehicle is stopped near the If the engine stalls at a crossroad or edge of a roadway. crossing, if safe to do so, move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position To turn the hazard warning flasher on and then push the vehicle to a safe or off, press the hazard warning flash- location. er button with the ignition switch in any position. The button is located in • If your vehicle has a manual trans- the center console switch panel. mission not equipped with a igni- tion lock switch, the vehicle can All turn signal lights will flash simulta- move forward by shifting to the neously. 2(second) or 3(third) gear and then • The hazard warning flasher oper- turning the starter without depress- ates whether your vehicle is run- ing the clutch pedal. ning or not. • The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on.

8-2 08 IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT If you have a flat tire while driv- START ing If a tire goes flat while you are driving: If the engine doesn’t turn over or turns over slowly • Take your foot off the accelerator • Be sure the shift lever is in N (Neu- pedal and let the vehicle slow tral) or P (Park) if it is a duel clutch down while driving straight ahead. transmission vehicle. The engine Do not apply the brakes immedi- starts only when the shift lever is in ately or attempt to pull off the road N (Neutral) or P (Park). as this may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. • Check the battery connections to When the vehicle has slowed to be sure they are clean and tight. such a speed that it is safe to do • Turn on the interior light. If the light so, brake carefully and pull off the dims or goes out when you operate road. Drive off the road as far as the starter, the battery is drained. possible and park on firm, level Do not push or pull the vehicle to start ground. If you are on a divided it. This could cause damage to your highway, do not park in the median vehicle. area between the two traffic lanes. • When the vehicle is stopped, press the hazard warning flasher button, See instructions for “Jump move the shift lever into P (Park, Starting” provided in this chapter. for duel clutch transmission vehi- cle) or neutral (for manual trans- mission vehicle), apply the parking WARNING brake, and place the ignition switch Push or pull starting the vehicle in the LOCK/OFF position. may cause the catalytic converter • Have all passengers get out of the to overload which can lead to dam- vehicle. Be sure they all get out on age to the emission control sys- the side of the vehicle that is away tem. from traffic. • When changing a flat tire, follow If the engine turns over nor- the instructions provided later in mally but doesn’t start this chapter. • Check the fuel level and add fuel if necessary. If the engine still does not start, we recommend that you call an autho- rized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

8-3 What to do in an emergency

JUMP STARTING Jump starting can be dangerous if If acid gets into your eyes, flush done incorrectly. Follow the jump your eyes with clean water for at starting procedure in this section to least 15 minutes and get immedi- avoid serious injury or damage to ate medical attention. If acid gets your vehicle. If in doubt about how to on your skin, thoroughly wash the properly jump start your vehicle, we area. If you feel pain or a burning strongly recommend that you have a sensation, get medical attention service technician or towing service immediately. do it for you. • When lifting a plastic-cased bat- tery, excessive pressure on the WARNING case may cause battery acid to leak. Lift with a battery carrier or To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or with your hands on opposite DEATH to you or bystanders, al- corners. ways follow these precautions • Do not attempt to jump start when working near or handling the your vehicle if your battery is battery: frozen. Always read and follow • NEVER attempt to recharge the instructions carefully when battery when the vehicle’s bat- handling a battery. tery cables are connected to the Wear eye protection de- battery. signed to protect the eyes • The electrical from acid splashes. works with high voltage. NEVER Keep all flames, sparks, or touch these components with smoking materials away the engine running or when the from the battery. ignition switch is in the ON posi- Hydrogen is always pres- tion. ent in battery cells, is high- • Do not allow the (+) and (-) jump- ly combustible, and may er cables to touch. It may cause explode if ignited. sparks. Keep batteries out of reach • The battery may rupture or ex- of children. plode when you jump start with a low or frozen battery. Batteries contain sulfuric • Never attempt jump start if you acid which is highly corro- observe cracks, leaks or other sive. Do not allow acid to damage on Battery. contact your eyes, skin or clothing.

8-4 08

CAUTION Jump starting procedure 1. Position the vehicles close enough • Improper jump starting proce- that the jumper cables will reach, dure can result in battery explo- but do not allow the vehicles to sion and acid burn hazard. touch. • Loosely connected battery ca- 2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in bles could damage the electron- the engine compartment at all ic control units. times, even when the vehicles are • To disconnect battery terminals turned off. wait for at least 2 minutes to al- 3. Turn off all electrical devices such low discharge of high voltage or as radios, lights, air conditioning, it could lead to personal injury. etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park, for • While disconnecting, always duel clutch transmission vehicle) disconnect the -VE terminal first or neutral (for manual transmission and while connecting, always vehicle), and set the parking connect the -VE terminal last. brakes. Turn both vehicles OFF.

NOTICE Jumper Cables To prevent damage to your vehi- cle: • Only use a 12-volt power supply (-) (+) (battery or jumper system) to (-) jump start your vehicle. Jumper Terminal • Do not attempt to jump start (+) your vehicle by push-starting. Booster Battery

OQXI069002

i Information 4. Connect the jumper cables in the An inappropriately disposed exact sequence shown in the illus- battery can be harmful to the tration. First connect one jumper environment and human cable to the red, positive (+) jump- Pb health. Dispose the battery ac- er terminal of your vehicle (1). cording to your local law(s) or 5. Connect the other end of the jump- regulation. er cable to the red, positive (+) bat- tery/jumper terminal of the assist- ing vehicle (2). 6. Connect the second jumper cable to the black, negative (-) battery/ chassis ground of the assisting ve- hicle (3).

8-5 What to do in an emergency

7. Connect the other end of the sec- Disconnect the jumper cables in the ond jumper cable to the black, neg- exact reverse order you connected ative (-) chassis ground of your ve- them: hicle (4). 1. Disconnect the jumper cable from Do not allow the jumper cables to the black, negative (-) chassis contact anything except the correct ground of your vehicle (4). battery or jumper terminals or the 2. Disconnect the other end of the correct ground. Do not lean over jumper cable from the black, nega- the battery when making connec- tive (-) battery/chassis ground of tions. the assisting vehicle (3). 8. Start the engine of the assisting 3. Disconnect the second jumper ca- vehicle and let it run at approxi- ble from the red, positive (+) bat- mately 2,000 rpm for a few min- tery/jumper terminal of the assist- utes. Then start your vehicle. ing vehicle (2). 4. Disconnect the other end of the If your vehicle will not start after a few jumper cable from the red, positive attempts, it probably requires servic- (+) jumper terminal of your vehicle ing. In this event please seek quali- (1). fied assistance. If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, we recommend that your vehicle be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING Never connect Jumper Cable di- rectly to the negative (-) terminal of discharged Battery (Your Vehicle Battery), or an Explosion may oc- cur.

8-6 08 IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS If your temperature gauge indicates 4. Check for coolant leaking from the overheating, you experience a loss of radiator, hoses or under the vehi- power, or hear loud pinging or knock- cle. (If the air conditioning had ing, the engine may be overheating. If been in use, it is normal for cold this happens, you should: water to be draining from it when 1. Pull off the road and stop as soon you stop.) as it is safe to do so. 5. If engine coolant is leaking out, 2. Place the shift lever in P (Park, for stop the engine immediately and duel clutch transmission vehicle) we recommend that you call an au- or neutral (for manual transmission thorized HYUNDAI dealer for as- vehicle) and set the parking brake. sistance. If the air conditioning is ON, turn it OFF. WARNING 3. If engine coolant is running out un- der the vehicle or steam is coming NEVER remove the radi- out from the hood, stop the engine. ator cap or the drain Do not open the hood until the plug while the engine coolant has stopped running or the and radiator are hot. Hot steaming has stopped. If there is coolant and steam may no visible loss of engine coolant blow out under pressure, causing and no steam, leave the engine serious injury. running and check to be sure the Turn the engine off and wait until engine cooling fan is operating. If the engine cools down. Use ex- the fan is not running, turn the en- treme care when removing the ra- gine off. diator cap. Wrap a thick towel around it, and turn it counterclock- wise slowly to the first stop. Step WARNING back while the pressure is released While the engine is run- from the cooling system. When ning, keep hands, cloth- you are sure all the pressure has ing and tools away from been released, press down on the the moving parts such cap, using a thick towel, and con- as the cooling fan and tinue turning counterclockwise to drive belt to prevent se- remove it. rious injury.

8-7 What to do in an emergency

6. If you cannot find the cause of the overheating, wait until the engine temperature has returned to nor- mal. Then, if coolant has been lost, carefully add coolant to the reser- voir to bring the fluid level in the reservoir up to the halfway mark. 7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for further signs of overheat- ing. If overheating happens again, we recommend that you call an au- thorized HYUNDAI dealer for as- sistance.

NOTICE • Serious loss of coolant indi- cates a leak in the cooling sys- tem and we recommend the sys- tem be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • When the engine overheats from low engine coolant, suddenly adding engine coolant may cause cracks in the engine. To prevent damage, add engine coolant slowly in small quanti- ties.

8-8 08 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) (IF EQUIPPED) Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire mainte- nance, and it is the driver’s responsi- bility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumina- tion of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale. Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to OQXI069003 indicate when the system is not oper- Low tire pressure telltale / ating properly. The TPMS malfunc- TPMS malfunction indicator tion indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the Each tire, including the spare (if pro- telltale will flash for approximately vided), should be checked monthly one minute and then remain continu- when cold and inflated to the inflation ously illuminated. This sequence will pressure recommended by the vehi- continue upon subsequent vehicle cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac- start-ups as long as the malfunction ard or tire inflation pressure label. (If exists. When the malfunction indica- your vehicle has tires of a different tor is illuminated, the system may not size than the size indicated on the ve- be able to detect or signal low tire hicle placard or tire inflation pressure pressure as intended. TPMS mal- label, you should determine the prop- functions may occur for a variety of er tire inflation pressure for those reasons, including the installation of tires.) replacement or alternate tires or As an added safety feature, your ve- wheels on the vehicle that prevent hicle has been equipped with a tire the TPMS from functioning properly. pressure monitoring system (TPMS) Always check the TPMS malfunction that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale after replacing one or more telltale when one or more of your tires tires or wheels on your vehicle to en- is significantly under-inflated. sure that the replacement or alternate Accordingly, when the low tire pres- tires and wheels allow the TPMS to sure telltale illuminates, you should continue to function properly. stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the prop- er pressure. Driving on a significantly i Information under-inflated tire causes the tire to If the TPMS indicator does not illumi- overheat and can lead to tire failure. nate for 3 seconds when the ignition Under-inflation also reduces fuel effi- switch is turned to the ON position or ciency and tire tread life, and may af- engine is running, or if it comes on af- fect the vehicle’s handling and stop- ter blinking for approximately one ping ability. minute, we recommend that you con- tact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

8-9 What to do in an emergency

Low tire pressure tell- NOTICE tale In winter or cold weather, the low tire pressure telltale may be illumi- nated if the tire pressure was ad- When the tire pressure monitoring justed to the recommended tire in- system warning indicator is illuminat- flation pressure in warm weather. ed, one or more of your tires is signifi- It does not mean your TPMS is cantly under-inflated. malfunctioning because the de- If the telltale illuminates, immediately creased temperature leads to a reduce your speed, avoid hard cor- proportional lowering of tire pres- nering and anticipate increased stop- sure. ping distances. You should stop and When you drive your vehicle from check your tires as soon as possible. a warm area to a cold area or from Inflate the tires to the proper pressure a cold area to a warm area, or the as indicated on the vehicle’s placard outside temperature is greatly or tire inflation pressure label located higher or lower, you should check on the driver’s side center pillar outer the tire inflation pressure and ad- panel. If you cannot reach a service just the tires to the recommended station or if the tire cannot hold the tire inflation pressure. newly added air, replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire. WARNING Then the Low Tire Pressure telltale may flash for approximately one min- Low pressure damage ute and then remain continuously illu- Significantly low tire pressure minated after restarting and about 10 makes the vehicle unstable and minutes of continuous driving before can contribute to loss of vehicle you have the low pressure tire re- control and increased braking dis- paired and replaced on the vehicle. tances. Continued driving on low pressure tires can cause the tires to over- heat and fail.

8-10 08

TPMS (Tire Pressure Changing a tire with TPMS Monitoring System) If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire malfunction indicator Pressure will come on. We recom- mend that the flat tire be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. The TPMS malfunction indicator will illuminate after it blinks for approxi- mately one minute when there is a NOTICE problem with the Tire Pressure Moni- toring System. If the system is able to We recommend that you use a correctly detect an under inflation puncture-repairing agent approved warning at the same time as system by HYUNDAI. failure then it will illuminate the TPMS The sealant on the tire pressure malfunction indicator. sensor and wheel shall be elemi- We recommend that the system be nated when you replace the tire checked by an authorized HYUNDAI with a new one. dealer. Each wheel is equipped with a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the NOTICE tire behind the valve stem. You must • The TPMS malfunction indicator use TPMS specific wheels. It is rec- may be illuminated if the vehicle ommended that you have your tires is moving around electric power serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI supply cables or radios trans- dealer. mitter such as at police stations, Even if you replace the low pressure government and public offices, tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire broadcasting stations, military Pressure Telltale will blink or remain installations, airports, or trans- on until the low pressure tire is re- mitting towers, etc. This can in- paired and placed on the vehicle. terfere with normal operation of After you replace the low pressure the Tire Pressure Monitoring tire with the spare tire, the Low Tire System (TPMS). Pressure Telltale may blink or illumi- • The TPMS malfunction indicator nate after a few minutes because the may illuminate if snow chains or TPMS sensor mounted on the spare some separately purchased de- wheel is not initiated. vices such as notebook comput- Once the low pressure tire is re-in- ers, mobile charger, remote flated to the recommended pressure starter, navigation etc. are used and installed on the vehicle or the in the vehicle. This can interfere new TPMS sensor mounted on the with normal operation of the Tire wheel, the TPMS malfunction indica- Pressure Monitoring System tor and the low tire pressure and posi- (TPMS). tion telltales will turn off within a few minutes of driving.

8-11 What to do in an emergency

If the indicator does not turn off after a few minutes of driving, we recom- NOTICE mend that the system be checked by We recommend that you use the an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. tire sealant approved by HYUNDAI if your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System. NOTICE The liquid sealant can damage the If original mounted tire is replaced tire pressure sensors. with the spare tire, the TPMS sen- sor on the replaced spare wheel should be initiated and we recom- WARNING mend that the TPMS sensor on the TPMS original mounted wheel be deacti- • The TPMS cannot alert you to vated by a HYUNDAI dealer. If the severe and sudden tire damage TPMS sensor on the original caused by external factors such mounted wheel located in the as nails or road debris. spare tire carrier still activates, the tire pressure monitoring system • If you feel any vehicle instability, may not operate properly. We rec- immediately take your foot off ommend that the system be ser- the accelerator, apply the brakes viced by an authorized HYUNDAI gradually and with light force, dealer. and slowly move to a safe posi- tion off the road. You may not be able to identify a low tire by simply looking at it. Always use WARNING a good quality tire pressure gauge to measure the tire’s inflation pressure. Protecting TPMS Please note that a tire that is hot (from Tampering with, modifying, or dis- being driven) will have a higher pres- abling the Tire Pressure Monitor- sure measurement than a tire that is ing System (TPMS) components cold. may interfere with the system’s A cold tire means the vehicle is in ability to warn the driver of low tire parked position for at least 3 hours or pressure conditions and/or TPMS driven less than 1.6 km (1 mile) in malfunctions. Tampering with, that period. modifying, or disabling the Tire Allow the tire to cool before measur- Pressure Monitoring System ing the inflation pressure. Always be (TPMS) components may void the sure the tire is cold before inflating to warranty for that portion of the ve- the recommended pressure. hicle.

8-12 08 IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE WARNING Removing and storing the spare tire Changing a tire can be dangerous. Follow the instructions in this sec- tion when changing a tire to reduce the risk of serious injury or death.

Jack and tools

OQXI069005 Turn the winged hold down bolt coun- terclockwise to remove the spare tire. Store the spare tire in the same com- partment by turning the winged hold down bolt clockwise. OQXI069004 To prevent the spare tire and tools Jack from “rattling” store them in their Jack handl③ Wheel lug nut wrench proper location. ④ Towing hook

The jack, jack handle, and wheel lug nut wrench, towing hook are stored in the luggage compartment under the luggage box cover. The jack is provided for emergency tire changing only.

OQXI069006 If it is hard to loosen the tire hold- down wing bolt by hand, you can loosen it easily using the wheel lug nut wrench. 1. Put the wrench (1) inside of the tire hold-down wing bolt. 2. Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt counterclockwise with the wrench.

8-13 What to do in an emergency

Changing tires Follow these steps to change your vehicle’s tire: 1. Park on a level, firm surface. WARNING 2. Move the shift lever into P (Park, A vehicle can slip or roll off of a for duel clutch transmission vehi- jack causing serious injury or cle) or neutral (for manual trans- death to you or those nearby. Take mission vehicle), apply the parking the following safety precautions: brake, and place the ignition switch • Do not get under a vehicle that in the LOCK/OFF position. is supported by a jack. 3. Press the hazard warning flasher • NEVER attempt to change a tire button. in the lane of traffic. ALWAYS 4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench, move the vehicle completely off jack, jack handle, and spare tire the road on level, firm ground from the vehicle. away from traffic before trying 5. Block both the front and rear of the to change a tire. If you cannot tire diagonally opposite of the tire find a level, firm place off the you are changing. road, call a towing service for assistance. • Be sure to use the jack provided with the vehicle. • ALWAYS place the jack on the designated jacking positions on the vehicle and NEVER on the bumpers or any other part of the vehicle for jacking support. • Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack. • Do not allow anyone to remain OQXI069007 in the vehicle while it is on the 6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counter- jack. clockwise one turn each in the or- • Keep children away from the der shown above, but do not re- road and the vehicle. move any lug nuts until the tire has been raised off of the ground.

8-14 08

10. Install the spare tire onto the studs of the hub. 11. Tighten the lug nuts with your fin- gers onto the studs with the small- er end of the lug nuts closest to the wheel. 12. Lower the vehicle to the ground by turning the jack handle coun- terclockwise.

OQXI069008 7. Place the jack at the designated jacking position under the frame closest to the tire you are chang- ing. The jacking positions are plates welded to the frame with two tabs and a raised dot. Never jack any other position or part of the ve- hicle.

OQXI069010 13. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to tighten the lug nuts in the order shown. Double-check each lug nut until they are tight. After changing tires, we recommend that an authorized HYUNDAI dealer tighten the lug nuts to their proper torque as soon as possi- ble. The wheel lug nut should OQXI069009 be tightened to 11~13 kgf.m 8. Insert the jack handle into the jack (79~94 lbf.ft). and turn it clockwise, raising the vehicle until the tire clears the ground. Make sure the vehicle is stable on the jack. 9. Loosen the lug nuts with the wheel lug nut wrench and remove them with your fingers. Remove the wheel from the studs and lay it flat on the ground out of the way. Re- move any dirt or debris from the studs, mounting surfaces, and wheel.

8-15 What to do in an emergency

If you have a tire gauge, check the Use of compact spare tires tire pressure (see “Tires and Wheels” (if equipped) in chapter 8 for tire pressure instruc- Compact spare tires are designed for tions.). If the pressure is lower or emergency use only. Drive carefully higher than recommended, drive on the compact spare tire and always slowly to the nearest service station follow the safety precautions. and adjust it to the recommended pressure. Always reinstall the valve cap after checking or adjusting tire WARNING pressure. If the cap is not replaced, air may leak from the tire. If you lose To prevent compact spare tire fail- a valve cap, buy another and install it ure and loss of control possibly as soon as possible. After changing resulting in an accident: tires, secure the flat tire and return • Use the compact spare tire only the jack and tools to their proper stor- in an emergency. age locations. • NEVER operate your vehicle over 80 km/h (50 mph). i Information • Do not exceed the vehicle’s maximum load rating or the load Check the tire pressure as soon as pos- carrying capacity shown on the sible after installing a spare tire. Ad- sidewall of the compact spare just it to the recommended pressure. tire. • Do not use the compact spare NOTICE tire continuously. Repair or re- place the original tire as soon as Your vehicle has metric threads on possible to avoid failure of the the studs and lug nuts. Make cer- compact spare tire. tain during tire changing that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled. If you have to replace your lug nuts make sure they have metric threads to avoid damaging the studs and ensure the wheel is properly secured to the hub. We recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for as- sistance.

If any of the equipment such as the jack, lug nuts, studs, or other equip- ment is damaged or in poor condition, do not attempt to change the tire and call for assistance.

8-16 08

When driving with the compact spare tire mounted to your vehicle: NOTICE • Check the tire pressure after in- To prevent damaging the compact stalling the compact spare tire. The spare tire and your vehicle: compact spare tire should be in- • Drive slowly enough for the road flated to 420 kPa (60 psi). conditions to avoid all hazards, • Do not take this vehicle through an such as a potholes or debris. automatic car wash while the com- • Avoid driving over obstacles. pact spare tire is installed. The compact spare tire diameter • Do not use the compact spare tire is smaller than the diameter of a on any other vehicle because this conventional tire and reduces tire has been designed especially the ground clearance approxi- for your vehicle. mately 25 mm (1 inch). • The compact spare tire’s tread life • Do not use tire chains on the is shorter than a regular tire. In- compact spare tire. Because of spect your compact spare tire reg- the smaller size, a tire chain will ularly and replace worn compact not fit properly. spare tires with the same size and • Do not use the compact spare design, mounted on the same tire on any other wheels, nor wheel. should standard tires, snow • Do not use more than one compact tires, wheel covers or trim rings spare tire at a time. be used with the compact spare wheel. • Do not tow a trailer while the com- pact spare tire is installed.

i Information When the original tire and wheel are repaired and reinstalled on the vehicle, the lug nut torque must be set correctly to prevent wheel vibration. The correct lug nut tightening torque is 11~13 kgf.m (79~94 lbf.ft).

8-17 What to do in an emergency

Jack label „„Example • Type A

OHYK065010

• Type B

OHYK065011 The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration. For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.

1. Model Name 8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles 2. Maximum allowable load with manual transmission or move the shift lever to the P position on 3. When using the jack, set your vehicles with duel clutch transmis- parking brake. sion. 4. When using the jack, stop the en- 9. The jack should be used on firm gine. level ground. 5. Do not get under a vehicle that is 10. Jack manufacture supported by a jack. 11. Production date 6. The designated locations under the frame 12. Representative company and ad- dress 7. When supporting the vehicle, the base plate of jack must be vertical under the lifting point.

8-18 08

EC Declaration of conformity for Jack

OIB047200

8-19 What to do in an emergency

TOWING Towing service

OQXI069012

Dolly

Dolly OQXI069013 OQXI069011 If emergency towing is necessary, we recommend having it done by an au- thorized HYUNDAI dealer or a com- mercial tow-truck service. Proper lift- ing and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or flatbed is recommended. OQXI069014 It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with NOTICE the rear wheels on the ground (with- • Do not tow the vehicle with 4 out dollies) and the front wheels off wheels on the ground (such as the ground. If any of the loaded dinghy towing behind a motor- wheels or suspension components home or other motor vehicle) as are damaged or the vehicle is being this can seriously damage the towed with the front wheels on the duel clutch transmission. ground, use a towing dolly under the front wheels. • Do not tow the vehicle with the front wheels on the ground as When being towed by a commercial this may cause damage to the tow truck and wheel dollies are not vehicle. used, the front of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the rear. • Do not tow with sling-type equip- ment. Use a wheel lift or flatbed

equipment.

8-20 08

When towing your vehicle in an emer- Emergency towing gency without wheel dollies: 1. Place the ignition switch in the ACC position. 2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral). 3. Release the parking brake.

NOTICE Failure to place the shift lever in N

(Neutral) when being towed with OQXI069016 the front wheels on the ground can cause internal damage to the If towing is necessary, we recom- transmission. mend you have it done by an autho- rized HYUNDAI dealer or a commer- cial tow truck service. Removable towing hook

OQXI069015 OQXI069017 1. Open the tailgate, and remove the If towing service is not available in an towing hook from the tool case. emergency, your vehicle may be tem- 2. Remove the hole cover pressing porarily towed using a cable or chain the lower part of the cover on the secured to the emergency towing front bumper. hook at the front (or rear) of the vehi- 3. Install the towing hook by turning it cle. clockwise into the hole until it is ful- Use extreme caution when towing the ly secured. vehicle with a cable or chain. A driver 4. Remove the towing hook and in- must be in the vehicle to steer it and stall the cover after use. operate the brakes. Towing in this manner may be done only on hard-surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds. Also, the wheels, axles, power train, steering and brakes must all be in good condition.

8-21 What to do in an emergency

Always follow these emergency tow- ing precautions: • Place the ignition switch in the ACC position so the steering wheel is not locked. • Place the shift lever in N (Neutral). • Release the parking brake. • Depress the brake pedal with more force than normal since you will have reduced braking perfor- OQXI069018 mance. • Use a towing cable or chain less • More steering effort will be required than 5 m (16 feet) long. Attach a because the power steering sys- white or red cloth (about 30 cm (12 tem will be disabled. inches) wide) in the middle of the • Use a vehicle heavier than your cable or chain for easy visibility. own to tow your vehicle. • Drive carefully so the towing cable • The drivers of both vehicles should or chain remains tight during tow- communicate with each other fre- ing. quently. • Before towing, check the automat- • Before emergency towing, check ic transmission for fluid leaks un- that the hook is not broken or dam- der your vehicle. If the automatic aged. transmission fluid is leaking, flat- • Fasten the towing cable or chain bed equipment or a towing dolly securely to the hook. must be used. • Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady and even force. NOTICE To avoid damage to your vehicle and vehicle components when towing: • Always pull straight ahead when using the towing hooks. Do not pull from the side or at a vertical angle. • Do not use the towing hooks to pull a vehicle out of mud, sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power. • Limit the vehicle speed to 15 km/h (10 mph) and drive less than 1.5 km (1 mile) when towing to avoid serious damage to the automatic transmission. 8-22 08 EMERGENCY COMMODITY Your vehicle is equipped with emer- gency commodities to help you re- spond to emergency situation.

First aid kit Supplies for use in giving first aid such as scissors, bandage and adhe- sive tape, etc. are provided.

Triangle reflector Place the triangle reflector on the road to warn oncoming vehicles during emergencies, such as when the vehicle is parked by the roadside due to problems.

8-23 9. Maintenance

Engine compartment ...... 9-3 Maintenance services ...... 9-5 Owner’s responsibility ...... 9-5 Owner maintenance precautions...... 9-5 Engine compartment precautions (Diesel engine) ...... 9-7 Owner maintenance ...... 9-8 Owner maintenance schedule ...... 9-8 Scheduled maintenance service ...... 9-10 Normal maintenance schedule - petrol engine ...... 9-11 Maintenance under severe usage conditions - petrol engine ...... 9-15 Normal maintenance schedule - diesel engine ...... 9-17 Maintenance under severe usage conditions - diesel engine ...... 9-20 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ...... 9-22 Engine oil ...... 9-25 Checking the engine oil level (Petrol engiene) ...... 9-25 Checking the engine oil level (Diesel engine) ...... 9-26 Changing the engine oil and filter ...... 9-27 Engine coolant ...... 9-28 Checking the coolant level ...... 9-28 Recommended engine coolant ...... 9-29 Changing the coolant ...... 9-30 Brake/clutch fluid ...... 9-31 Checking the brake/clutch fluid level ...... 9-31 Washer fluid ...... 9-32 Checking the washer fluid level ...... 9-32 Checking the parking brake...... 9-33 9 Parking brake ...... 9-33 Fuel Filter (For Diesel) ...... 9-34 Draining water from fuel filter ...... 9-34 Extracting air from the fuel filter ...... 9-34 Air cleaner ...... 9-35 Filter replacement ...... 9-35 Climate control air filter ...... 9-36 Filter inspection ...... 9-36 Filter replacement ...... 9-36 Wiper blades ...... 9-38 Blade inspection ...... 9-38 Blade replacement ...... 9-38 Battery ...... 9-40 For best battery service ...... 9-40 Battery capacity label ...... 9-42 Battery recharging ...... 9-42 Reset items ...... 9-43 Battery replacement ...... 9-43 Tires and wheels ...... 9-44 Tire care ...... 9-44 Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ...... 9-44 Checking tire inflation pressure ...... 9-45 Tire rotation ...... 9-46 Wheel alignment and tire balance ...... 9-47 Tire replacement ...... 9-48 Wheel replacement ...... 9-49 Tire traction ...... 9-49 Tire maintenance ...... 9-50 Tire sidewall labeling ...... 9-50 Low aspect ratio tire ...... 9-53 Fuses ...... 9-55 Instrument panel fuse replacement ...... 9-56 Engine compartment panel fuse replacement ...... 9-57 Light bulbs ...... 9-73 Headlight, Parking (Position) Light, Turn signal Light, Low Beam Assist-Static Light, Fog Light and Daytime Running Light bulb replacement ...... 9-74 Side repeater lamp replacement...... 9-78 9 Rear combination light bulb replacement ...... 9-78 High mounted stop light ...... 9-80 License plate light bulb replacement ...... 9-80 Interior light bulb replacement ...... 9-80 Appearance care ...... 9-82 Exterior care ...... 9-82 Interior care...... 9-87 Emission control system ...... 9-91 Crankcase emission control system ...... 9-91 Evaporative emission control system ...... 9-91 Exhaust emission control system ...... 9-92 Gasoline particulate system ...... 9-94 Diesel particulate system...... 9-95 09 ENGINE COMPARTMENT

(Petrol Engine (1.2 MPIٻ„

(Petrol Engine (1.0 T-GDIٻ„

The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OQXI079001/OQXI079100

1. Engine coolant reservoir 6. Engine oil filler cap 2. Radiator cap 7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir 8. Engine room junction block 4. Air cleaner 9. Battery 5. Engine oil dipstick * : if equipped

7-3 Maintenance

(Diesel Engine (1.4/1.5 WDTٻ„

The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

OQXI079002

1. Engine coolant reservoir 5. Engine oil dipstick 2. Radiator cap 6. Engine oil filler cap 3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir 7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir 4. Air cleaner 8. Engine room junction block 9. Battery

9-4 09 MAINTENANCE SERVICES You should exercise the utmost care Owner maintenance precau- to prevent damage to your vehicle tions and injury to yourself whenever per- Improper or incomplete service may forming any maintenance or inspec- result in problems. This chapter gives tion procedures. Inadequate, incom- instructions only for the maintenance plete or insufficient servicing may items that are easy to perform. result in operational problems with your vehicle that could lead to vehicle damage, an accident, or personal in- i Information jury. Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect war- Owner’s responsibility ranty coverage. For details, read the separate Service Passport provided Information with the vehicle. If you’re unsure about i any servicing or maintenance proce- Maintenance Service and Record Re- dure, we recommend that the system tention are the owner’s responsibility. be serviced by an authorized HYUND- AI dealer. We recommend in general that you have your vehicle serviced by an au- WARNING thorized HYUNDAI dealer. Maintenance work You should retain documents that show proper maintenance has been • Performing maintenance work performed on your vehicle in accor- on a vehicle can be dangerous. dance with the scheduled mainte- You can be seriously injured nance service charts shown on the while performing some mainte- following pages. You need this infor- nance procedures. If you lack mation to establish your compliance sufficient knowledge and expe- with the servicing and maintenance rience or the proper tools and requirements of your vehicle warran- equipment to do the work, we ties. recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized Detailed warranty information is pro- HYUNDAI dealer. vided in your Service Passport. • Working under the hood with Repairs and adjustments required as the engine running is danger- a result of improper maintenance or a ous. It becomes even more dan- lack of required maintenance are not gerous when you wear jewelry covered when your vehicle is covered or loose clothing. These can be- by warranty. come entangled in moving parts and result in injury.

9-5 Maintenance

Therefore, if you must run the • Before touching the battery, ig- engine while working under the nition cables and electrical wir- hood, make certain that you re- ing, you should disconnect the move all jewelry (especially battery “-” terminal. You may rings, bracelets, watches, and get an electric shock from the necklaces) and all neckties, electric current. scarves, and similar loose cloth- • When you remove the interior ing before getting near the en- trim cover with a flat head (-) gine or cooling fans. driver, be careful not to damage the cover. WARNING • Be careful when you replace and clean bulbs to avoid burns or Do not leave gloves, rags or any electrical shock. other combustible material in the engine compartment. Doing so may cause a heat-induced fire. WARNING Diesel Engine NOTICE Never work on injection system • Do not put heavy objects or ap- with engine running or within 30 ply excessive force on top of the seconds after shutting off engine. engine cover (if equipped) or High-pressure pump, rail, injectors fuel related parts. and high-pressure pipes are sub- ject to high pressure even after the • When you inspect the fuel sys- engine stopped. The fuel jet pro- tem (fuel lines and fuel injection duced by fuel leaks may cause se- devices), we recommend that rious injury, if it touches the body. you contact an authorized People using pacemakers should HYUNDAI dealer. not move more than 30cm closer • Do not drive long time with the to the ECU or wiring harness with- engine cover(if equipped) re- in the engine room while engine is moved. running, since the high currents in • When checking the engine the electronic engine control sys- room, do not go near fire. Fuel, tem produce considerable mag- washer fluid, etc. are flammable netic fields. oils that may cause fire.

9-6 09

Engine compartment precau- tions (Diesel engine) • The injector operates at high volt- age (maximum 200v). Therefore, the following accidents may occur. - Direct contact with the injector or injector wiring may cause electric shock or damage your muscle or nerve system. - The electromagnetic wave from the operating injector may cause the artificial heart pacemaker to malfunction. • Follow the safety tips provided be- low, when you are checking the engine room while the engine is running. - Do not touch the injector, injector wirings, and the engine computer while the engine is running. - Do not remove the injector con- nector while the engine is running. - People using pacemakers must not go near the engine while the engine is starting or running.

9-7 Maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCE The following lists are vehicle checks While operating your vehicle: and inspections that should be per- • Note any changes in the sound of formed at the frequencies indicated the exhaust or any smell of ex- to help ensure safe, dependable op- haust fumes in the vehicle. eration of your vehicle. • Check for vibrations in the steering Any adverse conditions should be wheel. Notice any increased steer- brought to the attention of your dealer ing effort or looseness in the steer- as soon as possible. ing wheel, or change in its straight- These Owner Maintenance Checks ahead position. are generally not covered by warran- • Notice if your vehicle constantly ties and you may be charged for la- turns slightly or “pulls” to one side bor, parts and lubricants used. when traveling on smooth, level road. Owner maintenance schedule • When stopping, listen and check When you stop for fuel: for unusual sounds, pulling to one side, increased brake pedal travel • Check the engine oil level. or “hard-to-push” brake pedal. • Check the coolant level in coolant • If any slipping or changes in the reservoir. operation of your transmission oc- • Check the windshield washer fluid curs, check the transmission fluid level. level. • Look for low or under-inflated tires. • Check dual clutch transmission P • Check the radiator and condenser. (Park) function. Check if the front of the radiator • Check the parking brake. and condenser are clean and not • Check for fluid leaks under your blocked with leaves, dirt or insects vehicle (water dripping from the air etc. conditioning system during or after If any of the above parts are ex- use is normal). tremely dirty or you are not sure of their condition, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING Be careful when checking your en- gine coolant level when the engine is hot. Scalding hot coolant and steam may blow out under pres- sure. This could cause burns or other serious injury.

9-8 09

At least monthly: At least once a year: • Check the coolant level in the en- • Clean the body and door drain gine coolant reservoir. holes. • Check the operation of all exterior • Lubricate the door hinges and lights, including the stoplights, turn checks, and hood hinges. signals and hazard warning flash- • Lubricate the door and hood locks ers. and latches. • Check the inflation pressures of all • Lubricate the door rubber weather- tires including the spare for tires strips. that are worn, show uneven wear, or are damaged. • Check the air conditioning system. • Check for loose wheel lug nuts. • Inspect and lubricate dual clutch transmission linkage and controls. • Clean the battery and terminals. At least twice a year • Check the brake/clutch fluid level. (i.e., every Spring and Fall): • Check the radiator, heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage. • Check the windshield washer spray and wiper operation. Clean wiper blades with clean cloth dampened with washer fluid. • Check the headlight alignment. • Check the muffler, exhaust pipes, shields and clamps. • Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear and function.

9-9 Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions. • Repeated driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal tem- perature or less than 16 km(10 miles) in freezing temperature • Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances • Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads • Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weath- er • Driving in the condition of inflowing sand or dust into engine • Driving in heavy traffic area • Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly • Towing a trailer or using a camper, or roof rack • Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing • Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h) • Frequently driving in stop-and-go condition

If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions, you should inspect, re- place or refill more frequently than the following Normal Maintenance Sched- ule. After the periods or distance shown in the chart, continue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals.

9-10 09 ----I IIIIII Inspect at every service; Replace at every 70,000 kms 70,000 every at Replace Replace at every 60,000 kms 60,000 every at Replace Inspect at every 90,000 kms or 108 months 90,000 every Inspect at C : Clean and Replace if necessary R : Replace C : Clean and Replace Inspect when replacing the drive belt or timing belt/chain the drive Inspect when replacing IRIRIRIR I RRRRRRRR IIIIIIIII III -12345678 ------I------I-- ---I--I-I ---I 2 1224364860728496 CCCRCCRCC CCRCRCRCR Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first 1.51020304050607080 Replace first at 1 00,000 Km or 6 0 months ; then every 4 0,000 5 Years Months Kmsx1,000 6 (if equipped) - 6 6 kappa 1.2 MPI kappa Kappa 1.0 T-GDI 1.0 Kappa Kappa 1.0 T-GDI 1.0 Kappa 1.2 MPI Kappa 3 * 2 * 1 INTERVALS 4 MAINTENANCE 10 (if equipped) Manual Transmission fluid * Manual Transmission Dual Clutch Transmission fluid* Transmission Dual Clutch ENGINE BAY * oil & filter Engine Valve clearance * clearance Valve MAINTENANCE ITEM Vaccum Hose Vaccum Battery condition & specific gravity Battery Drive belt Drive iMT system actuator fluid * actuator iMT system Idler / damper pulley/Adj. Bolt Idler / damper pulley/Adj. fluid Brake/Clutch Spark Plugs * Air cleaner filter Engine Coolant (topup & specify gravity) * & specify gravity) (topup Coolant Engine NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - PETROL ENGINE (CONT.) I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, clean or replace I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, 9-11 Maintenance I-I IIIIII C : Clean and Replace if necessary C : Clean and Replace IIIIIIII IIIIIIII CRCRCRCR IIIIIIIII IIIIIIIII IIIIIIIII IIIIIIIII -12345678 ------2 1224364860728496 Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first 1.51020304050607080 Years Months Kmsx1,000 INTERVALS MAINTENANCE I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, clean or replace and if necessary adjust,top-up, I : Inspect R : Replace NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - PETROL ENGINE (CONT.) Check AC system (refrigerant/Compressor) system Check AC VEHICLE ON FLOOR fluid) blade , washer Wiper (wiper MAINTENANCE ITEM Cooling system (water pump,hoses) & leakage pump,hoses) (water Cooling system Brake/Clutch (Pedal free play/Pipes/Hoses/ free (Pedal Brake/Clutch Connectors) VEHICLE ON LIFT and boots linkage gear rack, Steering I Fuel filler capFuel - Exhaust systemExhaust I I Climate control air filter control Climate I Fuel filter*8Fuel - - - - - R - - - Fuel tank air filterFuel & ball joints) suspension (linkages & rear Front Applicable Not

9-13 09 ubricate L : IIIII CCCCC Inspect if reqd. Inspect if reqd. tion IIIIIII IIIIIII C : Clean and Replace if necessary C : Clean and Replace Rota TR : Tyre III LLLLLLLL IIIIIIIII IIIIIIIII IIIIIIIII IIIIIIIII IIIIIIIII I -12345678 - I,TR I,TR I,TR I,TR I,TR I,TR I,TR I,TR -I - 2 1224364860728496 Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first 1.51020304050607080 Years Months Kmsx1,000 INTERVALS MAINTENANCE 9 I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, clean or replace and if necessary adjust,top-up, I : Inspect R : Replace NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - PETROL ENGINE (CONT.) Tyre Pressure,condition & rotation Pressure,condition Tyre MAINTENANCE ITEM Fuel lines, hoses and connections Fuel Warning lights operation & GDS system check & GDS system lights operation Warning Ext & int. lights, horn gauges I I iMT system clutch tube and line clutch iMT system Driveshafts & boots Driveshafts Fluid leakages Front and rear wheel bearings & bushes and rear Front ,shoe & operation) (disc/drum brake Parking - C C C Wheel Alignment & Balancing FINAL CHECKS Bolt and nuts on chasis body Lubricate locks & hinges locks Lubricate Check all electrical systems (Drive belts ,alterna- (Drive Check all electrical systems tor)* 9-14 Maintenance ----I C : Clean and Replace if necessary C : Clean and Replace IIIIIIIII IIIIIIIII -12345678 2 1224364860728496 Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first 1.51020304050607080 Years Months Kmsx1,000 INTERVALS MAINTENANCE I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, clean or replace and if necessary adjust,top-up, I : Inspect R : Replace NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - PETROL ENGINE (CONT.) MAINTENANCE ITEM Power window / Sunroof operation (if equipped) operation / Sunroof window Power All seat belt operation All seat Road testRoad - - - I 9-15 09 F, G, H, I, J A, B, C, D, E, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J Maintenance intervals Driving condition Every 120,000 km (80,000miles) Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles) Every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 months R RR Replace more frequently depending on the condition Replace more frequently depending on the condition C, E B, H R operation Maintenance Maintenance item Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G Dual clutch transmission fluid (if equipped) Engine oil and engine filter Air cleaner filter Spark plugs Manual transmission fluid (if equipped) R MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - PETROL ENGINE The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for appropriate maintenance intervals. I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace R:Replace change 9-16 Maintenance Driving condition Maintenance intervals F : Driving in heavy traffic area G : Driving in mountainous areas H : Towing a trailer I : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle towing J : Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h) Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, G, H II Inspect more frequently depending on the condition Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, G, H C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G I I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, G, H R Replace more frequently depending on the condition C, E operation Maintenance Maintenance item very cold weather Climate control air filter Driveshaft and boots Parking brake Drum brakes and linings Front suspension ball joints Disc brakes and pads, calipers ro- tors Severe driving conditions A : Repeated short distance driving B : Extensive idling C : Driving in dusty, rough roads Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials : D E : Driving in the condition of inflowing sand or dust into engine 9-17 09 IIIIII IRIRIR Inspect at every service; Inspect at every 90,000 kms or 108 months 90,000 every Inspect at C : Clean and Replace if necessary C : Clean and Replace Inspect when replacing the drive belt or timing belt/chain the drive Inspect when replacing CRCRCRC IIIIIIIII I RRRRRRRR IIIIIIIII -12345678 -II -I -IR ------I-I ---I----I - 2 1224364860728496 Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first 1.51020304050607080 Replace first at 1 00,000 Km or 6 0 months ; then every 4 0,000 24 5 6 Years Months Kmsx1,000 (if equipped) 6 6 3 * 2 INTERVALS * 1 4 MAINTENANCE I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, clean or replace and if necessary adjust,top-up, I : Inspect R : Replace NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINE (if equipped) Hoses (Vaccum/ EGR / VGT/ WGT) / VGT/ EGR (Vaccum/ Hoses Manual Transmission fluid * Manual Transmission ENGINE BAY * oil & filter Engine iMT system actuator fluid * actuator iMT system MAINTENANCE ITEM Battery condition & specific gravity Battery Idler / damper pulley/Adj. Bolt Idler / damper pulley/Adj. fluid Brake/Clutch Dual Clutch manual Transmission fluid* manual Transmission Dual Clutch Valve clearance* Valve Drive belt Drive Engine Coolant (topup & specify gravity) * & specify gravity) (topup Coolant Engine Air cleaner filter

9-18 Maintenance -R IIIIII IIIIII IIIIIII IIIIIII C : Clean and Replace if necessary C : Clean and Replace -R-R-R CRCRCRCR IIIIIIIII IIIIIIIII IIIIIIIII IIIIIIIII IIIIIIIII -12345678 2 1224364860728496 Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first 1.51020304050607080 Years Months Kmsx1,000 INTERVALS MAINTENANCE I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, clean or replace and if necessary adjust,top-up, I : Inspect R : Replace NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINE (CONT.) Front & rear suspension (linkages & ball joints) suspension (linkages & rear Front VEHICLE ON FLOOR fluid) blade , washer Wiper (wiper I I I Check AC system (refrigerant/Compressor) system Check AC I I I MAINTENANCE ITEM Brake/Clutch (Pedal free play/Pipes/Hoses/ free (Pedal Brake/Clutch Connectors) Cooling system (water pump,hoses) & leakage pump,hoses) (water Cooling system Fuel filler capFuel - I VEHICLE ON LIFT and boots linkage gear rack, Steering I I Climate control air filter control Climate I Exhaust system (leakages & damages) (leakages system Exhaust Fuel filter*8 Fuel Fuel tank air filter (If equipped) tank air filter Fuel -

9-19 09 ubraicate L : LLLLL Inspect if reqd. Inspect if reqd. IIIIII IIIIII tion iiiiiii IIIIIII C : Clean and Replace if necessary C : Clean and Replace Rota TR : Tyre I IIIIIIII IIIIIIII CCCCCCCC IIIIIIIII IIIIIIIII III III I I ILLL -12345678 - I,TR I,TR I,TR I,TR I,TR I,TR I,TR I,TR - 2 1224364860728496 Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first 1.51020304050607080 Years Months Kmsx1,000 INTERVALS MAINTENANCE 9 I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, clean or replace and if necessary adjust,top-up, I : Inspect R : Replace NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINE (CONT.) Tyre Pressure,condition & rotation Pressure,condition Tyre MAINTENANCE ITEM Ext & int. lights, horn gauges Fuel lines, hoses and connections Fuel Warning lights operation & GDS system check & GDS system lights operation Warning I I iMT system clutch tube and line clutch iMT system Driveshafts & boots Driveshafts Fluid leakages Front and rear wheel bearings & bushes and rear Front ,shoe & operation) (disc/drum brake Parking - Wheel Alignment & Balancing FINAL CHECKS Bolt and nuts on chasis body Lubricate locks & hinges locks Lubricate Check all electrical systems (Drive belts ,alterna- (Drive Check all electrical systems tor)*

9-20 Maintenance ----I IIIIII IIIIIII -12345678 2 1224364860728496 Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first 1.51020304050607080 Years Months Kmsx1,000 INTERVALS MAINTENANCE I : Inspect and if necessary adjust,top-up, clean or replace and if necessary adjust,top-up, I : Inspect R : Replace NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE - DIESEL ENGINE Power window / Sunroof operation (if equipped) operation / Sunroof window Power I I I MAINTENANCE ITEM All seat belt operationAll seat I I Road testRoad - - - I 9-21 09 K H, I, J, K, L C, D, E, F, G, H, I, A, B, C, D, E, F, G, Maintenance intervals Driving condition Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles) Every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 months I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, G, H R Replace more frequently depending on the condition C, E R R operation Maintenance Maintenance item Engine oil and engine filter Air cleaner filter Manual transmission fluid Steering gear rack, linkage and bootsFront suspension ball joints Disc brakes and pads, calipers ro- Itors Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C, D, E, F, G MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS - DIESEL ENGINE The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for appropriate maintenance intervals. I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace R:Replace change

9-22 Maintenance

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS Engine oil and filter Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con- The engine oil and filter should be nections changed at the intervals specified in Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and the maintenance schedule. If the car connections for leakage and dam- is being driven in severe conditions, age. We recommend that the fuel more frequent oil and filter changes lines, fuel hoses and connections be are required. replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Drive belts Inspect all drive belts for evidence of WARNING cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation and replace if necessary. Diesel only Drive belts should be checked peri- Never work on injection system odically for proper tension and adjust- with engine running or within 30 ed as necessary. seconds after shutting off engine. High pressure pump, rail, injectors and high pressure pipes are sub- NOTICE ject to high pressure even after the When you are inspecting the belt, engine stopped. The fuel jet pro- place the ignition switch in the duced by fuel leaks may cause se- LOCK/OFF or ACC position. rious injury, if it touch the body. People using pacemakers should not move than 30cm closer to the Fuel filter ECU or wiring harness within the A clogged filter can limit the speed at engine room while engine is run- which the vehicle may be driven, ning, since the high currents in the damage the emission system and Common Rail system produce cause multiple issues such as hard considerable magnetic fields. starting. If an excessive amount of foreign matter accumulates in the fuel tank, the filter may require replace- ment more frequently. After installing a new filter, run the en- gine for several minutes, and check for leaks at the connections. We recommend that the fuel filter be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

9-22 09

Vapor hose and fuel filler cap Air cleaner filter The vapor hose and fuel filler cap We recommend that the air cleaner should be inspected at those inter- filter be replaced by an authorized vals specified in the maintenance HYUNDAI dealer. schedule. Make sure that a new va- por hose or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced. Spark plugs Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range. Vacuum crankcase ventilation hoses (if equipped) Inspect the surface of hoses for evi- WARNING dence of heat and/or mechanical Do not disconnect and inspect damage. Hard and brittle rubber, spark plugs when the engine is cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and hot. You may burn yourself. excessive swelling indicate deteriora- tion. Particular attention should be paid to examine those hose surfaces Cooling system nearest to high heat sources, such as Check cooling system components, the exhaust manifold. such as radiator, coolant reservoir, Inspect the hose routing to assure hoses and connections for leakage that the hoses do not come in contact and damage. Replace any damaged with any heat source, sharp edges or parts. moving component which might cause heat damage or mechanical wear. Inspect all hose connections, Coolant such as clamps and couplings, to The coolant should be changed at make sure they are secure, and that the intervals specified in the mainte- no leaks are present. Hoses should nance schedule. be replaced immediately if there is any evidence of deterioration or dam- age. Manual transmission fluid (if equipped) Inspect the manual transmission fluid according to the maintenance sched- ule.

9-23 Maintenance

Dual clutch transmission fluid Suspension mounting bolts (if equipped) Check the suspension connections Inspect the dual clutch transmission for looseness or damage. Retighten fluid according to the maintenance to the specified torque. schedule. Steering gear box, linkage & boots/ lower arm ball joint Brake hoses and lines With the vehicle stopped and engine Visually check for proper installation, off, check for excessive free-play in chafing, cracks, deterioration and any the steering wheel. leakage. Replace any deteriorated or Check the linkage for bends or dam- damaged parts immediately. age. Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration, cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged Brake/clutch fluid (if equipped) parts. Check brake/clutch fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir. The level should be between “MIN” (Minimum) and Drive shafts and boots “MAX” (Maximum) marks on the side Check the drive shafts, boots and of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic clamps for cracks, deterioration, or brake/clutch fluid conforming to DOT damage. Replace any damaged parts 4 specification. and, if necessary, repack the grease.

Parking brake Air conditioning refrigerant Inspect the parking brake system in- Check the air conditioning lines and cluding the parking brake pedal and connectio ns for leakage and dam- cables. age.

Brake discs, pads, calipers and rotors Check the pads for excessive wear, discs for run out and wear, and cali- pers for fluid leakage.

9-24 09 ENGINE OIL Checking the engine oil level CAUTION (Petrol engine) • Do not overfill the engine oil. It may damage the engine. • Do not spill engine oil, when adding or changing engine oil. If you drop the engine oil on the engine room, wipe it off immedi- ately. • When you wipe the oil level gauge, you should wipe it with a clean cloth. When mixed with debris, it can cause engine dam- OQXI079003 age. 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground. 2. Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating tempera- ture. 3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil to return to the oil pan. 4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and reinsert it fully. 5. Pull the dipstick out again and check the level. The level should OQXI0790047 be between F (Full) and L (Low). If it is near or at L (Low), add enough oil to bring the level to F (Full). Do not WARNING overfill. Radiator hose Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine com- Be very careful not to touch the ra- ponents. diator hose when checking or add- ing the engine oil as it may be hot Use only the specified engine oil. enough to burn you. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants and capacities” in chapter 8.)

9-25 Maintenance

Checking the engine oil level CAUTION (Diesel engine) • Do not overfill the engine oil. It may damage the engine. • Do not spill engine oil, when adding or changing engine oil. If you drop the engine oil on the engine room, wipe it off immedi- ately. • When you wipe the oil level gauge, you should wipe it with a clean cloth. When mixed with debris, it can cause engine dam- OQXI079005 age. 1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground. 2. Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating tempera- ture. 3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil to return to the oil pan. 4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and reinsert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again and OQXI079004 check the level. If it is near or at L (Low), add enough 6.The level should be in the C range. oil to bring the level to F (Full). Do not If the level is in the D range, add overfill. enough engine oil to bring the level upto the C range. Do not Overfill. Use a funnel to help prevent oil from being spilled on engine com- ponents. WARNING Use only the specified engine oil. Radiator hose (Refer to “Recommended lubricants and capacities” in chapter 8.) Be very careful not to touch the ra- diator hose when checking or add- ing the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you.

9-26 09

Changing the engine oil and fil- WARNING ter Used engine oil may cause skin ir- ritation or cancer if left in contact We recommend that the engine oil with the skin for prolonged peri- and filter be replaced by an autho- ods of time. Used engine oil con- rized HYUNDAI dealer. tains chemicals that have caused cancer in laboratory animals. Al- ways protect your skin by washing your hands thoroughly with soap and warm water as soon as possi- ble after handling used oil.

9-27 Maintenance

ENGINE COOLANT The high-pressure cooling system • Turn the engine off and wait until has a reservoir filled with year-round it cools down. Use extreme care antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is when removing the radiator cap. filled at the factory. Wrap a thick towel around it, and Check the antifreeze protection and turn it counterclockwise slowly coolant level at least once a year, at to the first stop. Step back while the beginning of the winter season, the pressure is released from the and before traveling to a colder cli- cooling system. When you are mate. sure all the pressure has been released, press down on the cap, using a thick towel, and continue NOTICE turning counterclockwise to re- • Do not drive with no engine cool- move it. ant. It may cause water pump • Even if the engine is not operat- failure and engine seizure, etc. ing, do not remove the radiator • When the engine overheats from cap or the drain plug while the low engine coolant, suddenly engine and radiator are hot. Hot adding engine coolant may coolant and steam may still blow cause cracks in the engine. To out under pressure, causing se- prevent damage, add engine rious injury. coolant slowly in small quanti- ties. WARNING

Checking the coolant level The electric motor (cool- ing fan) is controlled by engine coolant tempera- WARNING ture, refrigerant pres- sure and vehicle speed. Removing radiator cap It may sometimes operate even when the engine is not running. Use extreme caution when work- ing near the blades of the cooling fan so that you are not injured by a • Never attempt to remove the ra- rotating fan blades. As the engine diator cap while the engine is op- coolant temperature decreases, erating or hot. Doing so might the electric motor will automatical- lead to cooling system and en- ly shut off. This is a normal condi- gine damage and could result in tion. serious personal injury from es- caping hot coolant or steam.

9-28 09

-Petrol Enging The coolant level should be filled beٻ„ - 1.2 MPI tween F (Full) and L (Low) marked on the side of the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool. If the coolant level is low, add enough distilled (deionized) water. Bring the level to F (Full), but do not overfill. If frequent additions are re- quired, we recommend that the sys-

OQXI079006 tem be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. - 1.0 T-GDI

Recommended engine coolant • Use only soft (distilled) water in the coolant mixture. • The engine in your vehicle has alu- minum engine parts and must be protected by an ethylene-gly- col-based coolant to prevent corro-

OQXI079057 sion and freezing. Diesel Engine • DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolٻ„ coolant or mix them with the speci- fied coolant. • Do not use a solution that contains more than 60% antifreeze or less than 35% antifreeze, which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution.

For mixture percentage, refer to the OQXI079007 following table. Check the condition and connections Mixture Percentage of all cooling system hoses and heat- Ambient (volume) er hoses. Replace any swollen or de- Temperature Antifreeze Water teriorated hoses. -15°C (5°F) 35 65 -25°C (-13°F) 40 60 -35°C (-31°F) 50 50 -45°C (-49°F) 60 40

9-29 Maintenance

Petrol Engingٻ„ - 1.2 MPI Changing the coolant We recommend that the coolant be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE Put a thick cloth or fabric around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the OQXI079008 coolant from overflowing into en- - 1.0 T-GDI gine parts such as the alternator.

WARNING Coolant • Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. • Radiator coolant can severely OQXI079057 obscure visibility when sprayed Diesel Engine on the windshield and mayٻ„ cause loss of vehicle control or damage to paint and body trim.

OQXI079009 WARNING Radiator cap

Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine and radiator are hot. Scalding hot coolant and steam may blow out under pres- sure causing serious injury.

9-30 09 BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID Checking the brake/clutch fluid Before removing the reservoir cap level and adding brake/clutch fluid, clean Petrol Enging the area around the reservoir capٻ„ - 1.2 MPI thoroughly to prevent brake/clutch fluid contamination. If the level is low, add fluid to the MAX (Maximum) lev- el. The level will fall with accumulated mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings and/or clutch disc (if equipped).

If the fluid level is excessively low, we OQXI079010 recommend that the system be - 1.0 T-GDI checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Use only the specified brake/clutch fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubri- cants or capacities” in chapter 8.) Never mix different types of fluid.

WARNING OQXI079058 Diesel Engine Loss of brake fluidٻ„ In the event the brake system re- quires frequent additions of fluid, we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUN- DAI dealer.

i Information

OQXI079011 Before removing the brake/clutch fil- ter cap, read the warning on the cap. Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically. The fluid level should be between MAX (Maximum) and MIN WARNING (Minimum) marks on the side of the reservoir. Clean filler cap before removing. Use only DOT4 brake/clutch fluid from a sealed container.

9-31 Maintenance

WASHER FLUID WARNING Checking the washer fluid level Brake/clutch fluid When changing and adding brake/ clutch fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it come in contact with your eyes. If brake/clutch fluid come in contact with your eyes, immediate- ly flush them with a large quantity of fresh tap water. Have your eyes examined by a doctor as soon as possible. OQXI079012 Check the fluid level in the washer NOTICE fluid reservoir and add fluid if neces- Do not allow brake/clutch fluid to sary. Plain water may be used if contact the vehicle’s body paint, washer fluid is not available. as paint damage will result. However, use washer solvent with Brake/clutch fluid, which has been antifreeze characteristics in cold cli- exposed to open air for an extend- mates to prevent freezing. ed time should never be used as its quality cannot be guaranteed. It should be properly disposed. Don’t put in the wrong kind of flu- id. A few drops of mineral-based oil, such as engine oil, in your brake/clutch system can damage brake/clutch system parts.

9-32 09 PARKING BRAKE WARNING Checking the parking brake Coolant • Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir. • Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage to the paint and body trim. OQXI059005 • Windshield washer fluid agents contain some amounts of alco- Check the stroke of the parking brake hol and can be flammable under by counting the number of “clicks’’ certain circumstances. Do not heard while fully applying it from the allow sparks or flame come in released position. Also, the parking contact with the washer fluid or brake alone should securely hold the the washer fluid reservoir. Dam- vehicle on a fairly steep grade. If the age to the vehicle or occupants stroke is more or less than specified, could occur. we recommend that the system be in- spected by an authorized HYUNDAI • Windshield washer fluid is poi- dealer. sonous to humans and animals. Do not drink and avoid coming in contact with the windshield Stroke : 6~8 “clicks’’ at a force of washer fluid. Serious injury or 20 kg (44 lbs, 196 N). death could occur.

9-33 Maintenance

)8(/),/7(5ǣ)25',(6(/Ǥ Draining water from fuel filter 1. Pump up and down(1) approxi- The fuel filter for diesel engine plays mately 50 times until the pump is an important role of separating water hard. from fuel and accumulating the water 2. Extract air from the fuel filter by re- in its bottom. moving the bolt(2) with a cross-tip If water accumulates in the fuel filter, screw driver and reinstall the the warning light comes on when the bolt(2). ignition switch is in the ON position. 3. Pump up and down(1) approxi- If this warning light turned mately 15 times. on, we recommend that 4. Extract air from the fuel filter by re- the system be serviced by moving the bolt(2) with a cross-tip an authorized HYUNDAI screw driver and reinstall the dealer. bolt(2). 5. Pump up and down(1) approxi- NOTICE mately 5 times. If the water accumulated in the fuel filter is not drained at proper times, i Information damages to the major parts such as the fuel system can be caused • Use cloths when you extract air so by water permeation in the fuel fil- that the fuel is not sprayed around. ter. • Clean the fuel around the fuel filter or the injection pump before start- ing the engine to prevent fire. Extracting air from the fuel fil- ter • Finally, check each part if the fuel is leaking.

OQXI079013 If you drive until you have no fuel left or if you replace the fuel filter, be sure to extract air from the fuel system as it makes it difficult to start the engine.

9-34 09 AIR CLEANER Filter replacement Replace the filter according to the Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the el- ement more often than the usual rec- ommended intervals. (Refer to “Main- tenance under severe usage conditions” in this chapter.)

NOTICE • Do not drive with the filter re- OQXI079014 moved; this will result in exces- You can clean the filter when inspect- sive engine wear. ing the air cleaner element. • When replacing the air cleaner Clean the filter by using compressed filter, be careful that dust or dirt air. does not enter the air intake, or damage may result. Keep the new filter clean of any 1. Loosen the air cleaner cover at- contamination while replacing. taching clips and open the cover. • We recommend that you use parts for replacement from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTION Don’t clean the used filter. It can cause contaminations on the clean side of filter to result in engine wear or sensors’ failure.

OQXI079015 2. Remove the used filter and wipe the inside of the air cleaner hous- ing carefully not to remain dusts in the cover housing. 3. Place new filter with clean hands and ensure the rubber gasket is not taken off. 4. Lock the cover with attaching clips.

9-35 Maintenance

CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER Filter inspection If the vehicle is operated in the se- verely air-polluted cities or on dusty rough roads for a long period, it should be inspected more frequently and cleaned earlier. When you, the owner, clean the climate control air filter, clean it performing the following procedure, and be careful to avoid damaging other components. OQXI079016 Replace the filter according to the maintenance Schedule. 2. Push in both sides of the glove box as shown. This will ensure that the glove box stopper pins will get re- Filter replacement leased from its holding location al- lowing the glove box to hang.

Petrol engineٻ„

OQXI049054

1. Open the glove box. OQXI079017 Diesel Engineٻ„

OQXI079018 3. Remove the climate control air fil- ter cover by pushing or pressing the clip (1) on left side.

9-36 09

ODH073012 4. Clean the climate control air filter. 5. Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly.

NOTICE Install a new climate control air fil- ter in the correct direction with the arrow symbol () facing down- wards. Otherwise, the climate control ef- fects may decrease, possibly with a noise.

9-37 Maintenance

WIPER BLADES Blade inspection Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ad- equately, the blades may be worn or cracked, and require replacement.

NOTICE To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, do not attempt to move the wipers manu- ally.

1JBA5122 NOTICE i Information The use of a non-specified wiper blade could result in wiper mal- Commercial hot waxes applied by au- function and failure. tomatic car washes have been known to make the windshield difficult to clean. Front windshield wiper blade

Contamination of either the wind- shield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wipers. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car wash- es. If the blades are not wiping prop- erly, clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse thoroughly with OLMB073020 clean water. 1. Raise the wiper arm and turn the wiper blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip. NOTICE To prevent damage to the wiper blades, do not use petrol, kero- NOTICE sene, paint thinner, or other sol- Do not allow the wiper arm to fall vents on or near them. against the windshield, since it may chip or crack the windshield.

9-38 09

Rear window wiper blade (if equipped)

OLMB073021

OLMB073023 1. Raise the wiper arm and rotate the wiper blade assembly (1). 2. Pull out the wiper blade assembly.

OLMB073022 2. Compress the clip and slide the blade assembly downward. 3. Lift it off the arm. 4. Install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal.

OLMB073024 3. Install the new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place. 4. Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly. To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components, we recommend that the wiper blade be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

9-39 Maintenance

BATTERY For best battery service i Information - For batteries marked with UPPER and LOWER

OQXI079019 • Keep the battery securely mount- ed. OHYK077011 • Keep the battery top clean and dry. If your vehicle is equipped with a bat- • Keep the terminals and connec- tery marked with LOWER (MIN) and tions clean, tight, and coated with UPPER (MAX) on the side, you should petroleum jelly or terminal grease. check the electrolyte level. • Rinse any spilled electrolyte from The electrolyte level should be between the battery immediately with a LOWER (MIN) and UPPER (MAX). solution of water and baking soda. When the electrolyte level is low, add • If the vehicle is not going to be distilled (or de-mineralized) water. used for an extended disconnect (Never add sulfuric acids or other elec- the negative terminal cable of the trolyte). battery to prevent discharge. Be careful not to spill distilled (or de-mineralized) water over the battery surface or other adjacent components. Also, do not overfill the battery cells. If not, it may corrode the battery or other components. Finally, securely close the cell cap. However, we recom- mend you to contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for better battery service.

9-40 09

WARNING If any electrolyte gets into your eyes, flush Battery dangers your eyes with clean wa- Always read the follow- ter for at least 15 min- ing instructions careful- utes and get immediate ly when handling a bat- medical attention. If tery. electrolyte gets on your skin, thoroughly wash the contacted area. If Keep lighted cigarettes you feel a pain or a burn- and all other flames or ing sensation, get medi- sparks away from the cal attention immediate- battery. ly. Hydrogen, a highly com- Wear eye protection bustible gas, is always when charging or work- present in battery cells ing near a battery. Al- and may explode if ignit- ways provide ventilation ed. when working in an en- Keep batteries out of the closed space. reach of children be- An inappropriately dis- cause batteries contain posed battery can be highly corrosive SULFU- harmful to the environ- RIC ACID. Do not allow ment and human health. battery acid to contact Dispose the battery ac- your skin, eyes, clothing cording to your local or paint finish. law(s) or regulation. The battery contains lead. Do not dispose of it after use. Please return the battery to an autho- rized HYUNDAI dealer to be recycled.

9-41 Maintenance

• When lifting a plastic-cased bat- Battery capacity label tery, excessive pressure on the Example ٻ„ case may cause battery acid to leak, resulting in personal inju- ry. Lift with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners. • Never attempt to recharge the battery when the battery cables are connected. • The electrical ignition system works with high voltage. Never touch these components with OQXI079052 the engine running or the igni- The actual battery label in the vehicle tion switched on. may differ from the illustration. Failure to follow the above warn- ings can result in serious bodily 1. CMF60L : The HYUNDAI model injury or death. name of battery 2. 12V : The nominal voltage NOTICE 3. 60Ah(20HR) : The nominal capaci- If you connect unauthorized elec- ty (in Ampere hours) tronic devices to the battery, the 4. RC 92min : The nominal reserve battery may be discharged. Never capacity (in min.) use unauthorized devices. 5. CCA 550A : The cold-test current in amperes by SAE 6. 550A : The cold-test current in am- peres by EN

Battery recharging Your vehicle has a maintenance-free, calcium-based battery. • If the battery becomes discharged in a short time (because, for exam- ple, the headlights or interior lights were left on while the vehicle was not in use), recharge it by slow charging (trickle) for 10 hours. • If the battery gradually discharges because of high electric load while the vehicle is being used, recharge it at 20-30A for two hours.

9-42 09

WARNING Reset items Items should be reset after the bat- Recharging battery tery has been discharged or the bat- When recharging the battery, ob- tery has been disconnected. serve the following precautions: • Auto up/down window • The battery must be removed (See chapter 3) from the vehicle and placed in • Climate control system an area with good ventilation. (See chapter 3) • Do not allow cigarettes, sparks, • Audio (See chapter 3) or flame near the battery. • Watch the battery during charging, and stop or reduce the Battery replacement charging rate if the battery cells Replacing a Battery required precau- begin gassing (boiling) violently tionary measures. or if the temperature of the elec- We recommend that you consult an trolyte of any cell exceeds 49°C authorized HYUNDAI dealer. (120°F). • Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging. • Disconnect the battery charger in the following order. 1. Turn off the battery charger main switch. 2. Unhook the negative clamp from the negative battery terminal. 3. Unhook the positive clamp from the positive battery terminal.

WARNING • Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery, turn off all accessories and stop the engine. • The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is discon- nected.

9-43 Maintenance

TIRES AND WHEELS Tire care WARNING For proper maintenance, safety, and maximum fuel economy, you must al- Tire underinflation ways maintain recommended tire in- Severe underinflation (70 kPa (10 flation pressures and stay within the psi) or more) can lead to severe load limits and weight distribution rec- heat build-up, causing blowouts, ommended for your vehicle. tread separation and other tire fail- ures that can result in the loss of vehicle control leading to severe Recommended cold tire infla- injury or death. This risk is much tion pressures higher on hot days and when driv- All tire pressures (including the spare) ing for long periods at high speeds. should be checked when the tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the vehicle has not been driven for at least three NOTICE hours or driven less than 1.6 km (one • Underinflation also results in ex- mile). cessive wear, poor handling and Recommended pressures must be reduced fuel economy. Wheel maintained for the best ride, top vehi- deformation also is possible. cle handling, and minimum tire wear. Keep your tire pressures at the For recommended inflation pressure, proper levels. If a tire frequently refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter needs refilling, we recommend 8. that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Overinflation produces a harsh ride, excessive wear at the cen- ter of the tire tread, and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards.

NOTICE • Warm tires normally exceed rec- ommended cold tire pressures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Do

OQXI079020 not release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the All specifications (sizes and pres- tires will be underinflated. sures) can be found on a label at- • Be sure to reinstall the tire infla- tached to the vehicle. tion valve caps. Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and cause air leakage. If a valve cap is missing, install a new one as soon as possible.

9-44 09

WARNING Checking tire inflation pres- sure Tire Inflation Check your tires once a month or Overinflation or underinflation can more. reduce tire life, adversely affect ve- Also, check the tire pressure of the hicle handling, and lead to sudden spare tire. tire failure. This could result in loss of vehicle control and poten- tial injury. How to check Use a good quality gage to check tire pressure. You can not tell if your tires NOTICE are properly inflated simply by look- Tire pressure ing at them. Radial tires may look Always observe the following: properly inflated even when they’re underinflated. • Check tire pressure when the tires are cold. (After vehicle has Check the tire’s inflation pressure been parked for at least three when the tires are cold. - “Cold” hours or hasn’t been driven means your vehicle has been sitting more than 1.6 km (one mile) for at least three hours or driven no since startup.) more than 1.6 km (1 mile). • Check the pressure of your Remove the valve cap from the tire spare tire each time you check valve stem. Press the tire gage firmly the pressure of other tires. onto the valve to get a pressure mea- surement. If the cold tire inflation • Never overload your vehicle. Be pressure matches the recommended careful not to overload a vehicle pressure on the tire and loading infor- luggage rack if your vehicle is mation label, no further adjustment is equipped with one. necessary. If the pressure is low, add • Worn, old tires can cause acci- air until you reach the recommended dents. If your tread is badly amount. worn, or if your tires have been If you overfill the tire, release air by damaged, replace them. pushing on the metal stem in the cen- ter of the tire valve. Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gage. Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems. They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture.

9-45 Maintenance

WARNING Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, it is recom- • Inspect your tires frequently for mended that the tires be rotated ev- proper inflation as well as wear ery 10,000 km (6,200 miles) or soon- and damage. Always use a tire er if irregular wear develops. pressure gauge. During rotation, check the tires for • Tires with too much or too little correct balance. pressure wear unevenly causing When rotating tires, check for uneven poor handling, loss of vehicle wear and damage. Abnormal wear is control, and sudden tire failure usually caused by incorrect tire pres- leading to accidents, injuries, sure, improper wheel alignment, out- and even death. The recom- of-balance wheels, severe braking or mended cold tire pressure for severe cornering. Look for bumps or your vehicle can be found in this bulges in the tread or side of tire. Re- manual and on the tire label lo- place the tire if you find either of these cated on the driver’s side center conditions. Replace the tire if fabric or pillar. cord is visible. After rotation, be sure • Worn tires can cause accidents. to bring the front and rear tire pres- Replace tires that are worn, sures to specification and check lug show uneven wear, or are dam- nut tightness. aged. Refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter • Remember to check the pres- 10. sure of your spare tire. HYUND- AI recommends that you check the spare every time you check the pressure of the other tires on your vehicle.

9-46 09

With a full-size spare tire (if equipped) WARNINGٻ„ • Do not use the compact spare tire for tire rotation. • Do not mix bias ply and radial ply tires under any circumstanc- es. This may cause unusual handling characteristics that could result in death, severe in- jury, or property damage. CBGQ0706 Without a spare tireٻ„ Wheel alignment and tire bal- ance The wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balanced carefully at the factory to give you the longest tire life and best overall performance. In most cases, you will not need to have your wheels aligned again. However, if you notice unusual tire CBGQ0707 wear or your vehicle pulling one way Directional tires (if equipped) or the other, the alignment may needٻ„ to be reset. If you notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on a smooth road, your wheels may need to be rebalanced.

NOTICE Improper wheel weights can dam- CBGQ0707A age your vehicle’s aluminum wheels. Use only approved wheel Disc brake pads should be inspected weights. for wear whenever tires are rotated.

i Information Rotate radial tires that have an asym- metric tread pattern only from front to rear and not from right to left.

9-47 Maintenance

Tire replacement WARNING Replacing tires Tread wear indicator • To reduce the chance or serious or fatal injuries from an accident caused by tire failure or loss of vehicle control: • Replace tires that are worn, show uneven wear, or are dam- aged. Worn tires can cause loss of braking effectiveness, steer-

OEN076053 ing control, and traction. • Do not drive your vehicle with If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear too little or too much pressure in indicator will appear as a solid band your tires. This can lead to un- across the tread. This shows there is even wear and tire failure. less than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of tread left on the tire. Replace the tire when • When replacing tires, never mix this happens. radial and bias-ply tires on the same car. You must replace all Do not wait for the band to appear tires (including the spare) if across the entire tread before replac- moving from radial to bias-ply ing the tire. tires. • It is best to replace all four tires NOTICE at the same time. If that is not When replacing the tires, recheck possible, or necessary, then re- and tighten the wheel nuts after place the two front or two rear driving about 1,000 km (620miles). tires as a pair. Replacing just If the steering wheel shakes or the one tire can seriously affect vehicle vibrates while driving, the your vehicle’s handling. tire is out of balance. Align the tire • Using tires and wheel other than balance. If the problem is not the recommended sizes could solved, we recommend that you cause unusual handling charac- contact an authorized HYUNDAI teristics and poor vehicle con- dealer. trol, resulting in a serious acci- dent.

9-48 09

• Wheels that do not meet HYUN- Wheel replacement DAI’s specifications may fit When replacing the metal wheels for poorly and result in damage to any reason, make sure the new the vehicle or unusual handling wheels are equivalent to the original and poor vehicle control. factory units in diameter, rim width • The ABS works by comparing and offset. the speed of the wheels. Tire size can affect wheel speed. When replacing tires, all 4 tires WARNING must use the same size original- A wheel that is not the correct size ly supplied with the vehicle. Us- may adversely affect wheel and ing tires of a different size can bearing life, braking and stopping cause the ABS (Anti-lock Brake abilities, handling characteristics, System) and ESC (Electronic ground clearance, body-to-tire Stability Control) to work irregu- clearance, snow chain clearance, larly. (if equipped) speedometer and odometer cali- bration, headlight aim and bumper Compact spare tire replacement height. (if equipped) A compact spare tire has a shorter Tire traction tread life than a regular size tire. Re- Tire traction can be reduced if you place it when you can see the tread drive on worn tires, tires that are im- wear indicator bars on the tire. The properly inflated or on slippery road replaced compact spare tire should surfaces. Tires should be replaced be the same size and design tire as when tread wear indicators appear. the one provided with your new vehi- Slow down whenever there is rain, cle and should be mounted on the snow or ice on the road, to reduce the same compact spare tire wheel. The possibility of losing control of the ve- compact spare tire is not designed to hicle. be mounted on a regular size wheel, and the compact spare tire wheel is not designed to mount a regular size tire.

9-49 Maintenance

Tire maintenance 1. Manufacturer or brand name In addition to proper inflation, correct Manufacturer or Brand name is wheel alignment helps decrease tire shown. wear. If you find a tire worn unevenly, have your dealer check the wheel alignment. 2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire When you have new tires installed, size designation. You will need this make sure they are balanced. This information when selecting replace- will increase vehicle ride comfort and ment tires for your car. The following tire life. Additionally, a tire should al- explains what the letters and num- ways be rebalanced if it is removed bers in the tire size designation mean. from the wheel. Example tire size designation: (These numbers are provided as an Tire sidewall labeling example only; your tire size designa- 1 tor could vary depending on your ve- 5,6 hicle.) 7 P195/65R15 91H

4 P - Applicable vehicle type (tires 2 marked with the prefix “P’’ are in- 3 tended for use on passenger cars or light trucks; however, not all tires have this marking). 1 I030B04JM 195 - Tire width in millimeters. This information identifies and de- 65 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s chapter scribes the fundamental characteris- height as a percentage of its tics of the tire and also provides the width. tire identification number (TIN) for R - Tire construction code (Radial). safety standard certification. The TIN 15 - Rim diameter in inches. can be used to identify the tire in case 91 - Load Index, a numerical code as- of a recall. sociated with the maximum load the tire can carry. H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the speed rating chart in this chapter for additional information.

9-50 09

Wheel size designation 3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire Wheels are also marked with import- Identification Number) ant information that you need if you Any tires that are over 6 years old, ever have to replace one. The follow- based on the manufacturing date, (in- ing explains what the letters and cluding the spare tire) should be re- numbers in the wheel size designa- placed by new ones. You can find the tion mean. manufacturing date on the tire side- wall (possibly on the inside of the wheel), displaying the DOT Code. Example wheel size designation: The DOT Code is a series of num- 6.0JX15 bers on a tire consisting of numbers and English letters. The manufactur- 6.0 - Rim width in inches. ing date is designated by the last four digits (characters) of the DOT code. J - Rim contour designation. 15 - Rim diameter in inches. DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO The front part of the DOT means a Tire speed ratings plant code number, tire size and tread The chart below lists many of the dif- pattern and the last four numbers in- ferent speed ratings currently being dicate week and year manufactured. used for passenger car tires. The For example: speed rating is part of the tire size designation on the sidewall of the tire. DOT XXXX XXXX 1620 represents This symbol corresponds to that tire’s that the tire was produced in the 16th designed maximum safe operating week of 2020. speed.

Speed Rating Maximum Speed WARNING Symbol S 180 km/h (112 mph) Tire age 190 km/h (118 mph) Tires degrade over time, even T when they are not being used. H 210 km/h (130 mph) Regardless of the remaining tread, V 240 km/h (149 mph) it is recommended that tires gener- W 270 km/h (168 mph) ally be replaced after six (6) years of normal service. Heat caused by Y 300 km/h (186 mph) hot climates or frequent high load- ing conditions can accelerate the aging process. Failure to follow this warning could cause sudden tire failure, which could lead to a loss of control and an accident in- volving serious injury or death.

9-51 Maintenance

4. Tire ply composition and ma- 7. Uniform tire quality grading terial Quality grades can be found where The number of layers or plies of rub- applicable on the tire sidewall be- ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire man- tween tread shoulder and maximum ufacturers also must indicate the ma- chapter width. terials in the tire, which include steel, For example: nylon, polyester, and others. The letter “R” means radial ply construc- TREAD wear 200 tion; the letter “D” means diagonal or TRACTION AA bias ply construction; and the letter TEMPERATURE A “B” means belted-bias ply construc- tion. Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara- 5. Maximum permissible infla- tive rating based on the wear rate of tion pressure the tire when tested under controlled This number is the greatest amount conditions on a specified government of air pressure that should be put in test course. For example, a tire grad- the tire. Do not exceed the maximum ed 150 would wear one-and-a-half permissible inflation pressure. Refer times (1½) as well on the government to the Tire and Loading Information course as a tire graded 100. label for recommended inflation pres- The relative performance of tires de- sure. pends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart 6. Maximum load rating significantly from the norm due to This number indicates the maximum variations in driving habits, service load in kilograms and pounds that practices and differences in road can be carried by the tire. When re- characteristics and climate. placing the tires on the vehicle, al- These grades are molded on the ways use a tire that has the same side-walls of passenger vehicle tires. load rating as the factory installed The tires available as standard or op- tire. tional equipment on your vehicle may vary with respect to grade.

9-52 09

Traction - AA, A, B & C WARNING The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those Tire temperature grades represent the tire’s ability to The temperature grade for this tire stop on wet pavement measured un- is established for a tire that is der controlled conditions on specified properly inflated and not overload- government test surfaces of asphalt ed. Excessive speed, underinfla- and concrete. A tire marked C may tion, or excessive loading, either have poor traction performance. separately or in combination, can cause heat build-up and sudden tire failure. This can cause loss of WARNING vehicle control and serious injury The traction grade assigned to this or death. tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does Low aspect ratio tire not include acceleration, corner- (if equipped) ing, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics. Low aspect ratio tires, whose aspect ratio is lower than 50, are provided for sporty looks. Temperature -A, B & C Because the low aspect ratio tires are The temperature grades are A (the optimized for handling and braking, it highest), B, and C, representing the may be more uncomfortable to ride in tire’s resistance to the generation of and there is more noise compare with heat and its ability to dissipate heat normal tires. when tested under controlled condi- tions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to de- generate and reduce tire life, and ex- cessive temperature can lead to sud- den tire failure. Grades B and A represent higher levels of perfor- mance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.

9-53 Maintenance

NOTICE NOTICE Because the sidewall of the low as- • It is not easy to recognize the pect ratio tire is shorter than the tire damage with your own eyes. normal, the wheel and tire of the But if there is the slightest hint low aspect ratio tire is easier to be of tire damage, even though you damaged. So, follow the instruc- cannot see the tire damage with tions below. your own eyes, have the tire - When driving on a rough road or checked or replaced because off road, drive cautiously be- the tire damage may cause air cause tires and wheels may be leakage from the tire. damaged. And after driving, in- • If the tire is damaged by driving spect tires and wheels. on a rough road, off road, pot- - When passing over a pothole, hole, manhole, or curb stone, it speed bump, manhole, or curb will not be covered by the war- stone, drive slowly so that the ranty. tires and wheels are not dam- • You can find out the tire infor- aged. mation on the tire sidewall. - If the tire is impacted, we recom- mend that you inspect the tire condition or contact an autho- rized HYUNDAI dealer. - To prevent damage to the tire, inspect the tire condition and pressure every 3,000km.

9-54 09 FUSES Blade type Always replace a blown fuse with one ٻ„ of the same rating. If the replacement fuse blows, this in- dicates an electrical problem. Avoid Blown using the system involved and imme- Normal diately consult an authorized HYUN- .Slow Blow type DAI dealer ٻ„ Three kinds of fuses are used: blade Blown type for lower amperage rating, slow blow type and multi fuse for higher amperage ratings.

Normal

Multi fuse WARNING ٻ„ Fuse replacement • Never replace a fuse with any- Blown thing but another fuse of the same rating. Normal • A higher capacity fuse could OTA070039 cause damage and possibly a fire. A vehicle’s electrical system is pro- • Never install a wire or aluminum tected from electrical overload dam- foil instead of the proper fuse - age by fuses. even as a temporary repair. It This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one may cause extensive wiring located in the driver’s side panel bol- damage and a possible fire. ster, the other in the engine compart- ment near the battery. NOTICE If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces- sories, or controls do not work, check Do not use a screwdriver or any the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse other metal object to remove fuses has blown, the element inside the because it may cause a short cir- fuse will be melted. cuit and damage the system. If the electrical system does not work, first check the driver’s side fuse pan- i Information el. Before replacing a blown fuse, dis- The actual fuse/relay panel label may connect the negative battery cable. differ from equipped items.

9-55 Maintenance

NOTICE Instrument panel fuse replace- • When replacing a blown fuse or ment relay with a new one, make sure the new fuse or relay fits tightly into the clips. The incomplete fastening fuse or relay may cause the vehicle wiring and electric systems damage and a possible fire. • Do not remove fuses, relays and terminals fastened with bolts or nuts. The fuses, relays and ter- minals may be fastened incom- pletely, and it may cause a pos- OQXI079021 sible fire. If fuses, relays and 1. Turn the ignition switch and all oth- terminals fastened with bolts or er switches off. nuts are blown, consult an au- 2. Open the fuse panel cover. thorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Do not input any other objects except fuses or relays into fuse/ relay terminals such as a driver or wiring. It may cause contact failure and system malfunction. • Check the blown fuse with the fuse information on the fuse box cover. • Replace the blown fuse on the same place after turning off the ignition switch and all electric switches and disconnecting the OQXI079022 negative battery cable. 3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out. Use the fuse puller provided in the engine compartment fuse pan- el. 4. Check the removed fuse; replace it if it is blown. 5. Push in a new fuse of the same rat- ing, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.

9-56 09

If it fits loosely, we recommend that Information you consult an authorized HYUNDAI i dealer. • If the memory fuse is pulled up from If you do not have a spare, use a fuse the fuse panel, the warning chime, of the same rating from a circuit you audio, clock and interior lamps, etc., may not need for operating the vehi- will not operate. Some items must cle, such as the cigarette lighter fuse. be reset after replacement. Refer to If the electrical components do not “Battery” in this chapter. work and the fuses are OK, check the • Even though the memory fuse is fuse panel in the engine compart- pulled up, the battery can still be ment. If a fuse is blown, it must be discharged by operation of the replaced. headlights or other electrical devic- es. Memory fuse Engine compartment panel fuse replacement

OQXI079023

Your vehicle is equipped with the OQXI079024 memory fuse to prevent battery dis- charge if your vehicle is parked with- 1. Turn the ignition switch and all oth- out being operated for prolonged pe- er switches off. riods. Use the following procedures 2. Remove the fuse box cover by before parking the vehicle for pro- pressing the tab and pulling up the longed periods. cover. 3. Check the removed fuse; replace it 1. Turn off the engine. if it is blown. To remove or insert 2. Turn off the headlights and tail the fuse, use the fuse puller in the lights. engine compartment fuse panel. 3. Open the driver’s side panel cover 4. Push in a new fuse of the same rat- and pull up the memory fuse. ing, and make sure it fits tightly in the clips. If it fits loosely, we rec- ommend that you consult an au- thorized HYUNDAI dealer.

9-57 Maintenance

NOTICE CAUTION After checking the fuse panel in If the main fuse is not assembled the engine compartment, securely properly, it may cause fire. install the fuse panel cover. If not, If the main fuse is blown, we rec- electrical failures may occur from ommend that you consult an au- water leaking in. thorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Main fuse (Multi fuse)

OQXI079024

OQXI079025 If the main fuse is blown, it must be removed as follows: 1. Disconnect the negative battery cable. 2. Remove the nuts shown in the pic- ture above. 3. Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating. 4. Reinstall in the reverse order of re- moval.

9-58 09

Fuse/relay panel description i Information Inner fuse panel Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your ve- hicle. It is accurate at the time of print- ing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to the fuse panel la- bel

OQXI079026 Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you can find the fuse/relay label de- scribing fuse/relay name and capaci- ty.

OQXI079028

9-59 Maintenance

Driver’s side fuse panel Fuse Symbol Circuit Protected Fuse Name rating POWER 20A Front Power Outlet, Cigarette Lighter OUTLET1 INTERIOR 10A Luggage Lamp, MAP Lamp, Room Lamp LAMP HTD MIRR 10A ECM, A/C Control Module

P/WDW LH 25A Power Window Main Switch

SENSOR2 10A Fuel Filter Warning Sensor POWER 20A Rear Power Outlet OUTLET2 IBU1 15A IBU [With ISG] Low DC-DC Converter MULTIMEDIA 20A [W/O ISG] Audio, A/V & Navigation SAFETY 25A Driver Safety Power Window Module WINDOW P/WDW RH 25A Power Window Main Switch [G3LC] ATM Shift Lever, [G3LC/G4LA] Stop Lamp Switch, TCU2 15A A/T : [G3LC] TCM, Transmission Range Switch M/T : E/R Junction Block (Fuse - F20), Vehicle Speed Sensor FRONT 15A Front Fog Lamp Relay FOG LAMP BRAKE 10A IBU, Stop Lamp Switch SWITCH MEMORY 10A A/C Control Module, Instrument Cluster PCB Block, Transmission Range Switch, ECM, START 7.5A Smart Module, Ignition Lock & Clutch Switch FOLDING 10A Power Outside Mirror Switch MIRROR

9-60 09

Driver’s side fuse panel Fuse Symbol Circuit Protected Fuse Name rating SPARE 7.5A SPARE

SPARE 10A SPARE

A/BAG 10A SRS Control Module

DOOR LOCK 20A Tail Gate Unlock Relay, Door Lock/Unlock Relay

ECU6 10A ECM, [D4FC - With ISG] E/R Junction Block (RLY.13)

DRL 10A DRL Relay

MODULE5 10A Data Link Connector

TURN LAMP 15A IBU

MODULE1 10A IBU, Crash Pad Switch

SUNROOF 15A Sunroof Motor

MODULE2 7.5A Crash Pad Switch, Electro Chromic Mirror

SPARE 10A -

WIPER RR 15A Multifunction Switch (Wiper), Rear Wiper Motor

SPARE 15A

A/BAG IND 7.5A Instrument Cluster

IBU2 IBU 10A IBU E/R Junction Block (Multipurpose Check Connector), ABS3 7.5A ABS/ESP Control Module FRT WIPER 20A Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper)

9-61 Maintenance

Driver’s side fuse panel Fuse Symbol Circuit Protected Fuse Name rating E/R Junction Block (RLY.3), A/C Control Module, A/CON2 7.5A Cluster Ionizer SPARE 15A -

CLUSTER 10A Instrument Cluster Power Outside Mirror Switch, IBU, ACC 10A USB Charging Connector, Low DC-DC Converter, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit MDPS2 7.5A MDPS Unit

MODULE4 10A IBU

MODULE3 7.5A IBU

SPARE 20A -

A/CON3 7.5A Blower Motor, A/C Control Module, ECM

9-62 09

Engine compartment fuse panel

OQXI079024

Diesel Engineٻ„ Petrol Engineٻ„

OQXI079049/OQXI070050

9-63 Maintenance

Engine compartment main fuse panel (1.0 T-GDI)

Relay NO. Symbol Fuse Name Type

RLY.1 E178 Main Relay MINI

RLY.2 E179 Horn Relay

RLY.3 E180 Blower Relay

RLY.4 E181 Fuel Pump Relay

RLY.5 E182 Burglar Alarm Horn Relay

RLY.7 E184 Head Lamp (LOW) Relay MICRO

RLY.9 E186 Head Lamp (HIGH) Relay

RLY.11 E188 A/CON Relay

RLY.13 E190 Start Relay

RLY.14 E198 Cooling Fan Relay

9-64 09

Engine compartment main fuse panel (1.0 T-GDI) Fuse Symbol Circuit Protected Fuse Name rating ALT 150A Alternator, Multi Fuse - F2, Fuse - F22/F23/F24/F25

MDPS1 80A MDPS Unit

WIPER 10A Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper) Sub Junction Block (RLY.14), RCV Control Solenoid SENSOR1 10A Valve, Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down) Oil Control Valve #1/#2 (Intake/Exhaust), ECM, ECU2 15A Purge Control Solenoid Valve H/LP RH 10A Not Used

H/LP LH 10A Not Used

H/LP IND 10A Not Used

ECU5 15A ECM

ECU4 15A ECM

IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3

B/UP LP 10A Back-Up Lamp Switch

INJECTOR 15A ECM, E/R Junction Block (RLY.4)

ABS1 40A ABS/ESP Control Module

ABS2 40A ABS/ESP Control Module

BLOWER 40A E/R Junction Block (RLY.3)

RR DEFOG 40A ICU Junction Block (Rear Defogger Relay) ICU Junction Block (Fuse - F8/F13/F14/F25/F26/F27/ BATT4 50A Leak Current Autocut Device)

9-65 Maintenance

Engine compartment main fuse panel (1.0 T-GDI) Fuse Symbol Circuit Protected Fuse Name rating C/FAN 60A Sub Junction Block (RLY.14) E/R Junction Block (RLY.13), IG2 40A [With Smart Key] PDM Relay Box (IG2 Relay) [W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch BATT2 30A ICU Junction Block (IPS 1(5CH), IPS 3(2CH))

DCT1 40A TCM

DCT2 40A TCM

BATT1 30A ICU Junction Block (IPS 2(5CH), IPS 4(4CH)) [With Smart Key] PDM Relay Box (IG1/ACC Relay) IG1 30A [W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch POWER 40A ICU Junction Block (Power Outlet Relay) OUTLET A/CON1 10A E/R Junction Block (RLY.11)

DCT3 20A TCM

H/LP LOW 20A Not Used

H/LP HIGH 20A Not Used

FUEL PUMP1 20A E/R Junction Block (RLY.4)

HORN 15A E/R Junction Block (RLY.2/RLY.5)

ECU1 30A E/R Junction Block (RLY.1, Fuse - F17/F18) ICU Junction Block (Power Window Relay, BATT3 40A Fuse - F10/F17/F23/F29)

9-66 09

Engine compartment main fuse panel (1.2 MPI)

Relay NO. Symbol Fuse Name Type

RLY.1 E278 Main Relay MINI

RLY.2 E279 Horn Relay

RLY.3 E280 Blower Relay

RLY.4 E281 Fuel Pump Relay

RLY.5 E282 Burglar Alarm Horn Relay

RLY.7 E284 Head Lamp (LOW) Relay MICRO RLY.9 E286 Head Lamp (HIGH) Relay

RLY.10 E287 Cooling Fan Relay #2

RLY.11 E288 A/CON Relay

RLY.12 E289 Cooling Fan Relay #1

RLY.13 E290 Start Relay

9-67 Maintenance

Engine compartment main fuse panel (1.2 MPI) Fuse Symbol Circuit Protected Fuse Name rating ALT 125A Alternator, Multi Fuse - F2, Fuse - F22/F23/F24/F25

MDPS1 80A MDPS Unit Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper), WIPER 10A ECM E/R Junction Block (RLY.10/11/12), Purge Control SENSOR1 10A Solenoid Valve, Oxygen Sensor (Up/Down), Oil Control Valve #1/#2 (Intake/Exhaust) ECU2 15A ECM

H/LP RH 10A Not Used

H/LP LH 10A Not Used

H/LP IND 10A Not Used

IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4, Condenser

B/UP LP 10A Back-Up Lamp Switch ECM, E/R Junction Block (RLY.4), INJECTOR 15A Injector #1/#2/#3/#4 ABS1 40A ABS/ESP Control Module

ABS2 40A ABS/ESP Control Module

BLOWER 40A E/R Junction Block (RLY.3)

RR DEFOG 40A ICU Junction Block (Rear Defogger Relay) ICU Junction Block (Fuse - F8/F13/F14/F25/F26/F27/ BATT4 50A Leak Current Autocut Device) C/FAN 40A E/R Junction Block (RLY.10/12)

9-68 09

Engine compartment main fuse panel (1.2 MPI) Fuse Symbol Circuit Protected Fuse Name rating E/R Junction Block (RLY.13), IG2 40A [With Smart Key] PDM Relay Box (IG2 Relay) [W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch BATT2 30A ICU Junction Block (IPS 1(5CH), IPS 3(2CH))

BATT1 30A ICU Junction Block (IPS 2(5CH), IPS 4(4CH)) [With Smart Key] PDM Relay Box (IG1/ACC Relay) IG1 30A [W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch POWER 40A ICU Junction Block (Power Outlet Relay) OUTLET A/CON1 10A E/R Junction Block (RLY.11)

H/LP LOW 20A Not Used

H/LP HIGH 20A Not Used

FUEL PUMP1 20A E/R Junction Block (RLY.4)

HORN 15A E/R Junction Block (RLY.2/RLY.5)

ECU3 15A ECM

ECU1 30A E/R Junction Block (RLY.1) ICU Junction Block (Power Window Relay, BATT3 40A Fuse - F10/F17/F23/F29

9-69 Maintenance

Engine compartment main fuse panel (1.4 WGT)

Relay NO. Symbol Fuse Name Type

RLY.1 E378 Main Relay MINI

RLY.2 E379 Horn Relay

RLY.3 E380 Blower Relay

RLY.5 E382 Burglar Alarm Horn Relay

RLY.7 E384 Head Lamp (LOW) Relay

RLY.9 E386 Head Lamp (HIGH) Relay MICRO RLY.10 E387 Cooling Fan Relay #2

RLY.11 E388 A/CON Relay

RLY.12 E389 Cooling Fan Relay #1

RLY.13 E390 Start Relay

RLY.14 E398 Glow Relay

9-70 09

Engine compartment main fuse panel (1.4 WGT) Fuse Symbol Circuit Protected Fuse Name rating ALT 150A Alternator, Multi Fuse - F2, Fuse - F22/F23/F24/F25

MDPS1 80A MDPS Unit

GLOW 80A Sub Junction Block (RLY.14) Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch (Wiper), WIPER 10A ECM E/R Junction Block (RLY.10/11/12), SENSOR1 10A Stop Lamp Switch E/R Junction Block (RLY.14), ECM, ECU4 15A Mass Air Flow Sensor, Camshaft Position Sensor, WGR Control Solenoid Valve H/LP RH 10A Not Used

H/LP LH 10A Not Used

H/LP IND 10A Not Used

ECU2 20A ECM

B/UP LP 10A Back-Up Lamp Switch

ECU3 15A Fuel Pressure Regulator Valve

ABS1 40A ABS/ESP Control Module

ABS2 40A ABS/ESP Control Module

BLOWER 40A E/R Junction Block (RLY.3)

RR DEFOG 40A ICU Junction Block (Rear Defogger Relay)

9-71 Maintenance

Engine compartment main fuse panel (1.4 WGT) Fuse Symbol Circuit Protected Fuse Name rating ICU Junction Block (Fuse - F8/F13/F14/F25/F26/F27/ BATT4 50A Leak Current Autocut Device) C/FAN 60A Sub Junction Block (RLY.14) E/R Junction Block (RLY.13), IG2 40A [With Smart Key] PDM Relay Box (IG2 Relay) [W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch BATT2 30A ICU Junction Block (IPS 1(5CH), IPS 3(2CH))

BATT1 30A ICU Junction Block (IPS 2(5CH), IPS 4(4CH)) [With Smart Key] PDM Relay Box (IG1/ACC Relay) IG1 30A [W/O Smart Key] Ignition Switch POWER 40A ICU Junction Block (Power Outlet Relay) OUTLET A/CON1 10A E/R Junction Block (RLY.11)

H/LP LOW 20A Not Used

H/LP HIGH 20A Not Used

HORN 15A E/R Junction Block (RLY.2/RLY.5)

AMS 10A Battery Sensor

ECU1 30A E/R Junction Block (RLY.1, Fuse - F17/F18) ICU Junction Block (Power Window Relay, BATT3 40A Fuse - F10/F17/F23/F29)

9-72 09 LIGHT BULBS Consult an authorized HYUNDAI WARNING dealer to replace most vehicle light bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle Prior to replacing a light, depress light bulbs because other parts of the the foot brake, move the shift lever vehicle must be removed before you into the P (Park, for Dual clutch can get to the bulb. This is especially transmission vehicle) or neutral true for removing the headlight as- (for Manual transmission vehicle), sembly to get to the bulb(s). apply the parking brake, place the Removing/installing the headlight as- ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF sembly can result in damage to the position, and take the key with you vehicle. when leaving the vehicle to avoid sudden movement of the vehicle and to prevent possible electric i Information shock. After heavy driving, rain or washing Be aware the bulbs may be hot and headlight and taillight lenses could ap- may burn your fingers. pear frosty. This condition is caused by the temperature difference between Be sure to replace the burned-out the lamp inside and outside. This is bulb with one of the same wattage similar to the condensation on your rating. Otherwise, it may cause windows inside your vehicle during the damage to the fuse or electric wir- rain and doesn’t indicate a problem ing system. with your vehicle. If the water leaks into the lamp bulb circuitry, we recom- mend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

9-73 Maintenance

Door 5 ٻ„ (Headlight, Parking (Position Light, Turn signal Light, Low • Type B Beam Assist-Static Light, Fog Light and Daytime Running Light bulb replacement

Door 5 ٻ„ • Type A

OQXI079030 (1) Headlight (Low/High) *2 (2) Low Beam Assist-Static Light (3) Front Turn Signal Light (4) Position Light/ OQXI079029 Daytime Running Light (DRL) (1) Headlight (Low/High) *1 (5) Front Fog Light (if equipped) (2) Parking (Position) Light (3) Front Turn signal Light *2 : Bi-Function Projection Headlight (4) Front Fog Light (if equipped)

*1 : MFR (Multi Focus Reflector) Headlight

9-74 09

Headlight (Low/High)

MFR (Multi Focus Reflector) Headlightٻ„

OLMB073042L

OQXI079031 Bi-Function Projection Headlightٻ„ WARNING Halogen bulbs • Halogen bulbs contain pressur- ized gas that will produce flying pieces of glass if broken. • Always handle them carefully, and avoid scratches and abra- sions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with liquids. Never OQXI079032 touch the glass with bare hands. Residual oil may cause the bulb 1. Open the hood. to overheat and burst when lit. A 2. Remove the headlight bulb cover bulb should be operated only by turning it counterclockwise. when installed in a headlight. 3. Disconnect the headlight bulb • If a bulb becomes damaged or socket-connector. cracked, replace it immediately 4. Unsnap the headlight bulb retain- and carefully dispose of it. ing wire by depressing the end and • Wear eye protection when pushing it upward. changing a bulb. Allow the bulb 5. Remove the bulb from the head- to cool down before handling it. light assembly. 6. Install a new headlight bulb and i Information snap the headlight bulb retaining wire into position by aligning the • If the headlight aiming adjustment wire with the groove on the bulb. is necessary after the headlight as- 7. Connect the headlight bulb socket sembly is reinstalled, consult an au- connector. thorized HYUNDAI dealer. 8. Install the headlight bulb cover by • The Fog Light aiming adjustment turning it clockwise. can be done by removing UNDER COVER. Consult an authorised HYUNDAI dealer.

9-75 Maintenance

Information Low Beam Assist-Static Light i (if equipped) - Bi-Function projection headlight This headlight is bi-function type that switches the low beam to high or the high beam to low using solenoid sys- tem. So, the moving sound may be heard when the headlight switches the low beam to high or the high beam to low and it does not indicate malfunc- Low beam assist-static tion of the headlight. light

OQXI079032 Turn signal light 1. Open the hood. 2. Remove the Low Beam As- sist-Static Light bulb cover by turn- ing it counterclockwise. 3. Disconnect the Low Beam As- sist-Static Light bulb socket-con- nector. 4. Unsnap the Low Beam Assist-Stat- ic Light bulb retaining wire by de- pressing the end and pushing it upward. OQXI079033 5. Remove the bulb from the head 1. Open the hood. light assembly. 2. Remove the socket from the as- 6. Install a new Low Beam As- sembly by turning the socket coun- sist-Static Light bulb and snap the terclockwise until the tabs on the Low Beam Assist-Static Light bulb socket align with the slots on the retaining wire into position by align- assembly. ing the wire with the groove on the 3. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into bulb. the socket and rotating it until it 7. Connect the Low Beam As- locks into place. sist-Static Light bulb socket con- 4. Install the socket in the assembly nector. by aligning the tabs on the socket 8. Install the Low Beam Assist-Static with the slots in the assembly. Light bulb cover by turning it clock- Push the socket into the assembly wise. and turn the socket clockwise. 5. Install the turn signal light bulb cov- er by turning it clockwise.

9-76 09

Parking (Position) light 5. Install the new bulb-socket into the 1. Remove the socket from the as- housing by aligning the tabs on the sembly by pulling it straight out. socket with the slots in the hous- ing. Push the socket into the hous- 2. Remove the bulb from the socket ing and turn the socket clockwise. by pulling it out. 6. Connect the power connector to 3. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket. the socket. 7. Reinstall the front bumper under 4. Install the socket in the assembly cover. by pushing it in.

Front fog light (if equipped) Position light/Daytime running light (if equipped) Your vehicle is equipped with LED lamps. LED lamps do not have re- placeable bulbs. If the LED lamp does not operate, we recommend that the vehicle be checked by an au- thorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OQXI079034 1. Remove the under cover by rotat- ing the screws and bolts. 2. Reach your hand into the back of the front bumper. 3. Disconnect the power connector from the socket. 4. Remove the bulb-socket from the housing by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the housing.

9-77 Maintenance

Side repeater lamp replace- Rear combination light bulb ment (if equipped) replacement

(Type A (Standardٻ„ Type Aٻ„

OHCR076032 OQXI079035 (Type B (LEDٻ„ Type Bٻ„

OQXI049074 OQXI079036 [Type A] (1) Tail Light 1. Remove the light assembly from (2) Tail and Stop Light the vehicle by prying the lens and (3) Rear Turn Signal Light pulling the assembly out. (4) Back Up Light 2. Reinstall a new light assembly to the body of the vehicle.

[Type B] If the LED lamp does not operate, have the vehicle checked by an au- thorized HYUNDAI dealer.

9-78 09

(Type A (Standardٻ„ Tail and Stop Light

Turn Signal Light OQXI079037 OQXI079039 (Type B (LEDٻ„

Turn Signal Light OQXI079038 OQXI079040 1. Open the tailgate 4. Remove the socket from the as- 2. Loosen the light assembly retain- sembly by turning the socket coun- ing screws with a cross-tip screw- terclockwise until the tabs on the driver. socket align with the slots on the assembly. 3. Remove the rear combination light assembly from the body of the ve- 5. Remove the bulb from the socket hicle. by pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in the socket. Pull the bulb out of the socket. 6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place. 7. Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise. 8. Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle.

9-79 Maintenance

High mounted stop light 4. Insert a new bulb in the socket. 5. Reassemble the socket and the housing part. 6. Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle.

Interior light bulb replacement

Map lampٻ„

OQXI079041 If the light does not operate, we rec- ommend that the vehicle be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

License plate light bulb OQXI079045 replacement Room lampٻ„

OQXI079043

Luggage room lampٻ„ OQXI079042 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, re- move the light assembly from the body of the vehicle by prying the housing and pulling the assembly out. 2. Separate the socket and the lens part by turning the socket counter- clockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the OQXI079044 lens part. 3. Remove the bulb by pulling it 1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, straight out. gently pry the lens from the interior light housing.

9-80 09

2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. 3. Install a new bulb in the socket. 4. Align the lens tabs with the interior light housing notches and snap the lens into place.

NOTICE Be careful not to dirty or damage lens, lens tab, and plastic hous- ings.

9-81 Maintenance

APPEARANCE CARE Exterior care Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings, Exterior general caution industrial pollution and similar depos- its can damage your vehicle’s finish if It is very important to follow the label not removed immediately. directions when using any chemical cleaner or polish. Read all warning Even prompt washing with plain wa- and caution statements that appear ter may not completely remove all on the label. these deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on painted surfaces, may be used. High-pressure washing After washing, rinse the vehicle thor- • When using high-pressure wash- oughly with lukewarm or cold water. ers, make sure to maintain suffi- Do not allow soap to dry on the finish. cient distance from the vehicle. Insufficient clearance or excessive pressure can lead to component NOTICE damage or water penetration. • Do not use strong soap, chemi- • Do not spray the camera, sensors cal detergents or hot water, and or its surrounding area directly with do not wash the vehicle in direct a high pressure washer. Shock ap- sunlight or when the body of the plied from high pressure water vehicle is warm. may cause the device to not oper- • Be careful when washing the ate normally. side windows of your vehicle. • Do not bring the nozzle tip close to Especially, with high-pressure boots (rubber or plastic covers) or water, water may leak through connectors as they may be dam- the windows and wet the interi- aged if they come into contact with or. high pressure water. • To prevent damage to the plas- tic parts and lamps, do not clean Finish maintenance with chemical solvents or strong detergents. Washing To help protect your vehicle’s finish from rust and deterioration, wash it WARNING thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold Wet brakes water. After washing the vehicle, test the If you use your vehicle for off-road brakes while driving slowly to see driving, you should wash it after each if they have been affected by wa- off-road trip. Pay special attention to ter. If braking performance is im- the removal of any accumulation of paired, dry the brakes by applying salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign ma- them lightly while maintaining a terials. Make sure the drain holes in slow forward speed. the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are kept clear and clean.

9-82 09

Matte paint finish vehicle (if equipped) Automatic car wash which uses rotating brushes should not be used as this can damage the sur- face of your vehicle. A steam cleaner which ashes the vehicle surface at high temperature may OQXI079046 result the oil to adhere and leave stains that is difficult to remove. NOTICE Use a soft cloth (e.g. microfiber • Water washing in the engine towel or sponge) when washing compartment including high your vehicle and dry with a micro- pressure water washing may fiber towel. When you hand wash cause the failure of electrical cir- our vehicle, you should not use a cuits located in the engine com- cleaner that finishes with wax. If partment. the vehicle surface is too dirty • Never allow water or other liq- (sand, dirt, dust, contaminant, uids to come in contact with etc.), clean the surface with water electrical/electronic compo- before washing the car. nents inside the vehicle as this may damage them. Waxing Wax the vehicle when water will no longer bead on the paint. Always wash and dry the vehicle be- fore waxing. Use a good quality liquid or paste wax, and follow the manu- facturer’s instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster. Removing oil, tar, and similar materi- als with a spot remover will usually strip the wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not yet need wax- ing.

9-83 Maintenance

NOTICE Bright-metal maintenance • Wiping dust or dirt off the body • To remove road tar and insects, with a dry cloth will scratch the use a tar remover, not a scraper or finish. other sharp object. • Do not use steel wool, abrasive • To protect the surfaces of cleaners, or strong detergents bright-metal parts from corrosion, containing highly alkaline or apply a coating of wax or chrome caustic agents on chrome-plat- preservative and rub to a high lus- ed or anodized aluminum parts. ter. This may result in damage to the • During winter weather or in coastal protective coating and cause areas, cover the bright metal parts discoloration or paint deteriora- with a heavier coating of wax or tion. preservative. If necessary, coat the parts with non-corrosive petroleum Finish damage repair jelly or other protective compound. Deep scratches or stone chips in the painted surface must be repaired Underbody maintenance promptly. Exposed metal will quickly Corrosive materials used for ice and rust and may develop into a major re- snow removal and dust control may pair expense. collect on the underbody. If these ma- terials are not removed, accelerated Information rusting can occur on the underbody i parts such as the fuel lines, frame, If your vehicle is damaged and re- floor pan and exhaust system, even quires any metal repair or replace- though they have been treated with ment, be sure the body shop applies rust protection. anti-corrosion materials to the parts Thoroughly flush the vehicle under- repaired or replaced. body and wheel openings with luke- warm or cold water once a month, after off-road driving and at the end of each winter. Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it. The lower edges of the doors, rocker panels, and frame members have drain holes that should not clog with dirt; trapped water in these areas can cause rusting.

9-84 09

WARNING Corrosion protection Protecting your vehicle from corro- After washing the vehicle, test the sion brakes while driving slowly to see By using the most advanced design if they have been affected by wa- and construction practices to combat ter. If braking performance is im- corrosion, we produce vehicles of the paired, dry the brakes by applying highest quality. However, this is only them lightly while maintaining a part of the job. To achieve the long- slow forward speed. term corrosion resistance your vehi- cle can deliver, the owner’s coopera- Aluminum wheel maintenance tion and assistance is also required. The aluminum wheels are coated with a clear protective finish. Common causes of corrosion • Do not use any abrasive cleaner, The most common causes of corro- polishing compound, solvent, or sion on your vehicle are: wire brushes on aluminum wheels. • Road salt, dirt and moisture that is They may scratch or damage the allowed to accumulate underneath finish. the vehicle. • Clean the wheel when it has • Removal of paint or protective cooled. coatings by stones, gravel, abra- • Use only a mild soap or neutral de- sion or minor scrapes and dents tergent, and rinse thoroughly with which leave unprotected metal ex- water. Also, be sure to clean the posed to corrosion. wheels after driving on salted roads. This helps prevent corro- sion. High-corrosion areas • Avoid washing the wheels with If you live in an area where your vehi- high-speed car wash brushes. cle is regularly exposed to corrosive materials, corrosion protection is par- • Do not use any alkaline or acid de- ticularly important. Some of the com- tergent. It may damage and cor- mon causes of accelerated corrosion rode the aluminum wheels coated are road salts, dust control chemi- with a clear protective finish. cals, ocean air and industrial pollu- tion.

9-85 Maintenance

Moisture breeds corrosion Keep your vehicle clean Moisture creates the conditions in The best way to prevent corrosion is which corrosion is most likely to oc- to keep your vehicle clean and free of cur. For example, corrosion is accel- corrosive materials. Attention to the erated by high humidity, particularly underside of the vehicle is particularly when temperatures are just above important. freezing. In such conditions, the cor- rosive material is kept in contact with the vehicle’s surface by moisture that • If you live in a high-corrosion area slowly evaporates. — where road salts are used, near the ocean, areas with industrial Mud is particularly corrosive because pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you it dries slowly and holds moisture in should take extra care to prevent contact with the vehicle. Although the corrosion. In winter, hose off the mud appears to be dry, it can still re- underside of your vehicle at least tain moisture and promote corrosion. once a month and be sure to clean High temperatures can also acceler- the underside thoroughly when ate corrosion of parts that are not winter is over. properly ventilated so the moisture • When cleaning underneath the ve- can be dispersed. For all these rea- hicle, give particular attention to sons, it is particularly important to the components under the fenders keep your vehicle clean and free of and other areas that are hidden mud or accumulations of other mate- from view. Do a thorough job; just rials. This applies not only to the visi- dampening the accumulated mud ble surfaces but particularly to the rather than washing it away will ac- underside of the vehicle. celerate corrosion rather than pre- vent it. Water under high pressure To help prevent corrosion and steam are particularly effective You can help prevent corrosion from in removing accumulated mud and getting started by observing the fol- corrosive materials. lowing: • When cleaning lower door panels, rocker panels and frame members, be sure that drain holes are kept open so that moisture can escape and not be trapped inside to accel- erate corrosion.

9-86 09

Keep your garage dry Interior care Don’t park your vehicle in a damp, Interior general precautions poorly ventilated garage. This cre- Prevent chemicals such as perfume, ates a favorable environment for cor- cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean- rosion. This is particularly true if you er, and air freshener from contacting wash your vehicle in the garage or the interior parts because they may drive it into the garage when it is still cause damage or discoloration. If wet or covered with snow, ice or mud. they do contact the interior parts, Even a heated garage can contribute wipe them off immediately. See the to corrosion unless it is well ventilated instructions that follow for the proper so moisture is dispersed. way to clean vinyl.

Keep paint and trim in good condi- NOTICE tion Never allow water or other liquids Scratches or chips in the finish should to come in contact with electrical/ be covered with “touch-up” paint as electronic components inside the soon as possible to reduce the possi- vehicle as this may damage them. bility of corrosion. If bare metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint shop is rec- NOTICE ommended. When cleaning leather products Bird droppings : Bird droppings are (steering wheel, seats etc.), use highly corrosive and may damage neutral detergents or low alcohol painted surfaces in just a few hours. content solutions. If you use high Always remove bird droppings as alcohol content solutions or acid/ soon as possible. alkaline detergents, the color of the leather may fade or the surface Don’t neglect the interior may get stripped off. Moisture can collect under the floor mats and carpeting and cause corro- sion. Check under the mats periodi- cally to be sure the carpeting is dry. Use particular care if you carry fertil- izers, cleaning materials or chemicals in the vehicle. These should be carried only in prop- er containers and any spills or leaks should be cleaned up, flushed with clean water and thoroughly dried.

9-87 Maintenance

Cleaning the upholstery and in- Leather (if equipped) terior trim • Feature of Seat Leather Vinyl (if equipped) - Leather is made from the outer Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl skin of an animal, which goes with a whisk broom or vacuum clean- through a special process to be er. Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl available for use. Since it is a nat- cleaner. ural object, each part differs in thickness or density. Fabric (if equipped) Wrinkles may appear as a natural result of stretching and shrinking Remove dust and loose dirt from fab- depending on the temperature ric with a whisk broom or vacuum and humidity. cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solu- tion recommended for upholstery or - The seat is made of stretchable carpets. Remove fresh spots immedi- fabric to improve comfort. ately with a fabric spot cleaner. If - The parts contacting the body are fresh spots do not receive immediate curved and the side supporting attention, the fabric can be stained area is high which provides driv- and its color can be affected. Also, its ing comfort and stability. fire-resistant properties can be re- - Wrinkles may appear naturally duced if the material is not properly from usage. It is not a fault of the maintained. products.

NOTICE CAUTION Using anything but recommended cleaners and procedures may af- • Wrinkles or abrasions which ap- fect the fabric’s appearance and pear naturally from usage are fire-resistant properties. not covered by warranty. • Belts with metallic accessories, zippers or keys inside the back pocket may damage the seat fabric. • Make sure not to wet the seat. It may change the nature of natu- ral leather. • Jeans or clothes which could bleach may contaminate the surface of the seat covering fab- ric.

9-88 09

• Caring for the leather seats • Cleaning the leather seats - Vacuum the seat periodically to - Remove all contaminations in- remove dust and sand on the stantly. Refer to instructions be- seat. It will prevent abrasion or low for removal of each contami- damage of the leather and main- nant. tain its quality. - Cosmetic products (sunscreen, - Wipe the natural leather seat cov- foundation, etc.) er often with dry or soft cloth. Apply cleansing cream on a cloth - Use of proper leather protective and wipe the contaminate spot. may prevent abrasion of the cov- Wipe off the cream with a wet er and helps maintain the color. cloth and remove water with a dry Be sure to read the instructions cloth. and consult a specialist when us- - Beverages (coffee, soft drink, ing leather coating or protective etc.) agent. Apply a small amount of neutral - Light colored (beige, cream detergent and wipe until contami- beige) leather is easily contami- nations do not smear. nated and the stain is noticeable. Clean the seats frequently. - Oil - Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It Remove oil instantly with absorb- may cause the surface to crack. able cloth and wipe with stain re- mover used only for natural leath- er. - Chewing gum Harden the gum with ice and re- move gradually.

9-89 Maintenance

Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt webbing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow the instructions provided with the soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the webbing because this may weaken it.

Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the ve- hicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should be cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow the directions on the glass cleaner container.

NOTICE Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the rear window. This may result in damage to the rear window de- froster grid.

9-90 09 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM The emission control system of your 2. Evaporative emission con- vehicle is covered by a written limited trol system warranty. Please see the warranty in- The Evaporative Emission Control formation contained in the Service System is designed to prevent fuel Passport in your vehicle. vapors from escaping into the atmo- Your vehicle is equipped with an sphere. emission control system to meet all emission regulations. Canister There are three emission control sys- tems which are as follows. Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank are absorbed and stored in the onboard canister. When the engine is (1) Crankcase emission control sys- running, the fuel vapors absorbed in tem the canister are drawn into the surge (2) Evaporative emission control sys- tank through the purge control sole- tem noid valve. (3) Exhaust emission control system Purge Control Solenoid Valve In order to assure the proper function (PCSV) of the emission control systems, it is The purge control solenoid valve is recommended that you have your car controlled by the Engine Control inspected and maintained by an au- Module (ECM); when the engine thorized HYUNDAI dealer in accor- coolant temperature is low during dance with the maintenance sched- idling, the PCSV closes so that evap- ule in this manual. orated fuel is not taken into the en- gine. After the engine warms up during ordinary driving, the PCSV 1. Crankcase emission control opens to introduce evaporated fuel to system the engine. The positive crankcase ventilation system is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow-by gases being emitted from the crankcase. This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air in- take hose. Inside the crankcase, the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases, which then pass through the PCV valve into the induction system.

9-91 Maintenance

3. Exhaust emission control Engine exhaust gas precautions system (carbon monoxide) The Exhaust Emission Control Sys- • Carbon monoxide can be present tem is a highly effective system which with other exhaust fumes. There- controls exhaust emissions while fore, if you smell exhaust fumes of maintaining good vehicle perfor- any kind inside your vehicle, have mance. it inspected and repaired immedi- ately. If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehi- Vehicle modifications cle, drive it only with all the win- • This vehicle should not be modi- dows fully open. Have your vehicle fied. Modification of your vehicle checked and repaired immediate- could affect its performance, safety ly. or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emis- sions regulations. WARNING In addition, damage or perfor- Exhaust mance problems resulting from any modification may not be cov- Engine exhaust gases contain car- ered under warranty. bon monoxide (CO). Though color- less and odorless, it is dangerous • If you use unauthorized electronic and could be lethal if inhaled. Fol- devices, it may cause the vehicle low the instructions on this page to operate abnormally, wire dam- to avoid CO poisoning. age, battery discharge and fire. For your safety, do not use unautho- rized electronic devices. • Do not operate the engine in con- fined or closed areas (such as ga- rages) any more than what is nec- essary to move the vehicle in or out of the area. • When the vehicle is stopped in an open area for more than a short time with the engine running, ad- just the ventilation system (as needed) to draw outside air into the vehicle. • Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with the engine running. • When the engine stalls or fails to start, excessive attempts to restart the engine may cause damage to the emission control system.

9-92 09

Operating precautions for cata- Your vehicle is equipped with a cata- lytic converters (if equipped) lytic converter emission control de- vice. WARNING Therefore, the following precautions must be observed: Fire • Use only UNLEADED FUEL for • A hot exhaust system can ignite Petrol engine. flammable items under your ve- • Do not operate the vehicle when hicle. Do not park, idle, or drive there are signs of engine malfunc- the vehicle over or near flamma- tion, such as misfire or a notice- ble objects, such as grass, veg- able loss of performance. etation, paper, leaves, etc. • Do not misuse or abuse the en- • The exhaust system and catalyt- gine. Examples of misuse are ic system are very hot while the coasting with the ignition off and engine is running or immediate- descending steep grades in gear ly after the engine is turned off. with the ignition off. Keep away from the exhaust • Do not operate the engine at high system and catalytic, you may idle speed for extended periods (5 get burned. Also, do not remove minutes or more). the heat sink around the exhaust system, do not seal the bottom • Do not modify or tamper with any of the vehicle or do not coat the part of the engine or emission con- vehicle for corrosion control. It trol system. All inspections and ad- may present a fire risk under justments must be made by an au- certain conditions. thorized HYUNDAI dealer. • Avoid driving with a extremely low fuel level. Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire, dam- aging the catalytic converter. Failure to observe these precautions could result in damage to the catalytic converter and to your vehicle. Addi- tionally, such actions could void your warranties.

9-93 Maintenance

Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF) The Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF) (if equipped) Lamp stops illuminating, when the The Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF) driving speed exceeds 80 km/h (50 system removes the soot in the ex- mph) with engine rpm 1,500 ~ 4,000 haust gas. and the gear in the 3rd position or above for approximately 30 minutes. The GPF system automatically burns (or oxidizes) the accumulated soot in When the GPF lamp starts to blink or accordance with driving situations, the waning message “Check exhaust unlike a disposable air filter. system” pops up even though the ve- hicle was driven as mentioned above, In other words, the accumulated soot we recommend that you have the is automatically purged out by the en- GPF system checked by an autho- gine control system and by the high rized HYUNDAI dealer. exhaust-gas temperature at normal/ high driving speeds. With the GPF lamp blinking for an ex- tended period of time, it may damage However, when the vehicle is contin- the GPF system and lower the fuel ually driven at repeated short distanc- economy. es or driven at low speed for a long time, the accumulated soot may not be automatically removed because of low exhaust gas temperature. In this case, the accumulated soot may reach a certain amount regardless of the soot oxidization process, then the GPF lamp will illuminate.

CAUTION Gasoline Fuel (if equipped with GPF) We recommend you to use only the regulated gasoline fuels, when your vehicle is equipped with the GPF system. When you use other gasoline fuels which contain unspecified addi- tives, they may damage the GPF system and cause exhaust emis- sion problems.

9-94 09

Diesel particulate filter (DPF) CAUTION (if equipped) The Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Diesel Fuel (if equipped with DPF) system removes the soot in the ex- We recommend you to use only haust gas. the regulated diesel fuels, when The DPF system automatically burns your vehicle is equipped with the (or oxidizes) the accumulated soot in DPF system. accordance with driving situations, When you use other diesel fuels, unlike a disposable air filter. which are high in sulfurs (above In other words, the accumulated soot 50 ppm) or that contain unspeci- is automatically purged out by the en- fied additives, they may damage gine control system and by the high the DPF system and cause white exhaust-gas temperature at normal/ smoke emissions. high driving speeds. However, when the vehicle is contin- Lean NOx Trap (if equipped) ually driven at repeated short dis- The Lean NOx Trap (LNT) system re- tances or driven at low speed for a moves the nitrogen oxide from the long time, the accumulated soot may exhaust gas. A smell can occur in the not be automatically removed be- exhaust gas depending on the quality cause of low exhaust gas tempera- of the fuel, and it can degrade NOx ture. reduction performance. Please use In this case, the accumulated soot is the regulated automotive diesel fuel out of the detection range, the soot oxidization process does not occur, and the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Lamp ( ) Illuminates. The Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Lamp stops illuminating, when the driving speed exceeds 60 km/h (37 mph), or when the engine rpm is between 1,500 and 2,500 with the gear in the 2nd position or above for approximately 25 minutes. When the DPF Lamp continuously blinks or the warning message “Check exhaust system” illumi- nates in the above cases, we rec- ommend that you have the DPF system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. When the vehicle is continuously driven with the DPF Lamp flashing for an extended period of time, it may damage the DPF system and lower the fuel economy. 9-95 Maintenance

Self Regeneration Mode LCD Type If the warning message “Self Regen- eration” is stored in inspection mes- sage tap, it is operable in LCD warn- ing message page.

WARNING

• Make sure the vehicle parked on OSU2I089042 safety zone (to avoid the flam- • If the warning message “Diesel mables like grass and traffic ac- filter regeneration required, See cident) owner’s manual.” appears on • Check remained fuel above 1/5 the LCD display, Self Regenera- of full level fuel gauge to prevent tion is required. fuel overheat • Open the hood to prevent en- gine room overheat • Self regeneration should be done only when DPF indicator illuminates

9-96 09

To initiate Self Regeneration 1. Engage parking brake and shift le- ver at P state. 2. Turn on the engine 3. Warm up the engine and check en- gine temperature gauge at the middle position 4. Turn on the air conditioner and set the blower to the maximum. 5. Turn on the high beam. OSU2I089037 6. Operate the rear defog function. Not Operating Condition 7. Hold the OK button on the LCD warning message page. Under below condition, Diesel Cat- alyst regeneration process may be interrupted. (Engine RPM drops to idle state) - Engine overheat or insufficient warm-up - Shift lever change to D or R state - Acceleration pedal is pressed - Movement of Vehicle (Vehicle speed over 0) OSU2I089039 8. Turn off and turn on the engine again.

9-97 Maintenance

Service Check If the DPF indicator change from illu- minates to blink or Engine Check Lamp(MIL) illuminates with DPF indi- cator in spite of the procedure, please visit an authorized Hyundai dealer and then check the Diesel Catalyst and engine system including oil level inspection. Please note that the vehicle accelera- OSU2I089041 tion is limited to protect engine sys- tem when DPF indicator blinks or En- Self Regeneration Mode Fail gine Check Lamp(MIL) illuminates. The regeneration operation could be canceled if the driver press the OK button firmly while operating the self regeneration process.

OSU2I089040 Operationg Self Regeneration Mode If the self regeneration mode starts, the message “Filter regenerationg…” and the remaining time appears. It takes around 30~60 minutes.

9-98 09

OSU2I089042 OSU2I089041 If the system still needs the self re- The self regeneration process stops if generation process after cancelling any of the self regeneration condi- the operation, the warning message tions is cancelled. If the self regener- appears. (Diesel filter regeneration ation process is cancelled automati- required.) cally, the system maintains If the driver press the OK button firm- “Self-regeneration stopped” mes- ly, it can restart the self regeneration sage. mode again. (The Self regeneration If the driver press the OK button firm- conditions should be satisfied.) ly, it can restart the self regeneration mode again. (Self regeneration con- ditions should be satisfied.)

9-99 Maintenance

Segment Type WARNING Regeneration The self regeneration procedure is If vehicle doesn’t enter regenera- conducted as follows. tion mode or if regeneration mode is interrupted, stop the engine 1) Repeat key position at LOCK (or (Key Off), wait for 20 seconds and ACC)  ON state 5 times (within retry the self regeneration proce- 30 seconds) dure. 2) Start engine 3) Monitor engine state WARNING : Within 20 seconds, engine RPM rise to about 2000 and it contin- Self regeneration should be done ues for 30~60 minutes. After the only when DPF indicator illumi- end of regeneration, engine RPM nates. Frequent regeneration may drop to idle automatically. cause engine oil dilution and 4) Stop the engine (Key Off), wait for shortening of Diesel Catalyst dura- 20 seconds and restart the engine bility. 5) Check malfunction indicator turn out Service Check If the DPF indicator change from illu- minates to blink or Engine Check CAUTION Lamp(MIL) illuminates with DPF indi- Under below condition, Diesel Cat- cator in spite of the procedure, please alyst regeneration process may be visit an authorized Hyundai dealer interrupted. (Engine RPM drops to and then check the Diesel Catalyst idle state) and engine system including oil level inspection. - Engine overheat or insufficient warm-up Please note that the vehicle accelera- tion is limited to protect engine sys- - Shift lever change to D or R tem when DPF indicator blinks or En- state gine Check Lamp(MIL) illuminates. - Acceleration pedal is pressed - Movement of Vehicle (Vehicle speed over 0)

9-100 10. Specifications & Consumer information

Dimensions...... 10-2 Engine...... 10-2 Bulb wattage...... 10-3 Tires and wheels...... 10-4 Recommended lubricants and capacities...... 10-5 Recommended SAE viscosity number...... 10-6 Vehicle identification number (VIN)...... 10-7 Vehicle certification label...... 10-7 Tire specification and pressure label...... 10-8 Engine number...... 10-8 Air conditioner compressor label...... 10-9

10 Specifications & Consumer information

DIMENSIONS

Item mm (in) Overall length 3,995 (157.3) Overall width 1,770 (69.7) With roof rack 1,590 (62.6) Overall height Without roof rack 1,617 (63.6) 195/65R15 (6.0J) 1,554 (61.2) Front tread 215/60R16 (6.5J) 1,544 (60.8) 195/65R15 (6.0J) 1,568 (61.7) Rear tread 215/60R16 (6.5J) 1,558 (61.3) Wheelbase 2,500 (98.4)

ENGINE Petrol Engine Diesel Engine Item 1.0 T-GDI 1.2 MPI 1.4 WGT 1.5 WGT Displacement 998 1,197 1,396 1,493 cc Bore x Stroke 71 x 84 71 x 75.6 75 x 79 75 X 84.5 mm Firing order 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2 No. of cylinders 4 4 4 4

10-2 10 BULB WATTAGE Light Bulb Bulb type Wattage Type A H19L 60/55 Headlight (High/Low) Type B HB3 60 Type A W5W 5 Position Light Type B LED LED Front Low Beam Assist-Static Light Type B H7 55 Turn signal Light PY21W 21 Fog Light * HB4 51 Daytime Running Light (DRL) * LED LED Side Repeater Light (Outside Mirror) WY5W or LED 5 or LED Tail Light LED LED Type A P21/5W 21/5 Tail and Stop Light Type B LED LED Rear Turn Signal Light PY21W 21 Back Up Light W16W 16 High Mounted Stop Lamp * W5W 5 License Plate Lamps W5W 5 Map Lamps WEDGE 10 Interior Room Lamp WEDGE 8 Luggage Room Lamp * FESTOON 5

* : If equipped

10-3 Specifications & Consumer information

TIRES AND WHEELS Inflation pressure (psi) Wheel lug nut torque Tire size Wheel size Normal load *1 Maximum load Item kgf•m Front Rear Front Rear (lbf•ft, N•m) 230 230 250 260 195/65R15 *2 6.0JX15 (33) (33) (36) (38) 11~13 Full (79~94, size tire 230 230 250 260 215/60/R16 6.5JX16 107~127) (33) (33) (36) (38) *1 : Normal load : Up to 2 persons *2 : If you use a 195/65R15 spare tire, you should inject the pressure of 260kPa (38psi).

NOTICE Keep the transmitter away from water or any liquid. • It is permissible to add 20 kPa (3 psi) to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon. Tires typically lose 7 kPa (1 psi) for every 7°C (12°F) temperature drop. If extreme tem- perature variations are expected, recheck your tire pressure as neces- sary to keep them properly inflated. • An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level (Air inflation per altitude: +10 kPa/1 km (+2.4 psi/1 mile). • Must do not exceed maximum inflation pressure shown on equipped tire sidewall. • Spare tire is intended for emergency purpose only. • Only steel wheel is provided with the vehicle as a spare wheel. • Spare tire make can be from any tire manuafacturer i.e. Bridgestone/ MRF/Apollo.

CAUTION When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle. Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work ir- regularly.

10-4 10 RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy. These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant Volume Classification Engine oil *1 *2 *5 (drain and refill) 1.2 MPI 3.6 l API SN *3 Petrol engine 1.0 3.6 ACEA C2 T-GDI l

1.4 5.3 l ACEA C2 or C3 (DPF *4) Diesel WDT engine 1.5 4.8 l ACEA C2 or C3 or C5 (DPF *4) WDT 1.2 MPI 1.3 ~ 1.4 l Petrol API Service GL-4, SAE 70W Manual transmis- 1.0 engine 1.5 ~ 1.6 (HYUNDAI genuine transmis- sion fluid T-GDI l sion fluid) Diesel engine 1.7 ~ 1.8 l SAE 70W/TGO10, Dual clutch trans- Petrol engine 1.8~1.9 (HYUHDAI genuine transmis- mission fluid l sion fluid) Intelligent Manual Petrol 1.0 0.082 L SAE J1704 DOT-4 LV transmission fluid engine T-GDI 1.2 MPI 5.1 Petrol l 1.0 engine 5.3 T-GDI l MIXTURE, Antifreeze with water Coolant 1.4 (Ethylene glycol base coolant for 6.4 Diesel WDT l aluminum radiator) engine 1.5 6.3 WDT l Brake/Clutch fluid 0.7~0.8 l SAE J1704 DOT-4 LV Fuel 45 l - *1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on page 1. *2 : Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional bene- fits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings. *3 : If the recommended engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API SL/ / ILSAC GF-3 or ACEA A3. *4 : Diesel Particulate Filter *5 : We recommend that you use the engine oils approved by HYUNDAI Motor India Ltd. We recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details

10-5 Specifications & Consumer information

Recommended SAE viscosity Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has number an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity CAUTION engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather perfor- Always be sure to clean the area mance, however, higher viscosity en- around any filler plug, drain plug, gine oils are required for satisfactory or dipstick before checking or lubrication in hot weather. draining any lubricant. This is es- pecially important in dusty or san- Using oils of any viscosity other than dy areas and when the vehicle is those recommended could result in used on unpaved roads. Cleaning engine damage. the plug and dipstick areas will When choosing an oil, consider the prevent dirt and grit from entering range of temperature your vehicle will the engine and other mechanisms be operated in before the next oil that could be damaged. change. Proceed to select the recom- mended oil viscosity from the chart.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers °C -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Temperature (°F) -10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 20W-50 15W-40 1.2 MPI *1 10W-30 OW-20, 5W-30, 5W-40 Petrol Engine Oil 20W-50 15W-40 1.0 T-GDI 10W-30 0W-30, 5W-30, 5W-40

15W-40 10W-30 1.4 WDT 5W-30 0W-30 Diesel Engine Oil 10W-30/40 5W-30/40 1.5 WDT 0W-30 0W-20

*1 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 0W-20 (API SN). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart. 10-6 10 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION VEHICLE CERTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) LABEL (IF EQUIPPED)

OIB084003 OIB074059 The vehicle identification number The vehicle certification label at- (VIN) is the number used in register- tached on the driver’s (or front pas- ing your car and in all legal matters senger’s) side center pillar gives the pertaining to its ownership, etc. vehicle identification number (VIN). The number is punched on the floor under the front right seat. To check the number, pull out the slit part of carpet.

10-7 Specifications & Consumer information

TIRE SPECIFICATION AND ENGINE NUMBER PRESSURE LABEL „„Petrol engine

OIB084001

OIB074055 „„Diesel Engine The tires supplied on your new vehi- cle are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving. The tire label located on the driver’s side center pillar gives the tire pres- sures recommended for your car.

OIB084002 The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing.

10-8 10 AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR LABEL

OHC081001 A compressor label informs you the type of compressor your vehicle is equipped with such as model, suppli- er part number, production number, refrigerant (1) and refrigerant oil (2).

10-9